While winter is a great time to get cozy and try to stay warm, it’s also the happiest time of year for skiers and snowboarders in the U.S. and Canada. With so many great slopes dotting the mountain ranges of North America, it can be hard to decide which are the absolute best. To find out the best ski resorts for this year, we consulted our most trusted experts: you, the TravelAwaits readers. Below is a brief guide to our readers’ picks for the best ski resorts on the continent.

1. Killington Resort (Winner)

Killington, Vermont

Killington Resort tops the list — likely because of the huge variety of amenities and activities it has to offer guests. In addition to skiing and snowboarding, Killington also offers mountain biking, golf, ATV tours, concerts, a spa, and a smattering of dining and shopping options. Busy parents and grandparents always appreciate the onsite childcare.

Occasionally referred to as the “Beast of the East,” this resort has a dedicated following because of the excellent slopes and comfortable resort setting. Though it isn’t the largest resort on the list, it makes up for what it lacks in size with a wide variety of terrains. Whether you are a seasoned pro or new to winter sports, Killington will have plenty for you to do. To fully immerse yourself before your first visit, explore the Killington podcast.

2. Palisades Tahoe

Olympic Valley, California

On the other side of the country, the place to be (and ski) is Palisades Tahoe. This is the kind of resort that guests never want to leave – there are just too many fun things to do. On top of that, online reviews frequently cite the friendly and helpful staff who make every visit a joy. Finally, the quality of lodging at Palisades Tahoe may be the largest standout factor.

The host of the 1960 Olympic Winter Games, Palisades Tahoe is known for its appeal to experts, but there are plenty of friendly instructors and accessible zones for beginners. The Village at Palisades Tahoe is the starting and ending point for a day on the slopes. You’ll find gear, coffee, drinks, food, and accommodations.

3. Breckenridge Ski Resort

Breckenridge, Colorado

Resorts in Colorado make up nearly half of the list of our readers’ favorite places to ski and that’s no surprise. The state is an outdoor wonderland, but Breckenridge is a cut above the rest. With over 2,908 skiable acres between 9,600 and 12,998 feet in elevation, this is a place for people who are serious about their sport.

What the numbers don’t show, however, is the atmosphere that the resort and its accommodations provide. Since it began operating in 1961, generations of experienced enthusiasts and jumpy newcomers have enjoyed the resort and the town. Whether it’s the full event calendar or the Five Peaks that brings you to Breckenridge, you’re sure to return again and again.

4. Sugarloaf Outdoor Center

Carrabassett Valley, Maine

Maine’s Sugerload Outdoor Center offers a slightly different experience from some of the other resorts on the list. With over 30 miles of Nordic skiing trails, Sugarloaf offers a change of pace and scenery for winter athletes.

For other changes of pace, Sugarloaf is home to an NHL-sized skating rink, fat bike and snowshoe rentals, and all of the other amenities that you would expect from a top-10 resort. Guests who prefer to experience the beauty of Maine during the summer will find an 18-hole golf course with stunning mountain views.

5. Aspen Snowmass

Snowmass Village, Colorado

Aspen is a name that draws attention from around the world for its famous four mountains: Aspen Mountain, Aspen Highlands, Buttermilk, and Snowmass. Extensive lifts and gondolas make moving around the resort a breeze and careful grooming keeps the guest experience safe and pleasant. Covering an area of 5,527 acres, and with 41 lifts, there is plenty to keep even the most energetic skier occupied.

The fun at Aspen doesn’t end when the sun goes down; watering holes like The Sterling Aspen, Escobar, Belly Up Aspen, and The Snow Lodge provide different vibes for different guests. Aspen is even home to its very own art museum, where you can explore ideas and aesthetics as you relax and recuperate from a day on the slopes.

6. Whistler Blackcomb

Whistler, British Columbia

By SKI magazine’s numbers, Whistler Blackcomb is the largest ski resort in North America. It also boasts a vertical drop of 5,280 feet with 200+ marked trails. With numbers like these, it’d be hard to visit such a vast area without having a little bit of outdoor fun. For even more excitement, guests can book helicopter tours or heliskiing experiences. Heliskiing allows dedicated skiers access to powder that hasn’t been touched by others.

7. Telluride Ski Resort

Telluride, Colorado

Telluride is unquestionably beautiful, but this resort isn’t just another pretty face; there’s plenty of substance to the mountain. PeakRankings estimates that 41 percent of the mountain is rated as Advanced/Expert, meaning there are great challenges to be found across the resort’s 3,650-foot total footprint.

Whether you choose to stay in Telluride itself or in the mountain village, guests appreciate the world-class apres-ski experiences available. Telluride itself recommends a margarita at Gorrono Ranch, champagne at Bon Vivant, or any of its other excellent food and drink options.

8. Beaver Creek Resort

Beaver Creek, Colorado

Yet another option in the great state of Colorado, Beaver Creek Resort is a perfect choice for beginner- and intermediate-level skiers who are looking for a balanced terrain variety and modern infrastructure. The resort manages crowds well, which can make or break a mountain experience. With a slightly more family-friendly vibe, Beaver Creek still offers plenty of luxury accommodations, good dining, and entertainment without as much of the wild reputation that other resorts may lean into.

9. Mont Tremblant Ski Resort

Mont-Tremblant, Quebec

Mont Tremblant offers a taste of the European skiing experience in Canada. The appealing Quebecois-style village is a sight to see and it offers a nice variety of drinking and dining options. The skiing and snowboarding themselves offer good variety as well, meaning that everyone can have a good time at Tremblant.

10. Banff Sunshine Village Ski Resort

Banff, Alberta

One major appeal of Banff Sunshine Village Ski Resort is the length of its seasons; by some reports, they can run from November to late May. With incredible views and solid value, it’s hard to say “no” to a balanced, accessible resort like Banff Sunshine Village. While the only option in the mountain village is the lovely Sunshine Mountain Lodge, visitors can also stay in Banff and explore the town for a change of scenery.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards, including:

From beaches to recreation areas and historical nature preserves, Fort Pierce has plenty to offer any outdoor enthusiast. With several tour companies offering visitors a chance to experience the outdoors up close and personal, this guide will help you find the perfect places to explore in and around town. So, without further ado, these are just some of the incredible things you can do during a weekend in Fort Pierce, Florida.

1. Navy SEAL Museum

Visit the National Navy SEAL-UDT Museum; it’s the only one of its kind dedicated solely to preserving the history of the SEALs. Before heading inside, take a turn on the obstacle course modeled after the BUD/S course in Coronado, California. Inside the museum, climb aboard the lifeboat where Captain Richard Phillips was held hostage for 5 days after the cargo ship Maersk Alabama was seized by Somali pirates on April 8, 2009. Gaze at the incredible memorial that honors Navy SEALs and frogmen, then check out the centerpiece of the memorial — a bronze sculpture of a modern Navy SEAL combat swimmer. You’ll also have a chance to see the Mark V Special Operations Craft — an 82-foot-long, 52-ton boat that was used as a medium-range insertion and extraction platform for special operations forces.

2. Get Up And Go Kayaking

One of the most unique opportunities in Fort Pierce is the Get Up and Go Kayaking excursion. Launch your 100 percent clear kayak into the water and prepare to be amazed at the beauty. Red mangrove trees and rich flora and fauna line the path to the bay. You might see dolphins, manatees, sea turtles, and various birds along your water journey.

Trips take kayakers to a sandy area, where they can hop out and explore in the shallow water. You’ll have a chance to see crabs, stingrays, and a variety of fish. Use the nets they provide or your hands to touch and connect with nature. You never really know what you are going to see on these tours!

Pro Tip: Book a GLOW tour, a night trip out with LED lights on the kayaks; you’ll get a whole otherworldly feel as you make your way in the dark through the mangroves.

3. Savannas Recreation Area

Savannas Recreation Area is nestled close to the Indian River and offers a plethora of things to do during trips for the seasoned traveler. Florida is a long state and pulling a camper can be a challenge. Rent an RV from Glampster RV for a stay and book a full hookup site. I can recommend location #43, ideally situated for all activities with laundry and a bathhouse. Every camping location offers a fire ring and picnic table.

Pro Tip: Site #43 gives a good dose of afternoon shade, which was appreciated in the hot summer sun.

One unique feature of this campground is how they offer rental kayaks and canoes. A perfect addition to a stay, walk from your campsite and take a paddle through the canals. The rental rates were reasonable and they had plenty of units available. 

Within the Savannas Recreation Area, you can fish the day away just a few steps from your site, with catches of many native fish. Anglers can find bull redfish and spotted sea trout in the river and its deep flats, where the system attracts a lot of shrimp and mullets for feeding. Grouper, snapper, snook, black drum, and tarpon can also be caught in the river. The recreation area offers a short paved hiking trail through the park; bike or walk along the path. Here, you can see the many birds that call Florida home or you might even get to see an alligator!

4. Donald B. Moore Heritage Preserve

Visit the Donald B. Moore Heritage Preserve; while it doesn’t look like much from the parking lot, you will be amazed at all the unique things along these short interpretive trails. Delve into the Orange Trail with its markers teaching about flora and fauna of the area. If you finish the Orange Trail and want a little more hiking, enjoy the Green Path. This trail offers a history of the site and plenty more lush views. If you’re going to wander a bit further, you can take the Blue Trail out to the Indian River and check out the kayak stopover and the lagoon kiosk.

This preserve offers plenty of recreational opportunities, which include volleyball, horseshoes, and disc golf. You can have a picnic in one of the various picnic areas, which include tables and charcoal grills. The boardwalks and trails are well-marked and easy to navigate; however, they would not be considered ADA-compliant.

Pro Tip: Want all the ADA accessibility in one location? Try Petravice Family Preserve with a 1.5-mile paved path, accessible bathrooms, and even an ADA-accessible kayak launch.

Hiking Recommendations

• Plenty of water to stay hydrated
• Bug spray for the pesky mosquitos
• SPF 50+ sunblock
• Snacks for energy
• Camera to snap pictures of all the beauty

5. Tours On Horseback

There’s nothing quite like the feeling of riding a horse on the beach. The wind in your hair, the sound of the waves crashing against the shore, and the steady rhythm of your horse’s hooves make for an exhilarating experience. As you gallop along the coastline, you feel a sense of freedom and connection with nature that is hard to find anywhere else. Whether you’re an experienced rider or a beginner, horseback riding on the beach is an adventure you won’t soon forget. 

Tours on Horseback offer the best beach excursions; pick one first thing in the morning for cooler temps.

6. Sail Aiki

Hop on board the Aiki with Captain Kyle for a trip out into the Indian River Lagoon. Before your trip, Kyle will coordinate how to make this trip out on the water perfect; choose from a sunrise or a sunset cruise.

The Aiki is a fully restored Condor 40 with three hulls that are 40 feet long and 28 feet wide. With the custom trampolines provided, slip off your shoes and settle into the big comfy pillows for you to recline on during your sail. Music of your choice will fill the air as Kyle and his crew get your trip underway. As you head out toward the Atlantic, close your eyes and let the sun and waves sway you into the perfect state of relaxation.

Blue waters allure you as the current takes you on its weaving path. While on board, keep your eyes open for dolphins, sharks, sea turtles, manatees, and tarpons. Take in the beautiful shoreline of the beach as you cruise along.

Pro Tip: Wear sturdy shoes for boarding; they will keep your footing sure until you are comfortably seated on the sailboat.

Restaurants On The Water In Fort Pierce

When it comes to dining by the water, there’s nothing quite like the experience of eating at a beachside restaurant. The sound of waves crashing against the shore, the salty sea breeze, and the stunning views make for an unforgettable meal. Whether you’re looking for fresh seafood or a casual burger, the beachside restaurants in Fort Pierce offer a unique atmosphere.

Curl your toes in the sand as you order the fresh catch of the day or seafood starters at On the Edge Bar and Grill, a family-owned local hangout. Looking for big flavor with a huge menu? Crabby’s Dockside has everything from landshark favorites to deep-sea treasures, and the Bairdi crab is a house favorite with 1.5 pounds served steamed or grilled with garlic butter and Old Bay seasoning.

Pro Tip: Hop in the car for a short drive to Hutchinson Island, where restaurants on the ocean combine fine dining with stunning views at Kyle G’s. Try one of the Maui poke bowls or the lobster fried rice; truly an experience you won’t forget.

Hotels In Fort Pierce

Some call the Treasure Coast the quiet side of Florida and the places to stay there are perfect for any beachgoer. Stay on the water at one of the plentiful condos located on a sandy beach, or reserve an Airbnb with a pool in one of the gated communities. If you are more of the hotelier, secure a full-service stay along the Atlantic Coast or in the historic Reno Hotel.

Pro Tip: Book your stay well in advance; waterfront hotels book up quickly.

Related Reading:

• 25 Best Florida RV Parks For Camping
• My 5 Favorite Vacations In Florida Perfect For The Entire Family
• I’m A Grandmother, Here Are The 7 Places I Love To Take My Grandkids In Winter Haven, Florida

Small-town charm with big-city amenities; it’s a difficult balance to strike. The cities that made our list walk this line well. It also doesn’t hurt that they’re located in beautiful areas of the country. From coast to coast, and all the rolling hills in between, here are our readers’ 16 favorite midsize U.S. cities you don’t want to miss.

1. Manhattan, Kansas (Winner)

Known as “The Little Apple,” Manhattan has a vibrant college-town feel thanks to Kansas State University. Take a stroll through Aggieville, an area filled with shops, restaurants, bars, and live entertainment venues whose history dates to the late 1800s. Downtown Manhattan is equally enticing, just without as many students around. There are more restaurants, shops, and it’s home to the Saturday morning farmers market.

Located in the Flint Hills, the rolling prairie grass creates a beautiful surrounding landscape. Learn more about the area at The Flint Hills Discovery Center. Plus, be sure to get outdoors and enjoy the area’s hiking and biking trails in and around Manhattan.

2. New Braunfels, Texas

Located in the Texas Hill Country, just 40 minutes northeast of San Antonio, New Braunfels is known for its German heritage and festivals. Don’t miss the biggest and best German celebration of the year, Wurstfest! It takes place every November. Grab your lederhosen, a pint of cold beer, some sausage or schnitzel, and prepare to polka the days away.

When the Texas heat gets to be too much, join the locals and grab a tube or kayak and cool off while floating down the Comal or Guadalupe Rivers. Natural Bridge Caverns is always 80 degrees (technically it’s 70 degrees with 99 percent humidity). 

Don’t miss the artists, boutique shops, and restaurants in the Gruene Historic District. The Gruene Dance Hall is one of the oldest in Texas.

3. Grand Rapids, Michigan

Grand Rapids offers a diverse mix of experiences for visitors. It’s of course home to the Gerald R. Ford Presidential Library and Museum where you can soak in the history of his time as the 38th U.S. President.

It also has an amazing craft beer scene. With dozens of craft breweries, Grand Rapids has been dubbed “Beer City USA.” You’ll want to wander the Beer City Ale Trail sampling the brews as well as grabbing a bite or two.

Don’t miss the celebrated Frederik Meijer Gardens & Sculpture Park. There are more than 200 amazing works of art to explore.

Finally, visit Grand Rapids’s Downtown Market for an innovative, and delicious, food experience.

4. Santa Barbara, California

Perched on the beautiful California coast, Santa Barbara’s location makes it an ideal weekend getaway. While it’s perfectly fine to relax and soak in the views, history lovers will want to explore the Santa Barbara Mission (known as the “Queen of Missions”) and Stearns Wharf (the oldest working wharf in the state).

You’ll be blown away by Ganna Walska Lotusland. Its 37 acres of lush gardens are a unique collection of rare and endangered plants.

With its coastal location and the Santa Ynez Mountains just to the east, hiking, biking, kayaking, sailing, and more await those seeking outdoor adventure. If you prefer to be outdoors with a glass in hand, Santa Barbara has two dozen wineries and tasting rooms waiting to host you.

5. Savannah, Georgia

Savannah redefines charm. Tree-lined cobblestone streets draped in Spanish moss, 22 beautifully appointed squares, and a waterfront filled with boutique shops and restaurants; visitors are enticed to explore this historic city.

Located on beautiful Monterey Square, you’ll find the Mercer-Williams House which you may recognize from the novel, Midnight in the Garden of Good and Evil. Don’t miss Forsyth Park’s fountain, one of the most photographed in the city. 

If you believe in ghosts, Savannah is one of the most haunted cities in the U.S. and ghost tours are offered throughout the year. 

6. Santa Fe, New Mexico

Santa Fe is simply a gem; a city filled with art and beautiful architecture throughout. Walk along the city’s historic plaza with adobe buildings where local artisans sell their handmade goods. Enjoy the boutique art shops and whimsical sculptures that line Canyon Road. And, browse the beautiful works of art at the Georgia O’Keeffe Museum. 

If you’ve been to Santa Fe, it’s difficult to think about returning without your mouth watering. The Southwestern cuisine served at restaurants throughout the city is amazing. Endless options of margaritas and the area’s delicious chili sauces (red, green, and Christmas) highlight the menus.

Take a peek inside the Loretto Chapel and learn the history of its unique spiral staircase. It’s near the historic plaza.

7. Asheville, North Carolina

Nestled in the Blue Ridge Mountains, Asheville has a relaxed and funky vibe. It’s known for its fantastic art galleries, delicious restaurants, excellent craft breweries, and live music. The city is also a beautiful spot for anyone wanting to enjoy the outdoors, with hiking and biking trails and even whitewater rafting.

Downtown Asheville is lovely to walk around and browse the unique shops and wonderful art galleries. The farm-to-table dining scene is strong here, and you see it not only in restaurants but its many farmers markets throughout the area.

Explore the Biltmore Estate, the country home of the Vanderbilt family. There’s the grandiose mansion which is a sight to see, but the gardens are also beautiful and there’s a winery on the property to enjoy.

8. Scottsdale, Arizona

Even though it’s part of the greater Phoenix metropolitan area, Scottsdale retains a midsize city feel. Loved by retirees for decades, Scottsdale attracts anyone trying to escape the cold for a weekend, a week, or a few months, but there’s more to it than just appealing winter temperatures.

Old Town Scottsdale is especially charming with its western feel, restaurants perfect for patio sitting, art galleries, and boutique shops. Art fills the city. The Scottsdale Art District hosts ArtWalk every Thursday evening with dozens of galleries to explore. Works of art are also sprinkled throughout the city.

The area also offers amazing, and plentiful, golf courses and beautiful resorts. Frank Lloyd Wright also wintered in Scottsdale and you can tour Taliesin West.

9. Charleston, South Carolina

If you love food, Charleston needs to be on your list. It’s home to award-winning restaurants serving low-country cuisine and delicious seafood dishes. Magnolias, FIG, S.N.O.B, and Husk are consistently good. You can’t beat the burgers and fish tacos at Poe’s Tavern on Sullivan’s Island; it’s named after Edgar Allen Poe who was stationed nearby during his time in the army. 

Charleston is also one of the most colorful cities in the country. Its homes are beautiful shades of pink, blue, yellow, green, and yes, there are some white homes as well.

Stroll through City Market and admire the traditional sweetgrass baskets made by Gullah artisans. They are a wonderful keepsake. Take a ferry to Fort Sumter, where the first shots of the Civil War were fired.

10. Green Bay, Wisconsin

There’s more to Green Bay than “Go Pack, Go!” Although, don’t pass up a chance to tailgate and take in a game at Lambeau Field, or book a stadium tour when the team isn’t on the field.

Built in the 1930s, the city’s Meyer Theatre was originally The FOX Theatre, a place to see movies and vaudeville acts. It was saved and beautifully restored in the early 2000s and is now home to Let Me Be Frank Productions, which produces original musicals for theater audiences.

Don’t miss a chance to spend a day on the water kayaking, boating, fishing, or sailing. Or you can explore the Green Bay Botanical Garden. Kids will love its colorful Children’s Garden.

11. Bend, Oregon

Beautiful Bend invites visitors to explore the outdoors all year long. Located on the eastern edge of the Cascade Mountains, spend the winter skiing or snowboarding at nearby Mount Bachelor. 

When the snow melts, hike or bike beneath the Ponderosa Pines; go mountain climbing, or watch others, at Smith Rock State Park. Locals love to stand-up paddleboard, tube, or just relax along the Deschutes River that runs through town.

Located along the river is the Old Mill District. It’s a mixed-use area with shops, restaurants, a movie theater, hotels, and office space.

Just south of town, you can spend an entire day or more at Newberry National Volcanic Monument, a volcano the size of Rhode Island that last erupted in 690 AD. Explore Lava River Cave, Paulina Falls, and hike to the hot springs.

12. Providence, Rhode Island

Founded in 1636, historic Providence maintains a youthful, vibrant feel thanks to its eight colleges and universities, including Brown University and the Rhode Island School of Design — whose museum boasts more than 100,000 pieces of art alone.

Johnson & Wales University, known for its culinary arts degree, reveres Chefs Emeril Lagasse and Tyler Florence among its famous graduates. The graduates who stay in the city have created an innovative and exciting food scene.

Thousands flock to Providence’s unique WaterFire event. From spring through fall, boats light more than 80 bonfires along the city’s three rivers. The beautiful reflections of flames on the water and bridges, the smell of the fire, and the music that plays create a multi-sensory experience.

Be sure to take a walk through history on Benefit Street, explore the unique shops on Wickenden Street, and enjoy an authentic Italian meal on Federal Hill.

13. Salem, Massachusetts

Famous for its late-1600s witch trials, there’s more to charming Salem than its dark history. Located on Salem Bay Harbor, enjoy a sunset sail on a historic schooner or take a boat tour to Bakers Island Light Station, where you can spend the night in the keeper’s house.

The House of Seven Gables, made famous by Nathaniel Hawthorne’s novel, is also on the harbor. Stroll through the grounds and tour the home; it’s one of the largest timber-framed mansions that remains in the U.S.

Just a few minutes away is Salem’s Maritime National Historic Site with a replica tall ship. Get up early, grab an Adirondack chair, and watch the sunrise.

Both of the above are on the Salem Heritage Trail. Follow the yellow line through more than 400 years of the town’s history, including the notable witch trial locations.

When planning your visit, know that the town fills with visitors from late September through the end of October, with the crowds growing the closer you get to Halloween.

14. Bozeman, Montana

Located in Montana’s beautiful Rocky Mountains, Bozeman is a year-round destination for outdoor lovers. Scenes from the 1992 movie A River Runs Through It were filmed here, beginning America’s love affair with Montana fly fishing. Grab your fly rod and channel your inner Brad Pitt on one of several gorgeous rivers within an hour’s drive. Big Sky Resort offers amazing skiing and snowboarding in the winter and mountain biking in the summer.

All of that activity works up quite the appetite and one of Bozeman’s amazing restaurants is sure to satisfy.

The Museum of the Rockies, showcasing a fully mounted T-Rex skeleton and other dinosaur fossils, is a leading paleontology research institution. You can find it on Montana State University’s campus.

Looking for a great day trip, the drive from Gallatin Canyon to Madison Valley is simply gorgeous.

15. Chattanooga, Tennessee

Chattanooga sits on the Tennessee-Georgia state line in southeastern Tennessee. It’s likely you’ve heard Glenn Miller’s “Chattanooga Choo Choo” and the city stays close to its rail roots. The Tennessee Valley Railroad Museum offers several scenic train rides throughout the year. The historic Terminal Station is now a hotel complex with dining, live music, shopping, beautiful rose gardens, and more.

Lookout Mountain dominates the skyline in Chattanooga. You can see seven states, visit underground waterfalls, ride the incline railway, and walk Rock City’s famous Swing-A-Long Bridge. 

Enjoy a hike at Moccasin Bend National Archaeological District, where they can trace 12,000 years of continuous habitation.

Other popular options with travelers and locals alike: Visit the Tennessee Aquarium, take in a Chattanooga Lookouts game, or walk the Riverwalk along the Tennessee River.

16. Rapid City, South Dakota

With the Badlands to the east and the Black Hills to the west, Rapid City is a beautiful spot to base a vacation in western South Dakota. Custer State Park, Mount Rushmore, Devil’s Tower, Crazy Horse Memorial, Badlands National Park, Wind Cave National Park, and Minuteman Missile National Historic Site are all worth a visit and easy day trips.

Rapid City is the only place in the country with life-sized statues of 43 U.S. presidents lining its downtown streets, giving it the nickname “City of Presidents.”

Kids will love Storybook Island, Reptile Gardens, Dinosaur Park, and the Museum of Geology at South Dakota’s School of Mines & Technology.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards, including:

• 15 Beautiful Beaches In The U.S. Our Readers Love
• 14 Best BBQ Restaurants In The U.S.
• 16 Most Walkable Cities Outside Of The U.S.

If you find yourself longing for sun, sand, and surf, the Texas coastal town of Port Aransas should definitely be on your list! Located just south of Corpus Christi on Mustang Island, Port Aransas welcomes visitors of all ages year-round thanks to its beautiful beaches, tantalizing seafood, and amazing wildlife encounters.

Port Aransas is centered around the beautiful waters of the Gulf of Mexico, allowing visitors endless opportunities to relax and connect with nature. Whether you want to build sandcastles on the beach or prefer a day of adrenaline-dumping deep-sea fishing, Port Aransas has you covered.

As a native Texan, I have visited Port Aransas my entire life. There are so many fun things to do in Port Aransas, Texas, that you will surely find something you love. That’s why I am so excited to share my list of the best things to do in Port Aransas, Texas, with you!

1. Mustang Island State Park

Head just south of Port Aransas to the southern end of Mustang Island to find one of my favorite state parks in Texas, Mustang Island State Park. 

The fact that Mustang Island State Park is located on a barrier island guarantees that you are in for a fun and unique experience when you visit. Take time to roam the beaches, combing for sand dollars before trying deep-sea fishing. I love that the size of Mustang Island State Park makes it easy to find a section of the beach all to yourself. Of course, the park is magical at sunrise and sunset, so find your favorite spot on the beach or sand dunes, and enjoy all that Mother Nature has to offer when you visit.

In addition to the fabulous surf and sand, the park also offers numerous amenities for guests to enjoy. The park’s campsites with electricity include a shade shelter, picnic table, outdoor grill, and water and electricity hookups. If you prefer a more primitive experience, Mustang Island State Park offers 50 campsites spread out over 1.5 miles of beach.

2. Aransas National Wildlife Refuge

If you enjoy bird watching, you will love visiting the Aransas National Wildlife Refuge. Best known as the winter refuge for the endangered whooping cranes, the Aransas National Wildlife Refuge provides a safe haven for numerous species of birds and reptiles. 

The preservation boasts a diverse landscape that includes grasslands, sand dunes, and beaches. This diverse terrain makes the refuge a great place to see waterfowl, alligators, lizards, turtles, and more. In addition to wildlife viewing, Aransas National Wildlife Refuge visitors can enjoy hiking and fishing on the property.

3. Port Aransas Beach

Port Aransas Beach is one of my favorite beaches in Texas. This 6-mile stretch of sand lasts forever and is the perfect place to enjoy a day at the beach while visiting the Texas Gulf Coast. 

While at Port Aransas Beach, I prefer to just relax in a beach chair while watching the waves roll in. If you prefer a more active day at the beach, you can enjoy windsurfing, boogie boarding, fishing, or riding Jet Skis during your visit. 

One of my favorite things about Port Aransas Beach is that you can drive your vehicle onto the sand! After purchasing a beach parking permit from City Hall, beachgoers can drive onto the sand and park their vehicles between markers 0 and 62. There is a small amount of free beach parking between Pier 52 and 58.

4. Texas Sandfest

The Texas Sandfest is an annual sandcastle-building competition on Port Aransas Beach. This fun festival welcomes guests and artists to the sunny shores of Port Aransas. The 3-day competition includes both amateur and master sand sculptors, all showcasing their skills and artistry for the live crowd.

Of course, it wouldn’t be a festival without great live music and delicious fair-style food; luckily, the Texas Sandfest includes all that. See the sculptors crafting their sand creations before visiting the many food and merchandise vendors and checking out the live music. 

The Texas Sandfest closes on Sunday afternoon with a fun award ceremony celebrating the artists’ works. I am always so amazed at the talent of the artists during the Texas Sandfest. We have seen sand sculptures depicting everything from incredibly detailed castles to fun and quirky animals. Every year, the artists at the Texas Sandfest deliver unique, quality sand art pieces, making this festival one of my favorite things to do in Port Aransas, Texas.

5. Deep-Sea Fishing

Anglers love to hit the waters of the Gulf of Mexico while visiting Port Aransas, thanks to the abundance of marine life that calls the area home. Numerous group and private charters are available for the perfect day of fishing on the Gulf’s waters. To top off your fishing adventure, take your catch of the day to one of the many restaurants in town that are happy to cook it for you. You get to enjoy a fun day of fishing and you might catch yourself some dinner as well.

6. Leonabelle Turnbull Birding Center

The Leonabelle Turnbull Birding Center is an incredible place to spend time bird watching during your visit to Port Aransas. Every year, numerous species of migrating birds go to the Leonabelle Turnbull Birding Center to rest in the incredible marshland found there. Some species that birders enjoy spotting here include osprey, peregrine falcons, and spoonbills, making the Leonabelle Turnbull Birding Center a great place to spend a quiet afternoon.

7. Port Aransas Museum

A visit to the Port Aransas Museum should be on everyone’s list of things to do in Port Aransas, Texas. Not only can you learn about the island’s history, but you can also see a building that was listed as one of the most endangered structures in the state. The Port Aransas Museum is housed in a 20th-century kit house that was listed as endangered due to the low number of these buildings still intact. The structure was donated to the Port Aransas Preservation and Historical Society in 2007 and turned into the Port Aransas Museum.

Inside, you will find photographs, artifacts, and documents that tell the story of this small Texas town. The museum is relatively small and doesn’t take very long to visit, so don’t miss the opportunity to learn more about the Port Aransas community during your time here. 

8. Port Aransas Nature Preserve

Photographers will love visiting the Port Aransas Nature Preserve thanks to the beautiful boardwalk that lets you get up close and personal with the area’s nature and wildlife. The Port Aransas Nature Preserve boardwalk was carefully constructed over a wetland preserve that welcomes birds and reptiles throughout the year. 

9. Port Aransas Community Theatre 

Port Aransas is more than just a beach town; it is also a great place to enjoy some live theater during your vacation, thanks to the Port Aransas Community Theatre.

Created over 25 years ago, the Port Aransas Community Theatre offers live performances in this beachside town. These performances include everything from live theater to nights of music. During the summer, they are even known to offer interactive performances that allow the audience to become part of the show.

10. The University Of Texas Marine Science Institute 

The University of Texas Marine Science Institute was founded in 1892 and is considered one of the most prestigious marine research facilities in the United States. During your time in Port Aransas, don’t miss the opportunity to visit the institute to learn more about the important research conducted here.

During your time at the Texas Marine Science Institute, you can learn about the history of the institute and its research by visiting the property’s public museum. In addition, there are also numerous aquarium exhibits highlighting marine life from many different ecosystems.

Related Reading:

• 9 Incredible Places To Explore In The Tropical Trail Region Of South Texas
• 12 Experiences You’ll Love In This Quaint Texas Island Town
• 10 Perfect Port Aransas Vacation Homes Near The Beach

Discover the natural wonders of the United States with our list of 15 beautiful beaches, as nominated and voted on by the readers of TravelAwaits in our annual Best Of Travel Awards. These stunning coastal destinations, scattered across the country, offer pristine shores, crystal-clear waters, and breathtaking vistas that are sure to captivate beach lovers of all kinds.

1. Ogunquit Beach (Winner)

Ogunquit, Maine

Located in Ogunquit, Maine, Ogunquit Beach is the winner of TravelAwaits‘ 2023 Best Of Travel Award for Best Beach in the U.S. This gorgeous New England beach boasts soft white sand, gentle surf, and stunning cliffside views. Stretching 3 miles along the Atlantic Ocean, the beach is actually made up of three beaches: Main Beach, Footbridge Beach, and North Beach.

Popular amongst visitors seeking a tranquil seaside escape, this quaint coastal Maine town makes for a beautiful stop on a coastal Maine road trip. Home to a lively art scene, the adorable New England town features galleries, theaters, and great dining spots. TravelAwaits contributor Melissa Curtain recommends the steamed lobster at Barnacle Billy’s. Have a slice of the state dessert, blueberry pie made with Maine’s tiny wild berries, or sample ice cream in regional flavors such as butter pecan, rum raisin, peppermint stick, and black raspberry — and be sure to ask for jimmies on top!

2. Chatham Lighthouse Beach

Chatham, Massachusetts

Speaking of adorable New England towns, Lighthouse Beach, our runner up this year for best beach in the U.S., can be found in charming Chatham. This Cape Cod beach makes for a lovely stop on a Boston road trip. In addition to its eponymous lighthouse, this pristine beach boasts picturesque dunes and calm waters, making it perfect for a relaxing day by the ocean — especially if you’re into lighthouses!

3. Wingaersheek Beach

Gloucester, Massachusetts

Another gem in Massachusetts, Wingaersheek Beach is one of several beautiful beaches in gorgeous Gloucester. Located on the North Shore, this wide sandy beach is punctuated by enormous boulders at low tide. An expansive shoreline, warm tidal pools, and soft sand make Wingaersheek Beach a favorite for sunbathing and exploring. Offering natural beauty and family-friendly amenities, it’s a wonderful spot to spend the entire day out of the flow of downtown Gloucester Harbor.

4. Cannon Beach

Cannon Beach, Oregon

Situated along the Oregon Coast, Cannon Beach captivates visitors with its rugged beauty and iconic Haystack Rock. Adorned with dramatic sea stacks and surrounded by lush forests, this beach offers a mesmerizing backdrop for beachcombing and breathtaking sunsets.

One of the most recognized landmarks in all of Oregon, Haystack Rock is the star of the shore, rising over 200 feet out of the ocean. At low tide, you can walk right up to the dramatic lava formation to see just how mysterious and mesmerizing it really is. Speaking of tides, this beach is also a great spot to observe King Tides. The area is one of Oregon’s designated Marine Gardens and is an Oregon Islands National Wildlife Refuge.

5. Huntington State/City Beach

Huntington State/City Beach, California

Some surfers must’ve been voting in our Best Of Travel Awards. Otherwise, how would Huntington State Beach in sunny southern California make this list? In addition to excellent surfing conditions, this vibrant beach offers a lively atmosphere and a beautiful pier that stretches out into the Pacific Ocean.

Long known as Surf City USA, this is where legends come to ride the waves. But there’s plenty more to do, like riding rental bikes along The Strand — a paved path that follows the beach for miles — popping into bars and restaurants along the way. Bring your own yoga mat to practice on the beach!

6. Siesta Key Beach

Siesta Key, Florida

Renowned for its powdery white sands, Siesta Beach consistently ranks among the best beaches in the United States, winning our Best Of Travel Award for best beach in the U.S. in 2021, then falling to second in 2022, and now coming in at sixth place. Situated in Siesta Key on Florida’s Gulf Coast, Siesta Beach offers warm turquoise waters, shallow swimming areas, and ample recreational opportunities, making it a tantalizing tropical paradise for beach enthusiasts.

Warm gulf waters allow for year-round water activities, including snorkeling, jet skiing, and parasailing. Rent a canoe, kayak, or stand-up paddleboard, or just spend a relaxing beach day on the stunning quartz sand.

7. Clearwater Beach

Clearwater, Florida

Speaking of popular Florida beach towns, Clearwater is just a couple hours up the road on the other side of St. Pete. Just a short drive from Tampa, this family-friendly destination offers a range of activities, from dolphin watching to water sports, ensuring a memorable beach experience. Thanks to its soft sand, warm Gulf of Mexico waters, and a lively beachfront scene, Clearwater Beach is widely regarded as one of the best beaches in Florida.

As TravelAwaits contributor Tom Wuckovich — who lives in the Tampa Bay Area — attests, “The waves are gentle, the water an Alice blue, and there are amenities to entertain every member of the family. The magnificent Pier 60 is over 1,000 feet long and features a bait house and a telescope for viewing the glorious sunsets. Recreational options nearby include a playground for the little ones, craft shows, musicians, and jugglers.”

Pro Tip: “Don’t bring alcohol in your cooler,” warns another TravelAwaits contributor and former Tampa Bay resident Fred Mays. “The beach is patrolled and they will make you dump your beers in the trash.”

8. Ka’anapali Beach

Lahaina, Hawaii

On the beautiful Island of Maui, Ka’anapali Beach showcases the best of Hawaii’s natural beauty. With its golden sand, palm-fringed shoreline, and crystal-clear waters, it’s a paradise for sun worshippers and water enthusiasts alike. If you are staying at a classic West Maui resort, just take the Ka’anapali Beach Walk Trail to the beach.

Once owned by Hawaiian sugar barons, the miles of soft white sand and turquoise water are punctuated by world class resorts, private cabanas, and all of the water toys you can imagine. The quintessential Hawaiian beachside vacation getaway, Ka’anapali Beach is perfect for swimming, snorkeling, sunning, paddle boarding, boogie boarding, and more. It’s also one of the best places to watch the sunset on Maui and lies along the migration path of majestic humpback whales from the northern Pacific. During winter and spring, you can try to spot a whale from the shore or book a whale-watching tour.

9. Waikīkī Beach

Honolulu, Hawaii

No list of beautiful beaches in the U.S. would be complete without mentioning Waikīkī Beach in Honolulu, Hawaii. In fact, this bustling beach was last year’s winner. Known for its legendary surf breaks, iconic Diamond Head backdrop, and vibrant atmosphere, this beloved destination combines natural beauty with urban charm. Everyone from fun-loving sun-seekers to families and the beautiful yet bougie see-and-be-seen crowd can be found along this long stretch of sandy beach.

10. Trunk Bay

St. John, U.S. Virgin Islands

Escape to the U.S. Virgin Islands and discover the pristine beauty of Trunk Bay in St. John, which also made our list in 2021 and 2022. Nestled within Virgin Islands National Park, this secluded paradise boasts crystal-clear turquoise waters, powdery white sand, and lush tropical foliage. Dreamy, breathtaking views make it one of the most photographed beaches on the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Snorkelers are drawn to Trunk Bay’s self-guided Underwater Snorkeling Trail, but even if you’re not into exploring the coral reefs offshore, this tropical paradise makes for a wonderful weekend getaway — no passport required!

11. Coronado Beach

Coronado, California

With its wide sandy shores, gentle waves, and stunning views of the iconic Hotel del Coronado, Coronado Beach can be found on southern California’s Coronado Island. Perfect for sunbathing, picnicking, and strolling along the picturesque shoreline, this idyllic beach is consistently ranked by Dr. Beach as one of the Top 10 U.S. Beaches.

Pro Tip: “Be on the lookout for fabulous sandcastles at the Hotel Del beach,” says TravelAwaits contributor Sharon Odegaard.

12. Glen Haven Beach

Sleeping Bear Dunes, Glen Haven, Michigan

Tucked away on the edge of Sleeping Bear Bay in Michigan’s Sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore, Glen Haven Beach offers a serene escape surrounded by natural beauty. Visitors can enjoy sunbathing on the pebbly shore, exploring the nearby historic village, and marveling at the towering dunes that provide a stunning backdrop.

13. Punalu’u Black Sand Beach

Punalu’u, Hawaii

Venture to the Big Island of Hawaii and discover the unique beauty of Punalu’u Black Sand Beach. With its jet-black sands created by volcanic activity, this beach is a striking contrast to traditional sandy shores. Visitors can spot sea turtles basking in the sun and explore the captivating coastal landscape.

14. Kiawah Beachwalker Park

Kiawah Island, South Carolina

Located on Kiawah Island in South Carolina, Kiawah Beachwalker Park is a pristine coastal oasis. This expansive beach boasts unspoiled sand dunes, thriving wildlife, and a peaceful atmosphere. Nature lovers can spot a variety of bird species and enjoy miles of undisturbed shoreline.

15. Mid Beach

Tybee Island, Georgia

Off the coast of Savannah, Georgia, lies the charming Mid Beach on Tybee Island. Known for its laid-back ambiance and beautiful stretches of sand, this beach offers a tranquil retreat for those seeking relaxation. Visitors can soak up the sun, take leisurely walks, and savor the coastal charm.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards as well as our favorite beach content, including:

If your summer travel plans call for a visit to Hawaii, be sure to see at least one of the better-known national parks: Hawaii Volcanoes, Haleakala, or Pearl Harbor Memorial.

Also know that there are several other tucked-away and less-visited park sites that highlight a remarkable Hawaiian historical and cultural legacy. During my 6 years as a park ranger in Hawaii, I explored these parks and developed a greater appreciation and understanding of this significant legacy.

1. Pu’uhonua O Hōnaunau National Historical Park

Puʻuhonua o Hōnaunau is a National Historical Park located along the Kona Coast on the Big Island of Hawaii. This site is one of the most revered places in Hawaiian history and, for generations, offered refuge to those who broke the kapu (religious) laws or were fleeing from civil strife. Warriors and civilians caught up in these dangerous situations could be guaranteed safety and forgiveness. The concept of seeking asylum and finding a place of refuge is strongly rooted in Polynesian tradition and was brought by early voyagers who established a distinctive Hawaiian culture on the islands.

You can explore the park via several options. A half-mile, self-guided walking tour takes you through the Royal Grounds — an area formerly reserved for the aliʻi (chiefs). In addition, an audio tour is available that covers the same area as the walking tour and provides an audio interpretation. Access this version by downloading the National Park Service app from either the App Store or Google Play.

On this walk, be sure to see the small bay known as Keone’ele Cove. The cove’s coral sand beach is where the aliʻi would arrive by canoe and spend their days tending to the religious and civic matters of the islands.

For those interested in a longer hike, the 2-mile round-trip along the 1871 Trail to Kiʻilae Village is a great option. The trail follows the coast with dramatic views of pali (cliffs) and cultural features from both ancient and modern eras. Begin your trek by stopping at the visitor center for a map and directions to the trailhead.

Another striking feature of the park is the Pā Puʻuhonua (Great Wall). The immense wall structure — 12 feet tall, 18 feet wide, and over 950 feet long — was built over 400 years ago using lava rocks fitted together so precisely that no mortar was used in its construction. 

Of all the parks I worked at and visited, this is by far my favorite. Once I left the visitor center area, I felt an immediate sense of peace and serenity while walking along the trails.

Pro Tips: When visiting this and other parks, be sure to take water, snacks, sunscreen, and sturdy footwear. Most trail surfaces are either coarse, coral sand, rough lava rock, or a combination of both.

2. Kaloko-Honokōhau National Historical Park

Also located on the Big Island (Hawaii), 2 miles from Kailua-Kona International Airport, is Kaloko-Honokōhau. The park preserved a typical Hawaiian kauhale (village) from the pre-European contact (before 1778). Life in the village was one of hardship, balance, and harmony with the environment. The people followed an ancient tradition of ahupua’a (land allocation) that extended from the mountains to the sea and included all the necessary ingredients to sustain life. A system of trade existed between each ahupua’a that exchanged items from the sea (fish, shellfish, and coral) for items from the mountains (taro, breadfruit, and mulberry shrub) for making cloth. Extended families depended on each other and this system functioned for centuries to the benefit of all.

The National Park Service now protects many of the features that sustained the ancients’ existence. One of these features is the use of aquaculture to harvest fish. The system consisted of enclosing a small bay with a rock wall and a gate to allow fish to enter and become trapped for use by the people of the kauhale.

The park has undertaken a long-term project to rebuild this wall and restore it to its original state. Studies have shown the wall was once 30–40 feet wide, 6 feet tall, and over 700 feet long. Hawaiians also raised fish in carefully constructed fish ponds. These ponds represent some of the finer points in Hawaiian culture. Nowhere else in Polynesia are fish ponds more numerous or developed. They bear witness to the remarkable engineering skills and management in the art of aquaculture.

When you visit the park, take time to see this great engineering feat. Consider how many rocks were transported and carefully stacked to produce this immense wall and the coordinated effort to maintain it so that the kauhale could produce fish for the entire ahupua’a.

The creation of this park is a collaboration between the Native Hawaiian community and the National Park Service to restore the spirit of cultural identity through its preservation and management. The Hawaiian culture has struggled through many periods of adversity and its spirit remains strong because of this partnership. Contact the Hale Hoʻokipa — the park’s visitor center — for additional information.

3. Pu’ukohola Heiau National Historical Site

Just minutes away from some of the most lavish resorts in Hawaii, this historical site — along the Big Island’s Kailua-Kona Coast — was the serene home of Hawaiian royalty.

For centuries, rival warriors fought to gain control and rule all of the islands. On Hawaii island, following the death of an exalted chief, his son and nephew waged a familial struggle over who was to rule. This led to open warfare and plunged the island into a bitter civil war not only for control of this island but for the other islands as well. Finally, Kamehameha I, perhaps the greatest Hawaiian leader, was told of a prophecy by a kahuna (priest) that if he built a heiau (temple) on top of a hill called Pu’ukohola, he would triumph over his cousin and unite the islands into one kingdom. Several years later, after having finished construction of the heiau, Kamehameha fulfilled the prophecy and became king of all of the islands.

Today, this sacred temple is part of the Puʻukoholā Heiau National Historical Site which preserves the legacy of this crucial portion of Hawaiian history. Below the heiau is the Pelekane — the Royal Courtyard. Stroll among the trees and walk the grounds of this beautiful portion of the park.

There is a great, half-mile loop trail that begins near the visitor center. The trail leads you the Pu’ukohola Heiau and several other cultural sites before returning to the visitor center.

Another option is hiking a portion of the Ala Kahakai National Historic Trail to the Pelekane. There you can walk in the footsteps of Hawaiian royalty. The Royal Courtyard is the location of cultural festivals and an excellent place to watch sharks cruising just offshore.

Pro Tip: In winter, this is an excellent spot to see humpback whales. Starting in November, these large mammals travel some 3,000 miles from feeding grounds in Alaska waters to Hawaii where they breed and give birth. In May, they return north to begin the cycle again. I have fond memories of watching these giants just a few hundred yards offshore, breaching high out of the water and returning with a gigantic splash.

Be sure to check out the park calendar as well as the website for special programs, whale watching, cultural activities, and other experiences. 

This historic site gives you the opportunity amid warm breezes and the soft sound of breaking surf to slow down and ponder how life must have been for these early Hawaiians. Sit for a moment and breathe in the spirit of their culture.

Visiting these three park sites gives you a sense of how ancient Hawaiians valued a system of refuge and asylum, and a feeling for their royalty, and how they used aquaculture and other means to survive for centuries.

Related Reading:

• I Went In Search Of Elvis’s Hawaii — This Is What I Found
• 7 Things You Need To Know Before Visiting Diamond Head On Oahu, Hawaii
• 11 Best Things To Do In Oahu For Solo Travelers

From the classic flavors of Texas to the tangy sauces of Kansas City and the authentic tastes of Memphis, barbecue is an American culinary tradition. Narrowing barbecue joints down to the best of the best is no easy feat. That’s why TravelAwaits turned to our readers to help identify the best barbecue restaurants across the U.S. in our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards.

These winners have impressed our readers with their exceptional flavors, mouthwatering meats, and authentic techniques. Prepare your taste buds for a journey through the 14 best barbecue restaurants in the U.S., which are sure to please your palate.

1. C.H.O.P. Clay’s House Of Pig (Winner)

Tupelo, Mississippi

Winner, winner, barbecue dinner! Located in Tupelo, Mississippi, Clay’s House Of Pig, aka C.H.O.P., has earned a well-deserved reputation for serving up some of the most delicious barbecue in the region, and our readers say it’s the best in the U.S.! With a focus on slow-cooked, tender meats and a variety of homemade sauces, this family-owned establishment has become a favorite among locals, visitors, and TravelAwaits readers.

What To Order

Whether on a potato or nachos, or in a sandwich or quesadilla, you can’t go wrong with the brisket.

2. Black’s Barbecue

New Braunfels, Texas

For over 85 years, Black’s Barbecue has been serving up traditional Texas barbecue at its finest. With four Texas Hill Country locations, this legendary establishment prides itself on its pit-smoked meats, including succulent brisket and juicy sausages, all accompanied by classic sides and a friendly, welcoming atmosphere.

What To Order

Enjoy hand-stuffed, slow-smoked homemade sausage and bring your appetite for the giant beef ribs — which weigh about a pound each!

3. Joe’s Kansas City Bar-B-Que

Kansas City, Kansas

Don’t let its neighborhood corner gas station locale fool you. Joe’s Kansas City Bar-B-Que is a must-visit destination for barbecue enthusiasts. Formerly known as Oklahoma Joe’s, this iconic spot now has three outposts in Kansas City. Mouthwatering burnt ends, succulent ribs, and flavorful sauces have earned Joe’s numerous accolades and a devoted following.

What To Order

The Rocket Pig sandwich features Joe’s tender pulled pork coated in a delectable sweet and spicy barbecue glaze topped with crispy bacon, melted pepper jack cheese, a creamy barbecue mayo, and spicy fried jalapeños.

4. Franklin Barbecue

Austin, Texas

When it comes to barbecue, Franklin Barbecue in Austin, Texas, is the mecca. This nationally acclaimed establishment has garnered widespread recognition for its perfectly smoked meats; particularly the melt-in-your-mouth brisket.

Pro Tip: Get there early — the line is long, but it’s well worth the wait!

What To Order

Cooked slowly with all-wood smoke, the beef brisket is consistently the best there is, anywhere.

5. Arthur Bryant’s Barbeque

Kansas City, Missouri

A Kansas City institution, Arthur Bryant’s Barbeque is known for its iconic burnt ends and tangy sauce. This no-frills counter-service joint has been serving up exceptional old-school pit-cooked barbecue for decades. Although the King of Ribs has left the building, this historic restaurant continues to delight locals and tourists with its mouthwatering offerings that are slow-smoked over a combo of oak and hickory woods.

What To Order

Split the sandwich combo — half beef, half pork, or ham — with a side of fries, baked beans, and a red cream soda.

6. The Bar-B-Q Shop

Memphis, Tennessee

A beloved gem in a city renowned for its barbecue, The Bar-B-Q Shop is famous for its award-winning Dancing Pigs sauce, tender ribs, and succulent pulled pork. This family-owned establishment showcases the authentic flavors that make Memphis barbecue truly special.

What To Order

Get the half-and-half ribs to see if you prefer “wet” with sauce or dry rub served with Texas toast. Then, be sure to upgrade your side to the famous Bar-B-Q spaghetti. For dessert, there’s banana pudding cheesecake and the chocolate silk pie — oh my!

7. Pappy’s Smokehouse

St. Louis, Missouri

Pappy’s Smokehouse in St. Louis’s Midtown has gained a loyal following thanks to its expertly smoked meats and delectable flavors. From their renowned dry-rubbed ribs to the flavorful pulled pork, Pappy’s delivers barbecue perfection with every bite, earning it a spot among the best in the nation.

What To Order

Try some burnt ends with sweet potato fries, fire and ice pickles, and fried corn on the cob or a Frito pie topped with pulled pork.

8. Central BBQ

Memphis, Tennessee

Central BBQ has become synonymous with exceptional barbecue in the hardwood capital that is Memphis. The motto, “Smoke is Our Sauce,” refers to the hickory and pecan woods that produce mouthwatering ribs and pulled pork, but there are a variety of homemade sauces available as well! The real rub is in Central BBQ’s smoky, spicy signature rub that tantalizes the taste buds and keeps our readers coming back for more.

What To Order

We recommend either the jerk chicken wings or the fall-off-the-bone ribs with house chips or pork rinds.

9. Charlie Vergos’ Rendezvous

Memphis, Tennessee

Located in downtown Memphis, Tennessee, The Rendezvous is a true barbecue institution. Since 1948, this iconic restaurant has been serving up its signature dry-rubbed ribs, cooked to perfection over charcoal. The unique blend of spices creates a flavor profile that is both robust and unforgettable, making it a must-visit destination for barbecue enthusiasts.

What To Order

You can’t go wrong with the melt-in-your-mouth brisket and exquisite dry-rub ribs with juicy tender meat that has a great bark. A small order of charbroiled pork ribs comes with baked beans and mustard slaw, but the red beans and rice are also delish!

10. Cackle & Oink BBQ

Sherman, Texas

Located in Sherman, Texas, between Dallas and the Oklahoma border, Cackle & Oink BBQ is a hidden gem that consistently delivers exceptional barbecue. With a focus on quality ingredients and time-honored smoking techniques, this family-owned establishment offers a delectable array of meats, including tender-sliced brisket, juicy pork ribs, and flavorful jalapeño sausage, all complemented by their mouthwatering homemade sauces.

What To Order

Order the Cackle and Oink to get a sampling of pulled pork, a smoked leg quarter, and a sausage link, as well as two sides. Good luck choosing between the ridiculously delicious jalapeño cornbread casserole, green beans, black-eyed peas, and boiled cabbage!

11. The Notorious P.I.G.

Missoula, Montana

In the unlikely location of Missoula, Montana, you’ll find the Notorious P.I.G., a barbecue joint that surprises and delights with its authentic flavors. Passionate, dedicated pitmasters combine traditional smoking methods and locally sourced ingredients to create inventive and rich barbecue dishes. Sauces range from sweet and hot-tomato-based to a North Carolina hot vinegar sauce.

What To Order

Order some tender and flavorful burnt ends with spicy pit-baked beans, tasty deviled-egg potato salad, fire and ice pickles, and yummy cinnamon applesauce. Might as well get a sweet tea, too; you won’t see that on many Montana menus.

12. ZZQ Texas Craft Barbeque

Richmond, Virginia

Despite being located far from the Lone Star State, ZZQ Texas Craft Barbeque in Richmond, Virginia, has mastered the art of Texas-style barbecue. Using sustainably raised meats and time-honored techniques, this unique establishment serves up mouthwatering brisket, sausage, and ribs, all cooked low and slow for that perfect smoky flavor.

What To Order

Order beef ribs, jalapeño mac and cheese, and collard greens online and take it out back to the patio, where barbecue-hued whiffs waft from the huge smoker.

13. The Salt Lick

Driftwood, Texas

Nestled in the Texas Hill Country outside of Austin, Salt Lick is a true barbecue destination. Surrounded by oak trees, this legendary establishment offers an authentic family-style Texas barbecue experience. Feast on famous pit-smoked meats, such as succulent beef ribs and mouthwatering sausage, while enjoying the warm and inviting indoor/outdoor picnic-style atmosphere.

Pro Tip: There are no reservations, so be prepared to wait with a cooler; it is BYOB. Hopefully, there will be live music! Also, they only accept cash.

What To Order

Go “Family Style” for all-you-can-eat beef brisket, sausage, and pork ribs, served with potato salad, cole slaw, and beans. Save room for cobbler and/or pecan pie à la mode!

14. Big Bob Gibson Bar-B-Q

Decatur, Alabama

In the heart of Decatur, Alabama, Big Bob Gibson Bar-B-Q has been serving up award-winning barbecue since 1925. The secret to such a rich history of culinary excellence? It’s all in barbecue legend Big Bob Gibson’s signature white sauce.

What To Order

This iconic establishment offers a myriad of mouthwatering meats, from juicy smoked chicken to flavorful pulled pork. But we recommend getting the stuffed potato so you’ll have room for pie!

Showcasing the diversity and passion that define American barbecue, these Best Of Travel Award-winning barbecue restaurants have truly impressed our readers with a dedication to the craft of cooking low and slow, from the South to the Midwest and beyond.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards.

Steuben County is one of the most beautiful spots in New York State, especially in the summer and fall. In the early fall, the aroma of ripening grapes wafts through the air. Late fall brings a brilliant change of colors. Summer arrives full of festivals and water sports, including boating, kayaking, swimming, and fishing on Keuka Lake. Winter is good for snow sports and spring for the early blossoms.

A hub for exploring the entire Finger Lakes region, Steuben County has everything — museums, outdoor activities, great food, boutiques, and, of course, wineries. It is a nice spot for a day, weekend, or week-long trip for families, singles, and all types of travelers.

Some of the information on this trip was obtained during a press trip sponsored by Explore Steuben. We have been to Steuben County several times on our own and have formed our opinions independently.

1. Corning Museum Of Glass

The Corning Museum of Glass (CMOG) is one of our favorite museums in the world. At CMOG, you can spend hours exploring incredible glass creations, learning the history of glassmaking and modern innovations in the art. You can try your hand at glassmaking or watch live demonstrations. There are family-friendly activities at the museum. Do not miss the extensive gift shop.

Pro Tip: Purchase the combination ticket that allows you to visit both the CMOG and Rockwell Museum. The shuttle from CMOG runs regularly to the Rockwell Museum.

2. Rockwell Museum

The Rockwell Museum, a Smithsonian affiliate, is a center for American art with a spotlight on Native American culture. The curation is engaging and current. From traditional American art to contemporary Native American and African American voices, the museum is well worth the visit. For families with children, there is an interactive studio — Kids Rockwell — on Market Street.

3. Keuka Lake Wine Trail

If you love wine, Finger Lakes is the ultimate destination for the wine aficionado. Keuka Lake is one of the four wine trails in the Finger Lakes. A wine-tasting adventure on the lake is a wonderful way to spend an afternoon (or a weekend).

Some of the best vinifera grape varietals in the U.S. can be found at the Dr. Konstantin Frank Winery. Dr. Frank was a pioneer who helped to elevate the wine industry in New York. You can’t go wrong with a tasting at the boutique Weis Vineyard, named the best classic winery in New York State in 2022. 

For a unique view of the wine history and background in the region, check out Bully Hill Vineyards. Don’t miss the wonderful smoked barbecue meats with your glass of vino. Drop by the museum and art gallery after your tasting to see the works of Walter Taylor. A wine tasting on the patio of Ravines comes with wonderful wines and a scenic view of the east side of Keuka Lake. Make sure to try Ravine’s dry riesling.

4. Pleasant Valley Wine Company

To learn about the history of wine (especially sparkling wine and winemaking during Prohibition) on Keuka Lake, take a tour of Pleasant Valley Wine Company — the oldest winery in the Finger Lakes. Established in 1860, as you walk through some of the eight historic buildings, you’ll see the cellars and barrels that held the award-winning brut.

5. Gaffer District In Downtown Corning

With a plethora of options for lunch, you will find Asian, American, and Italian restaurants, as well as barbecue or simple pub fare on Market Street. After the meal, take a stroll along downtown Corning to walk off your lunch or stop in the shops. There are many gift shops, art galleries, and ice cream shops that you can meander into.

6. Krooked Tusker Distillery

If spirits are more to your liking, do a tasting at Krooked Tusker Distillery for their award-winning, bespoke spirits — whiskey, vodka, bourbon, and gin. They also serve wines and beers from the region.

7. Mountain Rose Horse Farm

Mountain Rose Horse Farm is run by two sisters — Rachel Beiler and Emily Gingerich — who love sharing their love of horses. Lucas the goat, the official greeter, will also steal your heart away. They cater to riders of all levels; new and experienced. There are two cottages on the property for rent for those who crave the complete experience of life on a farm. You can also spend time fishing in the small lake or hiking the trails. 

8. FLX Boating Museum

The Finger Lakes Boating Museum is focused on preserving the heritage of boat building in the Finger Lakes. Boat lovers can spend hours in the 20 buildings and restoration workshops. The museum, mostly staffed by volunteer boat makers, has spent many years lovingly rehabilitating old donated boats.

9. Glenn H. Curtiss Aviation Museum

We have all heard about the Wright Brothers — American aviation pioneers synonymous with the first airplane flight. We hadn’t heard of Glenn Curtiss until we visited the Glenn H. Curtiss Aviation Museum. Curtiss built and raced the first motorcycles. He then turned his hand to flying. The museum tells the story of his discoveries and houses both original and replica planes and motorcycles.

10. Mud Creek Bison Ranch

When we heard about Mud Creek Bison Ranch, we had to go. Mud Creek has 60 bison at the main ranch and another 300 on their ranch in the next town. At the main ranch, you can do a self-driving tour along a well-kept gravel road that meanders around the ranch. There were plenty of opportunities to stop and watch the bison roam, feed, and play with their young ones. Children (of all ages) will enjoy spotting little calves with their moms.

11. Letchworth State Park

We highly recommend a day trip to Letchworth State Park, the “Grand Canyon of the East.” While it is not technically in Steuben County, it is a wonderful park with gorges and powerful waterfalls. A little closer, you will find Stony Brook State Park, which has extensive trails through the gorge and outdoor activities.

12. Create Your Own Food Tour

The Finger Lakes and Steuben County have many wonderful restaurants for food lovers. In Corning, the Gaffer District is the place to go. The Quincy Exchange, with its socially distanced tabling, offers a varied seasonal menu in a relaxing setting. If you are craving Thai food, we recommend Nine Elephants. For a quick and tasty lunch, Cugini Pizzeria and Restaurant hits the spot; try their grandma pizza. We also recommend lunch at Bully Hill for their smoked-onsite barbecue meats. For breakfast, try the scones at Laurabelle’s; the cookies are mouthwatering.

In Hammondsport, the Park Inn, Timber Stone Grill, and Switzerland Inn all have excellent offerings for dinner. The Switzerland Inn is a great place to watch the sunset over Keuka Lake. The Switz and Timber Stone also serve lunch.

For breakfast in Hammondsport, try Crooked Lake Ice Cream Company. You won’t be having ice cream for breakfast, though it’s tempting since they serve ice cream from Dippity Do Dah. Crooked Lake serves wonderful breakfasts and lunches; you can go back later for ice cream. Down the block, you’ll find Vern’s Bakery for blueberry scones chock-full of delicious berries.

Pro Tip: Where To Stay In Steuben County

There are numerous hotels and BNBs in Steuben County. Built in 1861, the Park Inn in Hammondsport is a lovely place to stay. If hotels are more your style, try the Hilton Garden Inn. It is walking distance to the CMOG and the Gaffer District. The Staybridge is also conveniently located.

Book your lodging and wine tastings in advance if you visit during the summer and early fall.

Related Reading:

• My 7 Favorite Stops On A 1000 Islands Road Trip
• 11 Fantastic Outdoor Adventures In Gorgeous Chautauqua, New York
• 7 Incredible Lake Placid Region Restaurants With A Water View

Growing up in a town whose population fluctuated between 650–700 residents, I appreciate the charm, simplicity, and friendly no-nonsense spirit a small town offers. While the only things drawing folks to my town were a great restaurant, weddings, and funerals, the small towns on our list have everything visitors are looking for in a quaint getaway. 

Here are our readers’ 14 best small towns in the U.S.

1. Abilene, Kansas (Winner)

Located in the heart of the Sunflower State, Abilene is home to the Dwight D. Eisenhower Presidential Library, Museum, and Boyhood Home. This may be what pulls hundreds of thousands of visitors off Interstate 70 every year, but the town of about 6,500 is a unique mix of presidential history and Western charm.

Old Abilene Town transports visitors to the Old West with its rail station, log homes, saloon, and general store. During Labor Day weekend, Old Abilene Town honors its past with Chisholm Trail Days. A live cattle drive through town is the highlight for visitors and locals alike.

Rail enthusiasts won’t want to miss a chance to experience Abilene & Smoky Valley Railroad’s authentic steam engine and ride the rails to neighboring Enterprise, Kansas.

Scratch that shopping itch in Abilene’s historic downtown where boutique and specialty shops await.

2. Corning, New York

Known as America’s Crystal City, every kitchen in America likely has a piece of this town stored in its cupboards. Corning and Pyrex dishes were invented here. 

Corning oozes charm and its experiences far outpace its population of just about 11,000 residents. It’s home to The Corning Museum of Glass, the largest collection of art glass in the world, where you can spend a few hours or a full day experiencing the live demonstrations and being mesmerized by the beautiful glass pieces. The Hands-on Glass Studio in town allows you to create, and take home, your own piece of art.

The Rockwell Museum, a Smithsonian affiliate, exhibits amazing works of art including an impressive collection of Western and Native American Art.

Surrounded by the gorgeous Finger Lakes wine region, spend some time at a local winery or settle in at a local brewery or distillery during your stay.

3. Traverse City, Michigan

Traverse City sits on beautiful Grand Traverse Bay, less than 30 miles from Lake Michigan and Sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore. Known as the World’s Cherry Capital, it’s home to the National Cherry Festival every July, but visitors can enjoy the celebrity fruit throughout the year at local restaurants and bakeries. Eat as many cherry tarts, pies, and turnovers as you’d like. 

The area also loves its outdoor activities. Bike the trails, sail on the lakes, and climb Sleeping Bear Dunes. Also home to dozens of wineries, enjoy a few sips and a lovely afternoon in Traverse City.

4. Key West, Florida

The southernmost point in the U.S., Key West exudes laid-back hospitality. It’s famous for Hemingway and his six-toed cats, Truman’s Little White House, key lime pie, amazing sunsets, conch fritters, an abundance of water sports, and beautiful beaches.

Key West is very walkable. In addition to the sites mentioned above, explore the shops, restaurants, and breweries. In fact, author Judy Blome owns a bookstore here. It’s also a great place to find a bench and people watch for a spell.

Looking for a day trip? Take the ferry, or a plane, from Key West to Dry Tortugas National Park. Reservations are highly recommended.

5. Lindsborg, Kansas

Lindsborg is just 3,500 residents strong and about 1/3 are of Swedish descent. Aptly nicknamed Little Sweden, the town embraces its heritage which can be found in its architecture, food, and festivals. 

Lindsborg hosts unique events throughout the year. Don’t miss Svensk Hyllningsfest in October, which celebrates the town’s Swedish culture. You’ll also love the small, colorful horse statues found outside of businesses throughout town. They’re called Dalas, after the Dalecarlian horse, a national symbol of Sweden.

Watch for the Lindsborg Swedish Folk Dancers, a group of high school students that’s been performing at town festivals and other local events since 1963.

6. Sedona, Arizona

Sedona’s gorgeous red rocks and breathtaking views beckon outdoor enthusiasts. It’s simply stunning. Bike or hike the many area trails, but come prepared. Summer can be brutally hot, so start early and bring plenty of water. Once you’re off the trails, browse in the boutiques and wonderful art galleries, then enjoy one of Sedona’s restaurants with an amazing view.

It’s natural to feel pulled to visit Sedona time and again. It’s known for its vortexes which Visit Sedona describes as “swirling centers of energy (within the red rocks) that are conducive to healing, meditation, and self-exploration.” You can experience the sites yourself or through a guided tour.

The Grand Canyon is just 2 hours away and makes an easy day trip, just get there early or you’ll likely have to wait in traffic to enter.

7. Newport, Rhode Island

Located at the tip of Aquidneck Island on Narragansett Bay, Newport exudes coastal elegance and southern New England charm. It was once the summer playground of the Vanderbilts, Astors, and others, and you can tour their summer homes today or view them from the Cliff Walk.

Established in 1693, Colonial history is abundant. Visit historic Trinity Church, Truro Synagogue, or White Horse Tavern — one of the oldest in the U.S. The International Tennis Hall of Fame is here as is the church where Jacqueline Bouvier married John F. Kennedy in 1953.

Walk along Newport’s cobblestone streets, devour the area’s amazing seafood, enjoy a music festival at Fort Adams State Park, sail on the bay, or simply relax on the beach. It’s a perfect long-weekend getaway. 

8. Clear Lake, Iowa

Clear Lake is infamous. Just ask any music-history buff, or anyone of a certain age. The town’s Surf Ballroom hosted what would be Buddy Holly, Ritchie Valens, and The Big Bopper’s final concert in 1959 before their plane crashed, killing everyone on board. Today, the ballroom features big bands and other performances multiple times a month. The site of the crash is also in Clear Lake. 

Many activities in town revolve around the lake of the same name; boat, waterski, fish, or just hang at the beach. Nearby, spend a lovely day taking in the beauty of the Central Gardens of Northern Iowa. If you’re hardy enough to venture to northern Iowa in February, you’ll love its Come Fly a Kite Festival — the largest winter kite festival in the Midwest.

With all this activity, you won’t go hungry in Clear Lake. Don’t miss a chance to eat lunch at Starboard Market.

9. Eureka Springs, Arkansas

Eureka Springs is a quaint town nestled in the heart of the Ozark Mountains and, as its name implies, is home to dozens of natural springs. Visit several of the springs while exploring the historic downtown and its Victorian-era buildings — home to boutiques, art galleries, and antique shops.

Eureka Springs is a charming place to spend a weekend. Famous for its Arts Festival and Ozark Folk Festival, you can also take a ride on the historic Eureka Springs & North Arkansas Railway, enjoy a performance of The Great Passion Play, and marvel at the beautiful Thorncrown Chapel. 

Outdoor lovers will also enjoy hiking and the many water activities on the area’s lakes and rivers.

10. Bardstown, Kentucky

Known as the Bourbon Capital of the World, Bardstown is where pastor Elijah Craig created the spirit in 1789. That’s likely reason enough for many to book their trip to Bardstown, but if you need more than the 11 historic distilleries within 16 miles of town, you’re in luck.

Bardstown’s historic district is as delightful as it comes with art galleries, antique stores, and boutique shops. A hearty southern dinner is a must after a day of bourbon sampling and there are plenty of great restaurants from which to choose.

Something you may not expect, explore the Abbey of Gethsemani — a Trappist monastery where you can take in the beautiful gardens and attend a prayer service.

It doesn’t get more Kentucky than being home to My Old Kentucky Home State Park, the inspiration for the official state song. Tour the mansion, golf, or camp during your visit. 

11. Taos, New Mexico

Known to many for its wonderful skiing, Taos is a historic, four-season destination. Its UNESCO World Heritage Site, Taos Pueblo, is made up of multi-level adobe buildings that have been inhabited for 1,000 years. During a guided tour, visitors can meet a few of the 150 residents who still live there today.

Another important piece of history is San Francisco de Asis Church. Built in the early 1800s, it’s one of a few original adobe buildings still standing in the area and continues to have regular religious services.

During your visit, don’t miss the Millicent Rogers Museum showcasing Native American art and culture. You can’t visit Taos without indulging in delicious southwestern cuisine. Just be sure to know the answer to this question: “Green, red, or Christmas?” They’re referring to chili sauce, and in New Mexico, “Christmas” is a combo of the red and green sauces.

12. Lahaina, Hawaii

On an island with amazing sunsets, standing out is a challenge. Lahaina is loved by visitors and locals alike as one of the best places to watch the sunset on Maui. This small town, located on the west side of the island, also has a wonderful historic district; explore Wo Hing Temple, Baldwin Home Museum, and Lahaina Fort. Lahaina is also known for its banyan trees and you can find one in Lahaina Banyan Court Park.

Experiencing an authentic luau is definitely a treat and makes for a wonderful evening. 

Once you’re satisfied on land, explore the exquisite turquoise waters. Go whale watching from December through April, take a harbor cruise, or go fishing, snorkeling, or kayaking.

13. Kalispell, Montana

Located just 40 minutes from the west entrance of Glacier National Park, Kalispell is surrounded by beautiful mountains and lakes. It’s an outdoor lover’s paradise. Of course, Glacier is fantastic, but if you don’t have a reservation to enter, explore one, or all, of the six state parks in and around Flathead Lake just south of town. You can hike around, boat, swim, or fish in the beautifully clear lake.

Downtown Kalispell is home to unique shops and delicious restaurants. Leave looking like a true Montanan after you browse the more than 2,500 pairs of boots and 1,500 hats at Western Outdoor. Don’t miss Moose’s Saloon and be prepared to get some sawdust on your new boots after you walk through the swinging doors. Don’t worry, you can bring the kids; Moose’s is known for their great pizza!

14. Pismo Beach, California

It’s obvious from its name, but worth restating, Pismo Beach is a quintessential California beach town. Located near San Luis Obispo, it’s a perfect spot to spend the night if you’re driving the Pacific Coast Highway.

Pismo Beach is known for its miles of beautiful beaches, stately sand dunes, and the Pismo Clam. You can try clamming any time of year with a permit and you’ll need to leave the ones that are less than 4.5 inches in diameter. Another great option, hop in a kayak to explore the area’s unique caves and cliffs. If you prefer to stay above the water, walk the beautiful Pismo Beach Pier. You can’t miss it.

From late October through February, visit Pismo State Beach Monarch Butterfly Grove where thousands of the beautiful, migrating orange and black insects spend the winter. 

Finally, Pismo Beach has no shortage of delicious restaurants, many featuring amazing seafood fresh from the Pacific.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards.

Tens of millions of fun-seeking tourists flock to Orlando each year. Unfortunately, many arrive with tunnel vision, with only its popular, world-famous theme parks on their radar. But there’s plenty of weird and wacky fun to be had a short hop away from those stomach-churning rollercoasters, costumed cartoon characters, and the inevitable mile-long lines that they invite.

Here are 10 obscure — and less crowded — spots to have fun in Orlando, Florida.

I was kindly provided complimentary hosting by many locations mentioned, but all opinions are my own.

1. Beer Spa

Enjoy beer? Love percolating in hot tubs? Then combine the two for a wildly unconventional, relaxing, and rejuvenating experience. Based upon a concept imported from central Europe, clients soak in thermal tubs filled with foamy, moisturizing hop brews blended from beer ingredients. Each private, intimate room has a fireplace, infrared sauna, hay lounge (to stretch out and cool down post-sauna), a wide selection of background music, and your own self-serve beer tower! (Beer’s complimentary during your visit. Wine and sangria are available for a nominal fee.) Indulge by the hour, or upgrade to a longer session — if you can keep your balance!

2. Dezerland Auto Museum

If you love cars, the silver screen, celebrities, or all the above, be sure to check out this collection of two thousand historic and classic vehicles — including many screen-used and celebrity-owned models. See original Batmobiles, the DeLorean from Back to the Future, Thomas Magnum’s red Ferrari, the Ghostbusters Ecto-1, the world’s largest collection of James Bond vehicles, and much more! Pay a few dollars extra for the VIP tour and enjoy photo ops while sitting in a handful of driver’s seats. (And this is just a sample of real estate tycoon Michael Dezer’s mind-blowing 7,000-show-car collection!)

3. Chocolate Museum & Cafe

Learn the history — and the indulgence-justifying nutritional benefits — of one of the world’s most popular treats; it’s far more interesting than you might suspect. Admire a collection of 6-foot tall, solid chocolate sculptures (among them, the Statue of Liberty, Taj Mahal, and Big Ben) and sample a wide variety of freshly made gourmet delicacies. (Their hot chocolate’s simply unbelievable!) Be sure to loosen your belt a notch here.

4. Clean The World

This interactive (and free) museum features an extensive collection of soaps and detergents — including popular brands like Pears, Tide, Palmolive, Ivory, and Dial, as well as classic advertising dating back centuries. Hidden out back is a bustling operation that recycles used soaps, shampoos, and cleaning supplies from hospitality industry partners like Hilton. Donate a few hours of your time to sort, blend, and package these recycled products (as seen on Discovery Channel’s Dirty Jobs) to help provide clean water, sanitation, and hygiene to struggling communities in 127 countries worldwide.

5. Leu Gardens

This 50-acre botanical oasis, nestled on Lake Rowena amidst Orlando’s sprawling metropolis, boasts over 40 diverse plant collections. Toss away the map — it’s a futile effort to try to guide you through the spider web of twisting paths. Just surrender to the garden’s corn-maze design and have fun navigating its gorgeous corridors. You’ll feel as though you’re lost, hiking through the jungles of Jurassic Park. It’s open 9 a.m.–5 p.m. daily.

6. Cocktails And Screams 

Fans of the macabre, and creepy things that go bump in the night, should plan to visit Cocktails and Screams — a spooky-themed bar in downtown Orlando that might just be owned by the Addams Family themselves (there’s even a room dedicated to them). Enjoy ominous-sounding drinks like Hocus Pocus, Scarlet Fever, Neurotoxin, and Horny Devil in this dark, eerie atmosphere. Don’t miss their speakeasy room, The Craft, hidden at the back (reservations required). Decorated with supernatural memorabilia collected from around the world — including a haunted ventriloquist dummy — it’s guaranteed to send a few chills up your spine. You’ll also meet some talented mixologists there too. Costumes are optional.

7. Gator Golf Adventure Park

Ever played mini-golf with gators before? Snap up the experience at Gator Golf Adventure Park, an 18-hole odyssey that encircles Gator Lagoon, crawling with over 200 of these steely-eyed predators. (For once, you’re best not to keep your eye on the ball!) Daily interactive feedings allow daring guests to get up close and personal with the Floridian ambassadors.

8. St. John’s River Eco Tours 

If you haven’t yet had your fill of alligators, jump aboard a 35-foot hybrid pontoon boat on St. John’s River Eco Tours for a scintillating 2-hour nature extravaganza. Be sure to keep your binoculars and cameras at the ready; you’re bound to see plentiful wildlife while cruising along this Amazon-like setting. Alligators are generally abundant (I counted 28 on my last trip!), and you may also spy manatees, turtles, armadillos, otters, and a shopping list of wading birds and birds of prey. You’ll also learn the fascinating history and ecology of this important waterway, and the efforts being taken to preserve its flora and fauna.

9. Goat Yoga 

Wanna feel like a “kid” again? Then register for Goat Yoga at Alaska Farms. Set on 10 acres of rural farmland, a stone’s throw from modern buildings, goat yoga provides the opportunity to work out in the company of some very cute outdoor gym buddies. According to its founders, baby goats help to nurture a sense of peace and relaxation. They also poop and pee all over, but replacement mats, and clean-up crews, are readily available. Goats also climb, jump, and chew as they scamper about — brace yourself accordingly. Despite all this, classes fill up quickly, so book early!

10. Lake Eola

You won’t find many big cities where you can pedal a swan boat around a downtown lake. But Orlando’s a magical city, don’t forget. Enjoy nature’s quiet beauty pedaling around Lake Eola, near Orlando’s city center, while admiring the spectacular urban views surrounding you. (Rentals are available until 7 p.m., allowing nightscape viewing as well.) You can also walk or jog the 0.9-mile path encircling the lake, take in a concert or play at the adjacent Walt Disney Amphitheater, or peruse the busy farmers market (bursting with foods and crafts) which takes place here every Sunday from 10 a.m.–3 p.m.

5 Day Trips Just A Short Drive From Orlando

Grab a rental car and enjoy a few more unique spots just a short drive (under 2 hours) away.

1. Silver Springs State Park

Head to Silver Springs State Park for a 90-minute glass-bottom boat cruise along Silver River. Here, you’ll glide over Mammoth Springs — one of the largest artesian springs ever discovered. Wowing visitors with captivating views of underwater life (including 32 species of fish, alligators, and manatees) since the 1870s, this ride was once Florida’s #1 attraction (pre-Disney). You’ll see statues of Zeus, Poseidon, and Hades in the waters far below — props from the 1960s TV show I Spy. Many other popular movies and TV shows were also filmed on location here. 

Pro Tip: Look for monkeys swinging amongst the trees — one of the few spots in Florida where you can enjoy this exciting spectacle!

2. Old Sugar Mill Pancake House

Flip and design your own all-you-can-eat pancakes at the Old Sugar Mill Pancake House, a 100-year-old barn, replicating a 1830s sugar mill, at De Leon Springs State Park. Warm up your table griddle and start pouring batter! Add berries, nuts, chocolate chips, or whatever your heart desires. But pace yourself; you’ll probably feel explosive by the time you leave. Open 8 a.m.–4 p.m. daily, you should get there early to avoid long waits.

3. Cassadaga

The residents of Cassadaga will likely know you’re coming long before you get there. That’s because this town, founded in 1875 and known as the “Psychic Capital of the World,” is home to dozens of “certified” mediums and healers. Spend an hour hiking a self-guided walking tour: wander the streets admiring tiny ornaments and sculptures along the whimsical Fairy Trail. An inspiring service is offered at Colby Temple on Sunday mornings, but be sure to stick around for the “Messaging Service” that follows. Whether you embrace their spiritual beliefs or not, it’s a hoot watching mediums select (supposedly) random people from the audience and complete “readings” on them.

4. Blue Spring State Park

If you’re a fan of those big, cuddly-looking sea cows, otherwise known as manatees, there’s one spot you can’t miss: Blue Spring State Park. They’re so plentiful here that you’ll literally find them crawling over top of each other, with day counts often reaching into the high hundreds (a sign at the entrance displays the day’s current manatee count). They congregate in these waters during winter months (November–March) when spring waters remain at a steady 72 degrees Fahrenheit.

Pro Tip: While visiting any of the four above attractions, stop by local favorites Chicas Cuban Café or Bake Chop in DeLand. Both offer mouth-watering meals at wallet-pleasing prices. You’ll thank me later!

5. Renninger’s Flea Market & Antique Center

Looking for a deal… or something hard to find? Put two random words together and you’ll likely find it at Renninger’s Flea Market & Antique Center in Mount Dora. Held every Friday–Sunday, this event, with over 700 vendors and 200 antique stalls — not to mention some of the most delectable burgers, empanadas, and donuts around — is a veritable bargain-hunter’s dream come true.

Related Reading:

• 11 New Experiences In Central Florida Your Family Will Love
• 8 Best Orlando Restaurants For World Cuisine Outside Of The Theme Parks
• 7 Incredible Outdoor Experiences In Orlando, Florida

When it comes to exploring the great outdoors, state parks offer a plethora of recreational activities and natural wonders, from breathtaking waterfalls to stunning canyons and sandy dunes. Whether you’re an avid hiker, wildlife enthusiast, or simply seeking a peaceful escape into nature, our country’s diverse range of state parks cater to every adventurer’s taste.

Narrowing them down to the best of the best would be an impossible task, which is why we asked our readers to nominate and vote for the best state parks to visit in the U.S. in our annual Best Of Travel Awards. Showcasing the beauty and diversity of America’s landscapes, these 15 state parks are must-visit destinations according to TravelAwaits readers.

1. Franconia Notch State Park (Winner)

Lincoln, New Hampshire

Located in the quaint town of Lincoln in the heart of New Hampshire’s White Mountains, Franconia Notch State Park is a picturesque gem. The park boasts stunning natural formations, including the iconic Flume Gorge and the soaring peaks of the Franconia Range. Visitors can enjoy hiking, fishing, biking, and swimming in Echo Lake.

“This little lake, surrounded by mountains, is completely unexpected and looks like a painting. It’s absolutely gorgeous,” says TravelAwaits writer SJ Morgensen. With its stunning vistas and scenic trails, Franconia Notch State Park offers an unforgettable outdoor experience, especially during the fall!

2. Baxter State Park

Millinocket, Maine

Nestled in the wild of Maine, Baxter State Park is a paradise for outdoor enthusiasts. It is home to Mount Katahdin, the highest peak in the state and the northern terminus of the Appalachian Trail. Hikers can challenge themselves with the strenuous but rewarding climb to the summit, while wildlife enthusiasts can spot moose, black bears, and other native fauna in their natural habitat. Baxter State Park truly encapsulates the raw beauty of the Maine wilderness.

3. Niagara Falls State Park

Niagara Falls, New York

One of the most famous natural wonders in the world, Niagara Falls is a mesmerizing spectacle that attracts millions of visitors each year. Niagara Falls State Park, located in New York, offers a front-row seat to witness the power and grandeur of the falls. Visitors can take boat tours to feel the misty spray on their faces or explore the park’s numerous trails and viewpoints. It’s an awe-inspiring destination that should be on every traveler’s bucket list.

4. Custer State Park

Custer County, South Dakota

Located in the Black Hills of South Dakota, Custer State Park is a treasure trove of scenic beauty and wildlife. The park is known for its large population of bison, which can often be spotted roaming freely across the grasslands. Visitors can drive along the Wildlife Loop Road for a chance to see these majestic creatures up close. The park also offers hiking trails, picturesque lakes, and the iconic Needles Highway (one of the most scenic drives in the U.S.), making it a haven for nature lovers.

5. Red Rock State Park

Sedona, Arizona

Situated in Sedona’s vibrant red rock country, Red Rock State Park is a haven for outdoor enthusiasts and nature photographers. Striking red rock formations, meandering trails, and lush vegetation create a breathtaking landscape. Visitors can hike along the trails, enjoy birdwatching, or simply revel in the park’s serene atmosphere. Red Rock State Park is a must-visit destination for those seeking solace and natural beauty in the desert.

6. Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park

Monterey County, California

Perched on the rugged California coastline, Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park is a slice of paradise. Towering redwoods, picturesque trails, and the Big Sur River create an enchanting atmosphere. Hikers can venture along the renowned Pfeiffer Falls Trail or explore the park’s scenic coastal overlooks. With its serene camping spots and proximity to the iconic Highway 1, Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park is a must-visit destination for nature enthusiasts.

7. Turkey Run State Park

Marshall, Indiana

Located in west-central Indiana, Turkey Run State Park is a hidden gem for outdoor lovers. The park’s sandstone gorges, carved by the flow of Sugar Creek, offer picturesque hiking opportunities. Visitors can traverse scenic trails, cross suspension bridges, and even wade through the creek’s crystal-clear waters. With its unique geological features and diverse wildlife, Turkey Run State Park is a nature lover’s paradise in America’s heartland.

8. Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park

Navajo County, Arizona

Situated on Navajo Nation land in the Four Corners region, Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park is an iconic landscape known for its towering sandstone formations. Immortalized in countless movies and photographs, the park’s majestic buttes and mesas rise dramatically from the desert floor. Visitors can embark on guided tours by Navajo guides, ride on horseback through the valley, or capture stunning sunrises and sunsets against the iconic backdrop. Monument Valley is a true symbol of the American West.

9. Valley Of Fire State Park

Clark County, Nevada

Just a short drive from Las Vegas, Valley of Fire State Park in Nevada is a mesmerizing display of vibrant red sandstone formations and ancient petroglyphs. The park’s scenic drives, hiking trails, and camping sites allow visitors to immerse themselves in the surreal beauty of the desert landscape. The fiery hues of the rock formations, particularly at sunset, create a captivating visual experience that shouldn’t be missed.

“The Valley of Fire State Park glows with pink-and-beige-pinstriped waves, rainbow valleys, and crimson arches,” according to TravelAwaits contributor Cindy Barks. “And for some Vegas-style flare, there’s also a whimsical elephant, a fierce spear-thrower, and a beehive valley.”

10. Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park

Kane County, Utah

Tucked away in southern Utah about half an hour northwest of Kanab, Coral Pink Sand Dunes State Park is a captivating natural wonder that stands in the shadow of the state’s plethora of national parks known as the Mighty Five. Its unique coral-colored sand dunes, formed by wind erosion, create a surreal and otherworldly landscape. Adventure seekers can explore the dunes on off-road vehicles, go sandboarding, or simply take in the serene beauty of the surroundings.

11. Palo Duro Canyon State Park

Canyon, Texas

Known as the “Grand Canyon of Texas,” Palo Duro Canyon State Park is a breathtaking testament to the state’s natural beauty. With its vibrant red cliffs, rugged trails, and abundant wildlife, this park offers a remarkable outdoor experience. It is also home to an iconic hoodoo known as “The Lighthouse.” Visitors can hike, bike, or horseback ride through the park’s scenic trails, or even catch a live performance at the renowned outdoor musical, Texas. Palo Duro Canyon is a true Texas treasure.

12. Deception Pass State Park

Anacortes and Oak Harbor, Washington

The most visited park in Washington State, Deception Pass State Park is about an hour and a half north of Seattle. This true natural gem celebrated its 100th anniversary in 2022. Spanning two islands, the park offers breathtaking views of the rugged coastline, towering cliffs, and the iconic Deception Pass Bridge. Hikers can explore miles of scenic trails, while boaters and kayakers can navigate the pristine waters of the surrounding Puget Sound. With its diverse wildlife, picturesque beaches, and stunning sunsets, Deception Pass State Park is a must-visit destination for outdoor enthusiasts.

13. Katy Trail State Park

Missouri

For cycling enthusiasts and nature lovers, Katy Trail State Park in Missouri offers a unique and immersive experience. Following the path of the former Missouri-Kansas-Texas (MKT) railroad, the park boasts over 240 miles of flat, crushed limestone trails. Spanning nearly the full width of Missouri, it is the nation’s longest continuous rail trail. Cyclists can pedal through picturesque farmland, quaint towns, and lush forests while enjoying stunning views of the Missouri River. Along the trail, there are charming bed and breakfasts, wineries, and local eateries that offer a warm welcome to weary travelers.

14. Bahia Honda State Park

Monroe County, Florida

A short distance south of Seven Mile Bridge in the Florida Keys, Bahia Honda State Park is a tropical paradise. With its crystal-clear turquoise waters, pristine sandy beaches, and abundant marine life, this park is a haven for snorkelers, swimmers, and beachcombers. Visitors can explore the park’s nature trails, kayak through the mangroves, or simply relax on the idyllic beaches.

“It has two campgrounds, one primarily for RVs, the other for tent campers,” TravelAwaits contributor Fred Mays shares in his article, 12 Amazing Outdoor Experiences From Key Largo To Key West. “There is a long, gently sloping beach which is great for families with small children. The water is shallow and protected by the offshore reef. You will also find the remnants of the Old Bahia Honda Bridge that spans the deepest channel in the Keys. Park visitors can walk the bridge to observe beautiful sunrises and sunsets.”

15. Starved Rock State Park

Oglesby, Illinois

Nestled along the banks of the Illinois River, Starved Rock State Park is an outdoor enthusiast’s paradise. Known for its stunning sandstone canyons, waterfalls, and towering bluffs, the park offers a diverse range of activities. Hikers can explore over 13 miles of well-maintained trails, leading to breathtaking viewpoints and hidden waterfalls. During the winter months, visitors can even witness the majestic frozen waterfalls. With its rich Native American history and abundant wildlife, Starved Rock State Park is a natural oasis in the heart of Illinois. Check out these places to stay nearby.

These state parks offer unique natural wonders, outdoor recreational activities, and breathtaking landscapes that showcase the beauty and diversity of America’s state park system. Whether you’re seeking adventure, tranquility, or a deeper connection with nature, these parks will surely leave you with unforgettable memories and a better appreciation for the great outdoors.

Secluded coves, towering cliffs, and the breathtaking scenery of Point Arena make this coastal California destination perfect for a long weekend. Rugged sea stacks, rock-strewn beaches, and windblown cypress trees are a dramatic setting for the historic Point Arena Lighthouse.

More than just a museum and a stop along the coast, Point Arena Light Station hosts overnight guests and weddings, is a whale-watching outpost, is a movie filming location, and still guides ships in the dangerous waters along the coast. The Point Arena Lighthouse, 115 feet tall, is the tallest lighthouse on the Pacific Coast.

Come with me to learn what I loved about staying at this unique destination. Unlike renting a motel room along the highway, staying in a lighthouse is a memorable experience.

How To Get To Point Arena Lighthouse

Point Arena is 134 miles north of San Francisco and 35 miles south of Mendocino on California Highway 1. While this is a beautiful and scenic drive, it will be quicker if you take Highway 101 and cut across to the coast at Santa Rosa, Cloverdale, or Willits. Major airports serve San Francisco and Santa Rosa, and having a vehicle for exploring the area is a must.

This historic lighthouse is located a few miles north of Point Arena on 23 acres of a peninsula that runs a half-mile out to sea.

History And Tradition Of Point Arena Lighthouse

The history of the Point Arena Lighthouse is a story about three light towers, three Fresnel lenses, two fog signal buildings, its lightkeepers and their families, and the great earthquake that changed it all.

The first tower, built of brick in a conical design, was first lit by a fixed first-order Fresnel lens in 1870. The first fog signal building, completed in 1871, added horns as a navigation aid for ships traveling in the fog. Due to erosion on the point, the fog signal building was rebuilt closer to the tower in 1896.

The San Francisco earthquake in 1906 destroyed the tower and Fresnel lens, and the keepers’ dwelling was severely damaged. A temporary tower erected in its place used a second-order Fresnel lens so the station would have light during the reconstruction. The new tower began operation in the fall of 1908 with a rotating first-order Fresnel lens.

Best Time To Go

The best time to visit Point Arena Lighthouse depends on whether you want to avoid crowds or want warmer weather. My husband and I were there in the fall and enjoyed clear skies. 

While the weather on the Mendocino Coast is generally mild, with temperatures in the 50s and 60s, it can be foggy and windy during the summer. The peak summer months of June through August can also be crowded with travelers.

Who Operates Point Arena Lighthouse

Point Arena Lighthouse Keepers, Inc. (PALKI) — a non-profit, membership-based organization — operates the lighthouse. Open to the public 7 days a week, about 40,000 people visit every year. The light station receives no government funds and is not part of the State or National Park system.

Mascots Of Point Arena Light Station

The staff takes great pride in caring for and maintaining the mascots at Point Arena Light Station. While I met Tesla, the dog mascot who barely raised his head to acknowledge my presence, I didn’t see Arena Mina lurking around nor escorting visitors into the tower.

Lodging At Point Arena Light Station

Seven rooms, apartments, and cottages are available to reserve, which require a 2-night minimum stay. All rooms have an incredible California Coast view, free tower tours, and access to the Light Station Store, and Indoor and Outdoor Museums.

Complete furnished kitchens in the Head Keeper’s House, the Assistant Keeper’s House, and the Keeper’s Apartment accommodate your onsite cooking and dining needs. The Keeper’s Room and Bookkeeper’s Room have a mini-fridge and microwave. Point Arena Lighthouse serves no meals.

We chose the modest Keeper’s Room because it has a direct line of sight to the tower. Our cozy room had an electric fireplace, a view of the tower, and a view of the ocean bluffs, with a very comfortable Tempur-Pedic mattress. The night view of the tower was spectacular.

Pro Tip: Some accommodations are pet-friendly and can be configured for ADA guests.

Dining In The Area

The closest restaurant, Rollerville Café (family-owned and -operated) is on Highway 1 at the intersection of Lighthouse Road. Their breakfast was so good that we ate there again the following morning.

Things To Do

The Site Visit Fee provides access to the Point Arena Light Station for guests 12 years and older. This $5 fee (as of Spring 2023) helps to fund the upkeep of this historic light station. It includes the Light Station Store, the Fog Signal Building Museum, and the 23-acre Outdoor Museum. 

Climb The Tower

Tower tours are available for guests over 6 years old for an additional $5 fee. Tours are conducted every 20 minutes, with the first at 10:15 a.m. and the last at 3 p.m. A guide is inside at the top of the tower to answer questions and share information. You can step outside on the balcony for a death-defying unobstructed view of the entire landscape below the tower.

Shop At The Light Station Store

The Light Station Store’s team of four experts has pulled together an impressive collection of memorabilia, clothing, books, and more that blend with the history displays and lore of the Light Station. Sales from this store also help fund the light station operations.

Indoor Museum

Docents begin the tower tour with a presentation through the Indoor Museum housed in the historic Fog Signal Building. The oldest structure on the light station property, the Fog Signal Building, also contains the Light Station Store.

The centerpiece of the museum is the original 1908 1st Order Fresnel lens that was removed from the Tower in 2008. This colorful, multi-faceted display includes lighthouse history and artifacts. The presentation is one of the most informative and well-researched displays I’ve seen.

Outdoor Museum

What I enjoyed most about the Outdoor Museum is that there is unrestricted access and I could visit it anytime. It’s worth visiting in the early morning and the late afternoon. The sun casts shadows differently and the lighting is magical.

Pro Tip: Watch your footing on unpaved grounds. Grass tufts and burrowing animals make the ground cover uneven.

1896 Fog Signal Building

Housing the Light Station Store, the Indoor Museum with the massive 1st Order Fresnel lens, and the Whale Watch Room Gallery, the Fog Signal Building is on the National Register of Historic Places.

Native Plant Garden

The garden showcases native plants that are found on the Coastal Prairie. Whale bones, skulls, and the 1800s-era sailing ship anchor and chain are displayed in the Native Plant Garden.

Picnic Area & Whale Trail Interpretive Panel

The Whale Trail panel is designed to help you identify what you see when the whales are migrating. 

Lighthouse Tower & Monuments

Monuments outside the tower’s base and the plaque on the right of the entrance door claim the honor of the National Register of Historic Places.

Coastal Prairie

Most native plants found between the tower and security fence, and outside the white perimeter ranch fence, were typical of the flora on the coast before cattle grazed here.

Gazebo, Trail, And Sinkhole

Now used as a favorite wedding spot, the gazebo was constructed for the final scene of the 1992 movie Forever Young. 

The sinkhole has eroded 2/3 of the bluff and is not accessible to guests.

Stornetta Perimeter Trail

The faint trail by the white perimeter fence defines the boundary between the Light Station and the Point Arena/Stornetta Lands. The trail takes you to the Druid’s Circle and Labyrinth.

Druid’s Circle

Five locally sourced Mendo Blue pillars, left over from the construction of the Stone Entry Fence, were placed here in homage to Stonehenge and Druids everywhere.

Labyrinth

The Point Arena Labyrinth is the westernmost installation of the Art Line — a series of walkable, interactive outdoor artworks across the heart of America along a 28-mile band centered on the 39th Latitude. Walking the labyrinth was a relaxing experience for me.

Tower Trail And Tower Trail View Bench

From the entry kiosk to the Fog Signal Building, experience the classic view of the lighthouse peninsula, which includes breathtaking coastlines, sea stacks, and ocean waves.

Stone Entry Fence

This one-of-a-kind fence features locally sourced Mendo Blue boulders used for the “posts” and mica schist from the Mojave Desert used for the “pickets.” The wall is free-standing. With the light play, it looks different from every angle.

The Point Arena Light Station is an active United States Coast Guard heliport and fueling station. The landing pad is on the grounds of the Outdoor Museum. 

Activities In And Beyond Point Arena

B Bryan Preserve is a private wildlife preserve on 110 acres in Point Arena. The staff is committed to breeding and maintaining African hoof stock like zebra, giraffe, and antelope. We took a self-guided car safari, drove our vehicle, and added the exciting experience of feeding a giraffe.

Mendocino and Fort Bragg offer picturesque landscapes, architecture, fine dining, health and wellness retreats, and historic train rides.

The fast pace of modern life means that most Americans tend to drive cars for transportation, often on large, fast roads. In recent years, however, people have been rediscovering the joys of getting around on foot. Not only is walking good exercise, but it also gives people a chance to take in their neighborhoods and actively engage with their communities or the communities they’re visiting.

We asked TravelAwaits readers to share their favorite walkable cities and the results are in. Read on to learn more about the best places in America to slow down and enjoy a stroll.

1. Boston, Massachusetts (Winner)

It’s no surprise that a city officially founded in 1630 is built to be enjoyed on foot. This historical city has tons of great areas to walk through, but BOStoday’s report on Boston’s walkability singles out the Beacon Hill neighborhood, which received a nearly-perfect score of 99 from Walk Score. Beacon Hill is home to the State House and is known for its federal rowhouses, narrow streets, and brick and cobblestone features.

The city’s North End is another walkable neighborhood that will please a diverse range of tastes. Back Bay, downtown, and Chinatown are also dense enough to be considered viable walkable neighborhoods. To get between areas, try out Boston’s public transportation or the public bike system.

2. Washington, D.C.

Another fantastic East Coast city to explore on foot is Washington, D.C. Visitors who are looking for somewhere to walk certainly won’t want to miss the National Mall, an enormous park that is full to the brim with monuments, memorials, museums, and other cultural landmarks. If you want to walk but don’t want to drive, consider exploring the area by bike.

Another underrated area to walk in is D.C.’s U Street. This historically African American neighborhood is home to great music, food, history, and art.

3. San Antonio, Texas

Though I can’t read the minds of TravelAwaits readers, I can certainly guess that the main reason they chose San Antonio as one of America’s most walkable cities is its River Walk. The miles-long riverside pedestrian area is packed with shopping, dining, art, and entertainment. TravelAwaits writer Janie Pace recommends staying right on the River Walk for easy access to the area and its many appealing amenities and restaurants.

4. New York, New York

Trying to drive a car in New York City is a recipe for frustration with gridlocked traffic and limited parking. Luckily, getting around the city on foot and using bikes and public transportation is the norm. Whether you’re exploring the world-class museums of Manhattan, the hidden gems of Brooklyn, or the free underground art of the subway, you’ll enjoy your time walking the streets of NYC and taking in the sights.

To find some natural beauty in the midst of the city lights, spend some time walking in Central Park (or one of New York’s other incredible parks). There are countless seasonal activities located there, each with its own unique appeal.

5. Las Vegas, Nevada

A desert city may not spring to mind when thinking about walkability, but Las Vegas is a city engineered to keep people comfortable. One popular approach to visiting Las Vegas is to hop from casino to casino on the Strip, breaking up forays into the Nevada heat with trips into air-conditioned palaces and cocktail lounges that serve up icy drinks.

Another walkable area of Las Vegas is Fremont Street, which features a host of new and refurbished properties and activities that will keep you entertained and give the Strip a run for its money. The fun doesn’t end there; plenty of new attractions debut every year — from restaurants, hotels, and casinos to performances and museums.

6. Nashville, Tennessee

Nashville is best known for music and food, but there are also some lovely places to explore on foot. Downtown is truly the center of the action, as you can easily get around and see popular spots like the Ryman Auditorium, the Country Music Hall of Fame, and other music-related haunts and hangouts. The Graduate Nashville is a perfect home base for your time in the city.

Cumberland and Riverfront Parks are both lovely places to escape some of the bustle of the city. Another fun way to get walking in Nashville is to try to find these five murals throughout the city.

7. Santa Fe, New Mexico

The stunning natural beauty and unique architecture make Santa Fe a great city for a walk. The Santa Fe Railyard District is a good place to start. The district brings together food, art, entertainment, and shopping all in one walkable, bikeable area.

The city and surrounding area are studded with beautiful walking and hiking trails. For example, the Grasshopper Canyon Trail is a popular path in Santa Fe National Forest that would make a great day trip from the city center.

8. New Orleans, Lousiana

The complex blend of cultures that mingle in New Orleans makes this city a popular destination. Guests who want to be shown the city by a local have a huge array of walking tours to choose from. You can choose one that fits your interests, like a tour of the Garden District, a voodoo tour, or a food and cocktail tour.

One of the most iconic walking districts in the city is the French Quarter — its historic architecture and numerous bars have made it legendary. City Park and Crescent Park also draw scores of visitors, but there are plenty of other parks to choose from.

9. Charleston, South Carolina

It’s no surprise that this reader pick made it on the list. The charming Charleston Historic District is yet another lovely place to spend a day or two on foot. From gorgeous old church steeples to the “rainbow row” of brightly painted houses, the historic district is a feast for the eyes. There are also ghost tours, shopping, dining, and art galleries.

An alternative walking option for nature and ocean lovers is one of Charleston’s excellent beaches. From Folly Beach and Sullivan’s Island to Edisto Beach, there’s no shortage of options for maritime walks.

10. Portland, Oregon

With all of the great food and beer in Portland, you may find yourself looking for a few places to walk off some calories. Look no further than Portland’s Pearl District, a stylish neighborhood full of bars, restaurants, and galleries set in repurposed warehouses just north of downtown. The Alberta Arts District and Mississippi Avenue are also densely packed with interesting diversions.

Oregon is home to some of the most stunning natural beauty in the nation, and Portland’s parks and gardens reflect that. Washington Park is a large green space that is home to the Portland Japanese Garden and the International Rose Test Garden.

11. Seattle, Washington

The next TravelAwaits reader pick is also in the Pacific Northwest: Seattle. It seems like no one can quite make it through a trip to Seattle without snapping a picture of the famous “Public Market Center” sign at Pike Place Market. After walking through the market and sampling food and coffee, consider making your way to the Capitol Hill neighborhood for more shops, art, and counter-culture vibes.

North of Fremont — another eminently walkable neighborhood — is Green Lake, an idyllic spot to stroll along while looking out over some water and green space.

12. Honolulu, Hawaii

Our list ends in Hawaii, a veritable paradise. Laid-back vibes and good weather make anywhere a perfect place to walk, but taking the hike to Diamond Head State Monument elevates the experience. The views from the volcanic crater above Waikiki are sweeping panoramas that make the physical effort of getting there worth it.

A slightly more tame — but no less beautiful — walk can be found at Ala Moana Beach Park. This beach is popular with locals and tourists alike and even offers an all-terrain wheelchair and beach access mats for people with limited mobility.

Read more from our 2023 Best Of Travel Awards.

Located on 550 acres at San Antonio’s highest elevation point, the award-winning La Cantera Resort & Spa boasts stunning views of the Texas Hill Country and 18 panoramic holes of championship golf.

Soaring ceilings, wooden beams, a giant stone fireplace, floor-to-ceiling windows, and rustic furnishings combined the King Ranch style décor with a Texas contemporary feel. 

I was astounded by the 25,000-square-foot Loma de Vida Spa & Wellness, five pools with private cabanas, 10 restaurants, 496 luxury guest rooms, and 34 villas scattered among the walking trails and art installations lined with mesquite, native oak, and pine trees.

Whether looking for a holistic experience, a romantic getaway, or a family escape, you won’t want to leave this most luxurious retreat at San Antonio’s top resort.

Amenities

• 25,000-square-foot Loma de Vida Spa & Wellness
• 18-hole championship resort golf course
• Five pools and private cabanas
• 7,600-square-foot fitness center
• Complimentary shuttle service within 3 miles
• Concierge service
• Tesla charging stations
• Nature trail
• Pool and golf shop
• SEVEN, the adults-only floor

Room Types

I enjoyed SEVEN — the adults-only seventh floor —with a personal concierge, lounge with continental breakfast, daily snacks, gourmet coffee, and happy hour. The rooms have luxury bath products, Nespresso machines, daily spa access, and extra security.

Additional rooms are The Villas, La Cantera Suites, Deluxe King and Queen Rooms, and Accessibility Room types.

Hotel Class

La Cantera is the #1 resort in the Southwest and the #1 resort in Texas according to the Conde Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards.

How To Get To La Cantera Resort & Spa

La Cantera Resort is 20 minutes from the San Antonio International Airport in northwest San Antonio.

Parking

Self-parking is $18 per night. Overnight guest valet parking is $40 per night. Valet parking is free for SEVEN and Villas guests.

Why I Chose La Cantera Resort & Spa

I chose to get away at La Cantera for the premier Loma de Vida Spa, luxury accommodations, and the award-winning Signature restaurant.

History Of La Cantera Resort & Spa

In Spanish, La Cantera, meaning “quarry,” was constructed on an old limestone site.

Activities At La Cantera Resort & Spa

Enjoy amenities like the five resort pools, luxury cabanas, and 10 restaurants. You won’t need to leave the property since it has a PGA championship golf course, tennis, and pickleball courts. Indulge in massages and facials at the Loma de Vida Spa, meditation, fitness classes, and hiking trails. 

World-Class Golf

Take advantage of unlimited play and great golf rates with 18 holes of championship golf, offering scenic views of the Texas Hill Country.

Loma De Vida Spa And Wellness

Relax in the secluded nature sanctuary of the 25,000-square-foot Loma de Vida Spa atop one of the highest elevations in San Antonio. Use the new Otto products to indulge in a massage or facial, or explore a sound bowl meditation. I lost myself in the sauna, steam room, Jacuzzi, and pool while sipping tea and napping.

Fitness Classes

The Loma de Vida’s fitness and movement studio offers the finest fitness machines, movement classes, yoga, spinning, full-body Tabata workouts, suspension training, and private personal training.

Five Resort Pools

You’ll find five resort pools: the Loma de Vida secluded pool, Villa Pools, Adults-Only Pool with poolside bar, Vista Pool with Vista Grille, and Kids Pool with splash area and two water slides.

Luxury Cabanas

We enjoyed an afternoon at the French champagne house Veuve Clicquot Cabana at the adults-only infinity edge Topaz Pool. There are 16 additional cabanas for rent equipped with TVs, a safe, and a refrigerator.

Tennis Court & Pickleball

Play complimentary tennis or pickleball hourly or reserve private lessons with a tennis pro for a fee. Get your gear at the pool shop.

Complimentary Shuttle

Reserve the Complimentary Shuttle to the Shops at La Cantera and theme parks within a 3-mile radius.

Fitness Trails

I enjoyed a casual hike reading about the plants and animals of the Hill Country. Run the 3- or 5-mile trail through the resort and hydrate with juice at Quenche Juicery.

Restaurants At La Cantera Resort & Spa

Signature

La Cantera’s award-winning Signature restaurant offers seasonal cuisine with a French influence and a Texas twist from Chef John Carpenter. Make a reservation for dinner — a must to get a seat overlooking the fountain, golf course, and herb garden.

SweetFire Kitchen

The open-air kitchen at SweetFire Kitchen features home-style Texas cuisine, serving breakfast, lunch, and dinner overlooking Plaza San Saba.

Primero Cantina

Savor Southwest-style Mexican food like carne asada, barbacoa, carnitas, guacamole, queso, and hand-crafted tequila cocktails at the indoor/outdoor bar with sweeping Hill Country views. Never miss your game with sports TVs.

Grille 254

Inspired by the longest-held PGA Tour record score of 254 by Tommy Armour in 2003, Grille 254 serves 24 beers on tap, crafted cocktails, breakfast, and lunch.

Bocado

Order creative charcuterie boards at Bocado with house-made pickles, pate, honeycomb, jams, mustards, truffles, and sweets.

Henrietta’s Market

Open 24 hours daily, Henrietta’s Market offers grab-and-go options and necessities, a full-service coffee bar, wine, homemade ice cream, and gifts.

Sire Bar

Behind the giant horse painting off the lobby, sip a hand-crafted cocktail in a King Ranch Texan space honoring championship thoroughbreds.

Quenche

After a spa treatment or fitness workout, order a smoothie or organic juice at Quenche Juicery in the Loma de Vida Spa.

Vista Grill

Order burgers, salads, or cocktails poolside from the Vista Grill. I ate the best shrimp cobb salad here.

Topaz

Enjoy a lobster roll, a western burger, and the best onion rings at Topaz, the adult pool, bar, and restaurant. Find exotic drinks, beer, and bubbly for sipping.

Types Of Travelers At La Cantera Resort & Spa

You’ll find adults on a business trip, friends gathering, couples on a romantic retreat, dedicated golfers, and families on vacation.

Pet-Friendly Information

No pets are allowed currently.

Tips On Booking Accommodations

Check the Offers tab on the website for vacation packages like Sun-Sational Summer Savings, Six Flags Superhero Package, or Refresh and Recover. See the Stay and Play Hill Country Golf Package if you’re a golfer.

What Is Near La Cantera Resort & Spa?

Explore wineries or shopping in Fredericksburg. Enjoy local shopping at the Shops at La Cantera, The Rim, or Arrive Eilan. Or take the kids to Six Flags Fiesta, Texas.

One Thing You Absolutely Can’t Miss At La Cantera Resort & Spa

Don’t miss exploring the Loma de Vida Spa; it’s the most extensive spa I’ve seen. Take your time to relax and enjoy a treatment, sauna, and yoga.

Would I Stay Here Again?

I would stay here again in a heartbeat! It’s a beautiful change of pace from the River Walk, and it’s close to Fredericksburg and the wineries for a day trip.

Contact

• 16641 La Cantera Parkway
• San Antonio, 78256
• 210-558-6500

A nature preserve is, by definition, a natural habitat where animals and plants are protected, and kayaking is a great way to see the natural beauty, plant life, and wildlife that can be found there. But imagine, as you glide through the protected, peaceful waters in your kayak, if your view could include not only all of the natural beauty above the water but also what’s underneath your kayak as you paddle along.

That’s the beauty of clear kayaking in pristine Shell Key Preserve, a 1,828-acre preserve in the mouth of Tampa Bay about 12 miles south of St. Petersburg. The preserve includes a 195-acre barrier island known as Shell Key.

My husband Dean and I took a clear kayaking tour in February with our friends, Andy and Mary. Here are some tips to know when you go.

1. Go With a Guide

The advantage of going with an outfitter is that they take care of all the gear and provide a guide who can tell you all about the remarkable ecosystem of the surroundings as you paddle.

We booked a noon tour with Get Up and Go Kayaking, who says they are the first clear-kayak touring company in the United States.

The Tour

Our 2-hour tour took us to the launch point where we met our guide, Bria, got into our kayaks, paddled past a shoreline of expensive homes out into the key, and crossed clear waters along a shoreline of mangroves.

Our destination was the beautiful Shell Key Beach, where we had a chance to get out of the kayak for about 20 minutes to walk the beach or sit and relax. Then we continued our tour as we looped around through shallow waters to an amazing mangrove tunnel and back to the launch point.

Pro Tip: Get Up and Go Kayaking trips launch from Billy’s Stone Crab restaurant in Tierra Verde. On the drive there, you’ll need to pay a one-dollar toll using cash, coins, or SunPass.

2. Choose From Day Or Night Tours

As of this writing, Get Up and Go Kayaking offers five to 6-day tours per day, including a sunset tour, plus a night tour called a glow tour.

We selected a day tour because of timing, the distance from our lodging to the launch point (we were staying in central Florida and didn’t want to get back too late), and because we thought we’d see more wildlife that way.

The sunset tour offers a chance to see the sunset over the key and then turn on color-changing, waterproof LED lights. According to a video on the website, the glow tour is a tour run completely in the dark, again, with LED lights and a guide leading the way.

Pro Tips

• No previous kayaking experience is necessary.
• The outfitter will send you a waiver; to save time, sign it online before you go.
• The tandem kayaks have a weight limit of 425 pounds per boat and 250 pounds per seat.
• Wear comfortable, quick-dry clothes and bring sunscreen and a water bottle. If you take the night tour, Get Up and Go Kayaking recommends you wear a shirt with long sleeves, long pants, and apply bug spray underneath your clothes, because apparently, mosquitos like Shell Key Preserve, too.

3. Five Tandem Kayaks For A Small-Group Experience

Get Up and Go Kayaking tours are small and personal. They only take 10 people per time slot (five tandem kayaks) at one time. It’s great to go with a small group, but that also means tours can fill more quickly.

Keep this in mind when you make your reservation. Our first choice was a Saturday tour, but by the time we checked (the Wednesday prior), that date was sold out. Fortunately, the tour on Sunday still had room for us.

Our group of five kayaks meant we were always within earshot of the guide, and throughout the tour, we could easily stay together as a group.

4. Learn About Fascinating Red And Black Mangroves

Our guide, Bria, is a native Floridian who has been guiding tours for about a year. She told us about the mangroves and the important role they play in the delicate ecosystem of the preserve.

Red mangroves are the most salt tolerant of the three varieties in Shell Key and can be seen closest to the shoreline. Additional research tells me they have distinctive roots (fittingly called “stilt roots”). Black mangroves live just above the line of high tide. They build up the soil and help feed the ecosystem.

5. Watch For Wildlife And Sea Life

Part of the fun of this tour is the wildlife we could see above — and below — the water. The website tells me dolphins, rays, turtles, and even small sharks can be seen on these clear kayaking trips. There are also seasonal attractions: In summer, kayakers might see manatees and roseate spoonbills (birds), and in winter, white pelicans.

Unfortunately, we didn’t see any of that. Above the water, we saw cormorants floating, diving, and drying their wings. We also saw many other birds, including snowy egrets and terns. Shell Key Preserve is an important sanctuary for migrating birds that nest and winter there.

Jumping Fish and Underwater Sights

We also saw mullet (fish). Bria identified the mullet for us when we saw them jumping out of the water. Underwater, we saw seagrass (important food for migrating manatees), conch and intricate spiral, ruffled casings (their egg sacks), and various other small sea life.

The beauty of a natural setting is you never know what wildlife or sea life you are going to see.

6. Enjoy Shell Key Beach

We beached our kayaks at Shell Key Beach and got out. Bria hung back with the kayaks but told us to talk through a short path lined with trees to get to another more secluded beach where we saw a lone sunbather and a long stretch of beach. We walked along and enjoyed the view, beach treasures, the rhythmic waves, and the beautiful day.

Pro Tip: Shell Key is a small barrier island; there are no facilities here. Bring your essentials and as they say, “Take only photos, leave only footprints.”

7. Paddle Through A Mangrove Tunnel

If the tide is high enough, and it was for us, the tour takes you through a short but breathtaking mangrove tunnel. This is the place where we were told to “grab a root and stop,” and Bria told us more about the trees and water.

Since we didn’t see a lot of unique wildlife on our trip, this experience of kayaking through a mangrove tunnel made the tour. It was surreal to “park” our kayaks inside this natural tunnel where the mangroves had grown together, and the reflection of the trees and water was gorgeous.

I could have camped out here for much longer. But soon, it was time to head back, so we kayaked out of the tunnel to the other side and back to the launch point.

Post-Kayak Bonus: Eat At Billy’s Stone Crab Restaurant

After our tour, we decided to check out Billy’s Stone Crab restaurant. We hadn’t researched it, we just decided to try it because it was our meeting point for the kayaking tour, and that made it convenient. I must admit, I was skeptical, thinking it was a sub-par option that capitalized on their captive, kayaking audience. I was wrong.

Little did we know Billy’s has been serving up seafood for more than 50 years. Although we didn’t try their namesake stone crab (available October through May and caught in their own traps), our group of four enjoyed wild-caught jumbo gulf shrimp, zesty “dang-bang” shrimp tacos, large sea scallops, and a limited-time special: a whole Maine lobster. All delicious!

The Choice Is Clear

One of the joys of kayaking in a nature preserve is that you can never be sure what wildlife you will see, but you are sure to enjoy it all the same. If you get the chance to kayak in Shell Key Preserve, the choice is clear. Take it!

I hope these tips help you enjoy the clear kayaking awaiting you at the beautiful Shell Key Preserve.

Pro Tip: Only water vessels (private boats or public shuttles) are allowed in the preserve, but if kayaking is not your thing, you can check out the Shell Key Shuttle.

Related Reading:

• 10 Affordable Clearwater Beach Vacation Rentals With Incredible Ocean Views
• The One Experience Not To Miss In St. Petersburg, Florida
• 9 Fantastic Experiences In St. Petersburg, Florida, Plus Where To Eat And Stay

It’s safe to say that the continent-spanning United States is home to an enormous variety of cities. From the dense metropolises of New England to the desert oases of the Southwest, there’s a city for every type of traveler in the U.S. However you choose to experience one — or all — of these cities, you won’t be disappointed.

1. Kansas City, Missouri (Winner)

This centrally located city is a favorite destination for Midwesterners. One popular area to explore is the Country Club Plaza, where you can find countless options for shopping, dining, and entertainment. Two of the best museums in town are the Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art and the National WWI Museum and Memorial.

While the culture, architecture, and music of Kansas City are all worth a trip, the cuisine may be the best reason to visit, and you can’t mention food in KC without mentioning barbecue. Kansas City’s take on the American culinary classic is generally considered to be built around a sweeter, thicker sauce.

2. Boston, Massachusetts

There’s probably no better destination for American history lovers than Boston. To make good use of your time, consider exploring the Freedom Trail, which will take you about 2.5 miles past 16 historical landmarks, like the Paul Revere House and the Old Corner Bookstore.

Whether you’re a baseball fan or not, catching a game at the iconic Fenway Park is not to be missed. You can also take a tour and learn about the oldest active park in the MLB. The Fenway-Kenmore neighborhood is also home to the Museum of Fine Arts and Symphony Hall.

3. Nashville, Tennessee

To kick off a visit to Nashville, set the tone by checking out the Country Music Hall of Fame and Museum. If you want to continue the music theme, you can also explore Honky Tonk Row for some live music. Then catch a show at the Grand Ole Opry — one of the most legendary country music venues in the U.S.

Between live shows and good eats, try to find these murals throughout the city. Not only will you take some stunning photos for social media, but you’ll also have an excuse to explore some key neighborhoods.

4. New York, New York

No American city captures the heart, mind, and imagination quite like New York City. It’s home to countless landmarks: the Empire State Building, Central Park, Times Square, the Brooklyn Bridge, and the Statue of Liberty – to name only a few. In addition to landmarks and sights, there’s also history around every corner.

The city is undeniably expensive, but that doesn’t mean you can’t have a good time in New York on a budget. Walking through the city, attending street events, and visiting free museums will help you save some cash. This guide will show you where to find free underground art in the city.

If you do decide to spend some money, a food tour is a perfect way to experience the different cultures and neighborhoods of the Big Apple.

5. San Antonio, Texas

While Texas may be famous for its love affair with trucks, one of San Antonio’s biggest appeals is its River Walk, a miles-long network of pedestrian areas that provide people with shopping, dining, and entertainment options. You won’t want to miss out on any of the fantastic experiences along the walk.

While the most famous mission in San Antonio is the Alamo – which is a must-visit – there are several other missions in the city that are worth seeing.

6. San Francisco, California

One of the most vibrant neighborhoods to get started in San Francisco is the Mission District. You can explore the Spanish mission that gives the neighborhood its name, check out street art, sample a range of cuisines, and have a fun night on the town.

For an incredible outdoor experience in San Francisco, the Lands End Trail cannot be beaten. The trail rewards hikers with views of the marvelous Golden Gate Bridge, but there are plenty of interesting stops along the way. From history at the USS San Francisco Memorial to art at the Legion of Honor, there’s more than nature to be discovered here.

7. Washington, D.C.

Similar to other cities mentioned on this list, Washington, D.C. is absolutely steeped in history. D.C.’s most popular attractions have earned the respect they garner. The National Mall must be seen to be believed. The park is home to iconic memorials and landmarks like the Washington Monument, the Lincoln Memorial, and more. Consider exploring the area by bike.

For an indoor exploration of history, look no further than the various Smithsonian institutions in D.C. Eleven are located in the National Mall, though there are a total of 17 in the city. While the National Air and Space Museum and the Museum of Natural History are probably the most popular, a full list can be found on the Washington D.C. website.

8. San Diego, California

With nearly perfect weather year-round, it’s hard to resist exploring San Diego on foot or by bike. The Embarcadero and Gaslamp Quarter are two favorites, but you can’t go wrong when the sun is shining.

For a balance of history, shopping, and art, spend a day (and night) at Liberty Station. The former naval training center turned into a sprawling business development and has something to offer people of all ages and interests.

Finally, Balboa Park is the perfect playground for discovering more art, culture, and entertainment. The Japanese Friendship Garden is particularly worth visiting for some quiet, peaceful reflection.

9. Colorado Springs, Colorado

There’s no shortage of breathtaking outdoor activities available in Colorado Springs. Garden of the Gods is a 1,300-acre public park with mindblowing rock features and rich ecological diversity. Explore the park on foot, bike, Segway, or horseback. Colorado Springs is also close to Cheyenne Mountain State Park, Seven Falls, and the Manitou Incline.

Don’t miss out on the wide variety of restaurants in Colorado Springs. You can try Colorado poutine at Cerberus Brewing Co. or sample bison bolognese at Walter’s Bistro.

10. Honolulu, Hawaii

Just viewing one or two pictures of Hawaii removes all doubt that these islands are paradise on Earth. Climbing to Diamond Head National Monument will get your heart pumping and allow you to experience some of the best views in Hawaii. For a classic Hawaii beach experience, Waikiki Beach is hard to top.

Pearl Harbor National Memorial offers visitors an opportunity to pay homage to fallen sailors and learn about one of the most impactful events in American history. Visiting the memorial is a moving experience that you won’t soon forget.

11. New Orleans, Louisana

New Orleans is one of America’s most unique cities, so many visitors favor exploring it on foot to fully immerse themselves in the sights, sounds, and smells. These tours range from food and cocktails to ghost stories and history. NOLA Historic Tours offers “Salon Experiences” that combine performance, history, food, and cocktails based on your interests.

Other tours will take you through the Garden District, the French Quarter, and Magazine Street. One of the more popular tours on the list is the Killers And Thrillers Tour, which takes visitors through the darker side of New Orleans.

12. Indianapolis, Indiana

Indianapolis is a family-oriented city that is probably most famous for the Indianapolis 500. Visit the Indianapolis Motor Speedway for a tour of the track and learn about motorsports by viewing fascinating memorabilia and cars.

The Indianapolis Cultural Trail is an 8-mile multi-use trail that connects a variety of cultural attractions and works of art. Highlights include the Wholesale District, Fountain Square, and the sculpture Looking Through Windows by Michael Kuschnir.

For another cultural experience, visit the Eiteljorg Museum of American Indians and Western Art at White River State Park.

13. Seattle, Washington

From its humble beginnings as a timber town, Seattle has endured cycles of growth that have culminated in the city’s standing as a major tech, art, and music hub — not to mention its association with coffee. Pike Place Market is one of the top destinations in the city where visitors explore local foods, crafts, and coffee.

Chihuly Garden and Glass is home to some of Dale Chihuly’s most interesting works. For a slightly off-beat tour, explore Seattle’s literal underground with Bill Speidel’s Underground Tour. Some popular venues for live music include The Crocodile, the Paramount Theatre, and Neumos.

14. Chicago, Illinois

This Midwestern gem has enough to keep visitors busy for a lifetime. To start off with some free activities, explore the city’s gorgeous parks, especially Lincoln Park. You can also stroll along the river or through one of Chicago’s unique neighborhoods. The Art Institute is probably the most famous museum in the city, but the Field Museum and Shedd Aquarium give it a run for its money.

There’s plenty to do for sports fans regardless of the season. The Cubs, White Sox, Blackhawks, Bulls, and Bears all call Chicago home, so it’s easy to catch a game in the Windy City.

15. Austin, Texas

The capital of Texas is known as a quirky, weird place, so it’s no surprise that Austin is home to incredible art, music, culture, and event scenes. Festivals keep Austin bright and exciting year-round; a full list of events is available at Visit Austin. Don’t miss world-class events like the SXSW music, film, and comedy festival, the Austin Food + Wine Festival, and Fantastic Fest.

There are also plenty of outdoor activities available in Austin, with lovely highlights like Zilker Botanical Garden and Lady Bird Lake.

16. Albuquerque, New Mexico

Last but not least is Albuquerque, a southwestern city with an interesting history behind its name. One of the most unique ways to spend some time in Albuquerque is by exploring the history and culture of the area’s Indigenous people. The Indian Pueblo Cultural Center is a great introduction to the people and their culture, but you can also see history in a stunning natural environment at Petroglyph National Monument.

An event that draws in visitors year after year is the Festival Flamenco Alburquerque, which recently celebrated its 35th anniversary. Check out the festival in June to experience some of the best flamenco outside of Spain.

Carlsbad is a great destination any time of year, but as the temperatures rise and the days lengthen, summer is an especially good time to visit this seaside town. With eight beaches, more than 60 miles of hiking and biking trails, and five golf courses, you could spend months exploring this upscale city in North County San Diego.

What makes this town even better is the range of activities for all ages and the fact that summer temperatures rarely rise above 80 degrees Fahrenheit. So feel free to spend all day outside and never once complain about the heat. (You can’t say that about many summer vacation spots!)

1. Golf Courses For All Skill Levels

Carlsbad has five golf courses with something for all skill levels and budgets. 

Located at the Park Hyatt Aviara, the Aviara Golf Club is the only Arnold Palmer-designed course in San Diego. Considered a challenging course, Aviara is one of the priciest spots to play.

The Omni La Costa Resort & Spa offers two courses, Champions and Legends, both of which have hosted PGA legends like Jack Nicklaus and Tiger Woods. The public can golf here, but better tee times and lower greens fees are offered to guests of the resort.

The Crossings at Carlsbad is a public course designed by the renowned course architect, Greg Nash. It’s a nice option for players of all abilities and has reasonably priced greens fees.

Also public, Rancho Carlsbad Golf Club is a par-three course ideal for beginners, families, and those on a budget.

2. Endless Hiking And Biking Trails

Carlsbad features over 60 miles of trails with a wide range of scenery. Many are located near the town’s lagoons teeming with birds and marine life.

If you’re looking for an easy, flat, and scenic hike, look no further than Carlsbad and specifically the shores of Batiquitos Lagoon. This easy 3.4-mile trail is frequented by locals and visitors alike. To learn more about this ecosystem, look for the signage along the trail pointing out breeding grounds for migratory birds, a trash pile from Native American tribes, as well as native and invasive plant species.

For something more challenging, head to Hosp Grove Trail to enjoy views of the Buena Vista Lagoon and the Pacific Ocean.

If you prefer to bike, the 4.7-mile-long Coastal Rail Trail is the ideal ride. The trail begins south in Solana Beach, passes through Carlsbad, and concludes in Oceanside. Grab lunch along the way or bring a picnic to enjoy on the beach.

3. Water Activities In Carlsbad Lagoon

Whether you want to paddle slowly through the seagrass or race along on a wave runner, the Carlsbad Lagoon has you covered. This 400-acre lagoon is a peaceful spot to enjoy a day on the water with family and friends. 

If you’re looking for a bit of exercise, rent a kayak, paddle board, or paddle boat. Keep your eyes peeled for the shore and seabirds including herons, sandpipers, and egrets. To learn more about the ecosystem, consider scheduling a guided kayaking experience with the Agua Hedionda Lagoon Foundation.

If you prefer something motorized or adrenaline-producing, there are jet skis, mini boats, and pontoons available for rent as well.

4. A Relaxing Spa Day

After all that outdoor activity, it’s time to relax in the spa. Fortunately, Carlsbad has a new, five-star spa opening this year, The Miraval Life in Balance Spa at Park Hyatt Aviara. The 15,000-square-foot facility will feature 20 indoor and outdoor treatment rooms, a fitness center, and a yoga studio. Spa guests can choose from a wide array of treatments and classes.

Other spa options in Carlsbad include The Spa at La Costa located at Omni Resort and The Ocean Pearl Spa at The Westin Carlsbad Resort & Spa.

5. Relax On The Beach

If sunbathing on the sand or wading in the water sounds good to you, then Carlsbad has plenty of beaches to choose from.

Bordering the Pacific Coast Highway, and across the street from the Batiquitos Lagoon, is South Ponto Beach. This large beach is popular with volleyball players and surfers, and in the summer can be quite busy. Arrive early to secure a parking spot.

If you’ve ever dreamed of camping near the beach, then South Carlsbad State Beach is for you. The campground is located on a rugged bluff overlooking the ocean with access to the beach below. There are also several footpaths along the bluffs, perfect for a short walk. Be sure to make camping reservations far in advance.

Carlsbad State Beach, or Tamarack Beach, has long been popular with local surfers, so if you hope to surf yourself, or just watch others catching a wave, head here early in the morning. There are also two paved paths here popular with walkers, joggers, and cyclists.

And for beachside eats, head on over to The Camp Store on Carlsbad Boulevard. With a unique but exquisite menu, it’s a great place to eat and enjoy Carlsbad State Beach Campground. It also offers beach rentals, camping supplies, and several scheduled musical events throughout the month. The Camp Store is sure to become a family favorite during your summer getaway.

6. Be A Kid Again At LEGOLAND

If you’ll be traveling with young children this summer, there is no better amusement park in California than LEGOLAND. A combination of a theme park, water park, and aquarium, this destination is perfect for families looking for something both fun and affordable. When purchased online, tickets are more reasonably priced than other amusement parks. 

The iconic plastic building blocks loved by kids everywhere take center stage here. Build your own LEGO creation, hop on a roller coaster, climb a rock wall, or speed down a water slide. There is plenty to do, but the size of these parks won’t exhaust parents.

Don’t leave LEGOLAND before checking out MINILAND San Diego, the world’s first LEGO version of San Diego. Made of over 5 million blocks, it includes the Coronado Bridge, Petco Park, the County Fair, and much more.

7. Stroll Among The Flowers

Each spring, a large swath of land in Carlsbad bursts into color during the ranunculus bloom. Yellow, orange, pink, white, and purple flowers seem to go on forever at The Flower Fields at Carlsbad Ranch. Open from March to Mother’s Day, 50 acres of flowers can be explored here.

The colorful fields alone are worth the trip, but there are many other activities offered including an antique tractor wagon tour, the cymbidium orchid greenhouse, sweet pea maze, and Santa’s playground for children. If you’re interested in purchasing ranunculus to take home, pop into Armstrong’s Garden Center on site.

8. Great Shopping And Dining In Carlsbad Village

The downtown portion of town, known as Carlsbad Village, is a charming stretch of boutique shops, hotels, galleries, and restaurants. You could easily spend a day exploring the streets of the village. 

Olde Ivy Antiques specializes in coastal décor as well as eclectic and classic antiques. This is definitely the place to go for decorating your beach home. If you enjoy watching glassblowing, then head to Barrio Glassworks. Founded by the Raskin/Devlin family, this unique shop was inspired by the famous glassblowing island of Murano, Italy.

When you get hungry, you’ll have loads of restaurants to choose from. For something casual and family-friendly, try Harbor Fish Cafe and order their delicious clam chowder. For an upscale dinner, don’t miss Campfire, recently awarded Bib Gourmand by the Michelin Guide. And no matter what you order for dinner, save room for the make-your-own s’mores!

Where To Stay In Carlsbad

Carlsbad is home to a wide variety of hotels and resorts. It is an upscale town, so be aware that budget accommodations are hard to find here.

If you can splurge on your stay, then definitely head to Park Hyatt Aviara, a five-star, luxury resort spread among 200 beautifully landscaped acres. Here you’ll find fine dining, the soon-to-open Miraval Spa, and the Avaira Golf Club. Rooms feature marble baths and private balconies with views of the coast or golf course.

Another splurge is the Omni La Costa Resort & Spa featuring eight pools, two golf courses, and an award-winning spa. Accommodations include rooms, suites, and villas spread throughout the large and lovely property.

The Carlsbad Seapointe Resort is an ideal option for families or larger groups since it offers an all-condominium property across the road from the ocean. One- and two-bedroom condos are available with fully stocked kitchens. There’s plenty to do on site including a family pool, adult-only pool, putting green, barbecues, and fire pits.

As the only beachfront hotel in Carlsbad, Beach Terrace Inn is definitely the choice for a romantic getaway. Guests can enjoy ocean views from their room, the pool deck, and the outdoor lounge. A beach valet provides complimentary use of chairs, umbrellas, boogie boards, and sand toys.

We all have different vacation styles. Some of us gravitate toward leisure, others lean into adventure when they’re enjoying time away from home. Those varying interests — and paces — can tend to make traveling as a family a bit difficult as you consider and balance the needs of every member.

But there’s a central Illinois getaway spot that will tick most, if not all, of your family’s boxes when it comes to an unforgettable vacation, with a focus on the outdoors. From foodies and shopping mavens to thrill seekers and athletes, Champaign-Urbana won’t disappoint in the summer. Tucked between Chicago, Indianapolis, and St. Louis, and well-connected by interstates and Amtrak, it’s a snap to get to from just about anywhere. 

Here are a few of the reasons why you might want to consider the Champaign-Urbana area as a summer destination spot!

Get Moving!

From hiking, walking, and camping to biking and fun on the water, Champaign-Urbana is especially fun in the summer. For starters, the area’s park and preserve system is both scenic and robust, with enough trails and paths to keep you moving no matter your individual fitness level. 

Allerton Park and Retreat Center features more than a dozen miles of trails that will take you through prairies, gardens, and forests along the Sangamon River. When you’re done wandering, be sure to check out the historic Allerton residence, built back in 1900 by artist and philanthropist Robert Allerton. Lake of the Woods Forest Preserve also features a gorgeous setting to get those steps in, with a covered bridge, botanical garden, and 2 miles of paved and unpaved trails around Lake of the Woods.

If you’re more of a water baby, the Champaign-Urbana area also has you covered. Cool, clear water in two lakes makes the 275-acre River Bend Forest Preserve a hotspot for both fishing and kayaking. Middle Fork River Preserve is a favorite for swimming and camping is also available. Middle Fork is Illinois’ first and only International Dark Sky Park. Its intentional low light pollution means you’ll be treated to an incredible star show in the evenings.

Bicyclists will especially enjoy Kickapoo Rail Trail, the former CSX railroad tracks turned bike path in Urbana. The nearly 7-mile rail trail is flat as a pancake, offering an easy ride from town to the village of St. Joseph. You’ll see native plants and wildlife, and the best part is that there’s more to come: When complete, the Kickapoo will offer more than 24 miles of scenery for bikers to enjoy from the saddle.

To combine a dose of rich history with your outdoor time, consider stops — and steps — along the Champaign County African American Heritage Trail. The trail educates residents and visitors alike, sparking conversation and expanding understanding. This online resource is accessible to all and includes physical stops plus the stories of people who helped shape the county.

Embrace The Arts

Champaign-Urbana makes it easy for you to get your groove on and embrace your inner culture vulture, especially during the summer when the weather is warm. There are a variety of live outdoor music events, including Friday Night Live, a celebration that continues every Friday evening between Memorial Day and Labor Day among three locations featuring different music styles. There’s also the Allerton Park Concert Series, held on the estate’s lovely lawn once a month. If you want to combine your love of music and nature, head to either Homer Lake or Lake of the Woods Preserves for occasional live music sets. Pack a picnic to make it the perfect day or evening! Finally, the Sipyard beer garden hosts local and regional acts, where they play in shipping crates turned music stages during the summer.

You’ll also have the chance to check out a variety of art galleries in the cities and towns of Champaign-Urbana, which focus on locally produced pieces by master craftspeople and artisans. And to get your sunshine fix in along with the art, make plans to attend the Crystal Lake Park Art Fair. Held in August, this event features more than 40 artisans setting up shop right along the lake. It’s a beautiful setting for artwork that’s just as pretty. You’re bound to find pieces to consider adding to your collection! 

Enjoy The Markets And Festivals

For starters, any fan of locally grown produce and goodies will want to check out Urbana’s Market at the Square, held downtown Saturday mornings May through October, rain or shine. The market offers the best fruits and veggies from surrounding farmers fields, along with baked goods and other handicrafts.

On the first Saturday of every month during the summer, downtown Champaign hosts the fabulous Toast to Taylor Street Block Party Series, which features food, music, fun, and plenty of beautiful items for sale from local and regional makers, designers, and artisans. There’s even an onsite beer tent!

Families looking for old-fashioned fun should have the Champaign County Fair on their vacation radars. The late-July event includes rides, games, and fun food, along with livestock competitions, a demolition derby, horse shows, motorcycle races, live mainstage music shows, and even a fair queen contest.

And if you’re craving a sweet, bubbly treat, make plans to attend the Mahomet Soda Festival! This charming outdoor event combines live music, great food, and all sorts of out-of-the-box soda flavors. Historic downtown Mahomet hosts the annual event, which takes place in June. Make your way through the festival and sample endless options from family-owned bottlers across the country. From hot ginger ale to colas and fruit flavors, once you find the soda you like best, you can purchase your favorites to take home and enjoy.

There’s A Taste For Everyone

Champaign-Urbana prides itself on having a diverse and critically acclaimed culinary scene, with a focus on locally grown and produced food. There’s a whole host of international flavors to try out as well, from Filipino to Indian, Italian, and Vietnamese. Barbecue lovers will delight in the many restaurants that serve up saucy delicacies from the grill, and there are also many craft breweries and wine bars across the county. Bottom line, you’re not going to go hungry during your visit, no matter your palate’s preferences. It’s incredibly easy to curate a foodie weekend here the entire family will love. To check out all that’s available, visit Champaign-Urbana’s food guide!

And once the weather heats up, Champaign-Urbana really rolls out its patio season. Many of its restaurants, bistros, cafés, and bars offer al fresco drinking and dining. They’ll be breaking out the umbrellas so everyone can enjoy meals outside with family and friends. Downtown Champaign alone boasts more than 2,000 outdoor seats during the summer season!

Pro Tips: Getting To Champaign-Urbana

Champaign-Urbana is incredibly accessible from major midwestern cities, as it’s located at the crossroads of Interstates 57, 72, and 74. American Airlines serves the county’s Willard Airport, with direct flights daily from both Chicago and Dallas/Fort Worth. And Amtrak runs right through the heart of the county, with stops in both downtown Champaign and nearby Rantoul, as well as routes starting to the north in Chicago and terminating south as far as New Orleans. The area is truly in the middle of it all!

While summer is a terrific time to visit, the sun shines hot and direct. Take necessary precautions so that sun doesn’t slow you down: Wear high-SPF sunscreen, perhaps a hat, and by all means, stay well-hydrated. Also, if you’re going to enjoy Champaign-Urbana’s parks, preserves, waterways, and other outdoor amenities (which we highly recommend!), make sure you apply plenty of bug spray and wear light, long sleeves to avoid bothersome bites.

Gadsden, Alabama, in Etowah County, has a prime location in the northeast quadrant of the State of Alabama between Birmingham and Chattanooga and just off Interstate 59. The population numbering approximately 36,000 enjoys the geographic beauty of the Appalachian foothills, a vibrant downtown, and the advantages that come with life along the Coosa River.

It is a city of superlatives, at least if you believe their claims to fame such as “the world’s largest” and “the world’s longest” as you will see on my list. Gadsden also has a famous park with a captivating legend. It’s a great place to spend a day or a weekend, and I have recently been able to enjoy both. Here are my suggestions for nine must-do activities when you find Gadsden for yourself.

1. Noccalula Falls

Once upon a time, there was a beautiful Indian maiden who was in love with a young brave in her tribe. Her father, the chief, made a different alliance and promised her to another man. To learn the rest of the story, visit the 90-foot waterfall at Noccalula Falls Park and see the statue of Princess Noccalula.

At the park, you can camp in an RV or tent, rent one of the two-bedroom cabins, walk, hike, or bike 16 miles of trails, visit the petting zoo, enjoy a train ride, explore a pioneer homestead, or play miniature golf. Fly fishing for trout is available in season in Black Creek feeding the magnificent falls.

Special events at the park include Smoke on the Falls, which is the annual Kansas City Bar-B-Q Society Cook-off held in the spring, and Art on the Rocks, an arts and craft show held in the fall.  

Although Noccalula may have been a legend, it is an important part of Gadsden history that the Creek and Cherokee nations of American Indians inhabited the area in the late 1700s and early 1800s.

Pro Tip: The two-bedroom cabins are particularly nice for a getaway in the fall. The colors of the trees are spectacular, the fireplace is cozy, and the sounds of Black Creek which can be seen from the back porch are mesmerizing.

2. Broad Street 

Mater’s Pizza and Pasta Emporium reigns as the oldest restaurant in the downtown historic district, but through the years it has been joined by two dozen other eateries. The most recent ones are S.A. Cantina, Las Brisas Mexican Restaurant, NOLA on 2^nd (a block and a half off Broad Street), and Scoop de Jour, serving great ice cream.

30 retail shops are ready to be explored, a massage and yoga studio will help you relax, and an axe-throwing business will increase your aim and focus.

3. Mary G. Hardin Center For Cultural Arts

Broad Street also serves as the City of Gadsden’s hub for fine arts with three outstanding facilities. Gadsden Museum of Art is open Tuesday through Saturday, and admission is free. Imagination Place, a well-planned children’s museum, is designed for children ages 2 to 10. Everything is child-sized to make it easy for kids to explore a town, a grocery store, a train station, a farm, a sunken pirate ship, and more.

Mary G. Harden Center for Cultural Arts is on the corner of the block in what was once a Belk-Hudson department store. The center houses an art gallery, event venues, and a 72-foot model train running through a replica of Gadsden as it was in the 1940s. It is the home for the Downtown Dance Conservatory and the Etowah Youth Orchestra. Visitors can find parking along Broad Street or in the convenient lot behind the museum and center.

In addition to the Imagination Place, there are musical instruments attractive to young children in an outdoor space behind the Hardin Center. This is a great place to take children and grandchildren, especially when you combine it with an ice cream cone from nearby Scoop du Jour.

Pro Tip: Museum lovers will want to find the Gadsden Museum of Art and History. The third floor houses a history museum of Etowah County.

4. Top O’ The River 

Any meal that begins with a skillet of hot cornbread, a plate of pickled onions, and a bowl of coleslaw is promising enough, but when Top O’ the River adds catfish, shrimp prepared three different ways, stuffed crab, and hushpuppies, the meal goes over the top. I’ve seen a lot of seafood platters, and I believe this one must surely be the largest. The restaurant also offers grilled and fried crawfish, steaks, chicken, and delicious fruity drinks.

Combine that with a view of the Coosa River and it becomes swoon-worthy. The river, in fact, is a major asset for Gadsden and nearby cities such as Anniston. River Rocks Landing has recently been developed, so guests can stay on the river and enjoy the views for a night or more. You can stay in a condo or a tiny house, experience glamping, or sleep luxuriously in a five-bedroom home. The Current is a riverside snack bar and a great place to watch kayakers navigate the waters.

5. The World’s Longest Yard Sale 

A yard sale that stretches for 690 miles through six states deserves the title of “World’s Longest.” Taking place annually on the first Thursday through Saturday in August, the sale begins in Gadsden at Noccalula Falls Park and ends in Addison, Michigan. The sale is also called the 127 Yard Sale because it follows Highway 127 and the Lookout Mountain Parkway.  

Expect to find thousands of vendors and realize that it will be impossible to stop at all of them.

You’ll find collectibles, antiques, household goods, games, toys, dishes, fresh produce, baked goods, sporting goods, and so much more. Take plenty of cash, because only a small number of vendors will accept credit cards. Check the website for the route, plan to start at any point that looks convenient for you, expect to cover no more than 100-150 miles a day, and reserve a hotel room well in advance. Take plenty of water in a cooler in your car, and best advice of all — don’t pass up a public restroom whenever you find one.

6. Coosa Landing 

The Coosa River has earned a great reputation for having impressive numbers of bass and crappie. That, in turn, has led to fishing tournaments galore beginning and ending at Coosa Landing. If you are an early riser, the start of a tournament is fun to watch with the engines revving and racing away at the starting signal, all trying to get to the best spots first. But it is also great to be there at the end when the anglers bring in the day’s catch for a weigh-in which will hopefully lead to coveted prizes.

The Coosa Landing Super Bass Tournament held in April has a hefty first-place prize of $3,000. Coosa Landing is also the host site for tournaments sponsored by Crappie U.S.A., the BASS Federation, the Women’s Bass Fishing Association, and others.

7. First Friday Festivities 

From April to October each year, Broad Street is the place to be on the first Fridays of the month. Police close off several blocks beginning at 3:30 p.m. Antique cars, polished and gleaming, park on the street to be admired and possibly driven home by a new owner. Live musicians set up their speakers on a few corners, and stores and restaurants prepare to keep their doors open until 9 p.m. Then the crowds begin to show up. This is a great place to see your friends, enjoy some free entertainment, browse the shops, and order a meal. The atmosphere is light-hearted and lively. It’s like having a festival, only this festival happens every month for 7 months.

8. Holiday Lights

Noccalula Falls Park

Gadsden dresses up for the holidays. Broad Street is filled with lights and fun window displays. There are special events planned at the Hardin Center and in area churches. But probably the most spectacular sight happens at Noccalula Falls Park when Christmas at the Falls flips the switch on millions of lights and dozens of colorful decorations. You can enjoy the lights by walking, but it’s especially fun to take the train through the park after dark. Park employees start preparing weeks in advance because this is arguably their most popular time of the year.

9. Bootsie’s

Bootsie’s is in Attalla, and downtown Attalla is approximately 5 miles from downtown Gadsden. However, the barbecue is so good at Bootsie’s that I must include it on my list of favorite things. Daddy Bootsie is the chef. His wife manages everybody and everything, and their daughters make the desserts and keep the diners happy. Bootsie’s ribs and pulled pork are outstanding, and the side dishes are exceptionally good, too. They serve grilled cabbage rather than coleslaw, and the grilled bread is divine. No calories have been saved in this café with a happy family atmosphere.

Pro Tip: Bootsie’s is only open Wednesday through Saturday, so plan carefully to avoid being disappointed.

Gadsden has several sites that are significant to African Americans who participated in Civil Rights Marches in the early 1960s. Among them are Union Baptist Church, Dr. J.W. Stewart’s Skyliner Building, and Etowah County Courthouse.

Other popular activities in Gadsden include golfing on two championship golf courses, Silver Lakes and Twin Bridges, and indoor rock climbing at GadRock on the Coosa River. Silver Lakes is part of the acclaimed Robert Trent Jones Golf Trail. You’ll also want to be on the lookout for special events at Gadsden State Community College and nearby Huntsville. Let me encourage you to allow yourself time to get off the interstate between Birmingham and Chattanooga and explore this gem in Northeast Alabama.

For more on Alabama, check out these articles:

• From Hank Williams To Nat King Cole: 9 Amazing Stops For Music Lovers In Alabama
• My 10 Favorite Restaurants To Experience in Beautiful Orange Beach, Alabama
• Beach Cruiser, eBike, Or Mountain Bike: The Best Way To See Alabama’s Gulf State Park

With its rich but short history, evident in landmarks like the London Bridge and McCulloch Boulevard, Lake Havasu City was only established in the mid-20th century. But what it lacks in years, it makes up for in activities to fill an entire weekend getaway. While, like most places, Lake Havasu City may have its popular spots, I wanted to focus on those frequented by locals.

Lake Havasu Tourism hosted me. My request before I arrived was that they help me explore the area by sending me to places the locals go. Here are six things to do in Lake Havasu City, according to locals.

1. The English Village At The Foot Of London Bridge

It is easy to understand why the English Village is a first stop on any tour of Lake Havasu City. 

If you haven’t been to London, here’s your chance to get a feel of what a London Street might look like today. There is a telephone booth, pubs serving fish and chips, and stores with trinkets honoring British royalty, tartans, and beautiful English China. It also explains why the English influence seems to be everywhere in this city.

2. Lake Havasu’s Parks

When you ask a local what they love about living in Lake Havasu, they invariably bring up the parks. After driving through some of them, it was easy to see why they play such a prominent role in people’s daily lives. Water sports are a way of life for residents. From the shores of Lake Havasu, you will see kayaks and jet skis launching from the many boat ramps scattered along the lakeside. Competitive fishing tournaments are also held, which attract competitors of all ages. 

Parks, such as Cattail Cove State Park, Sara Park, and Lake Havasu State Park, are plentiful and have manicured landscapes and creative jungle sets for children to exercise. It was a delight to see families having picnics and children playing under the Arizona sun. 

Frankly, I was a bit jealous when I saw a stage constructed on the water’s edge for a concert later that night. Upon further investigation, I was told this particular space frequently has events, allowing visitors and residents to appreciate the climate and the star-filled evening sky.

3. Lake Havasu Museum Of History

One would expect to find the history of an area in a building called the Lake Havasu Museum of History, but you would not expect it to be a community gathering place for locals.

Located in a strip-like mall, you have to have the address to find it, for it is not near any places frequented by tourists. I met the executive director at the door, and her energy and enthusiasm for this place were instantly evident. The space, though not large, has made a creative use to share the area’s history. Keep in mind: This is a young community, and without the vision of industrialist Robert P. McCulloch, one wonders if it would exist.

Tucked in an enclosed glass case was a display of various rocks. It was a statement by the executive director that stopped me in my tracks. “You have to understand we are in an area where we could not go out and pick berries,” she said. “Instead, we picked up rocks.” Since I grew up in Wisconsin, where berries were plentiful, it hadn’t occurred to me other children had to find different ways to keep themselves busy.

It turns out that a regular meeting that occurs at the museum is the geological society. They do it in a way whereby young people are invited to be a part of this organization, so the environment surrounding them is more clearly understood. Plus, a regular Saturday event hosts young people to learn about the area’s history and how to honor it.

4. McCulloch Boulevard 

A short car ride from the north of London Bridge, this street is lined with retail stores and restaurants. I immediately wished I had more time to explore.

This area is referred to as the Downtown District. Boutique shops line both sides of the wide boulevard. Unlike the English Village, nary a touristy souvenir item will be found in these small, independently owned stores. Instead, displays of gourmet olive oil, spices, vintage clothing, and art grace their showcases. Artists have found ways to make empty walls come alive with vivid, colorful designs, making strolling down the street a fun adventure. Admittedly, I was enthralled with the array of items in one of the antique stores, for thoughts of my childhood kept popping into my head.

5. Havasu Landing Resort & Casino

Even if you are not a casino fan, you will not regret taking the ferry to Havasu Landing Resort & Casino. After a long day of learning and exploring, it would have been easy to head to the hotel room, yet, Visit Lake Havasu insisted that we take the ferry ride at sunset. I’m so glad we listened to them.

The 17-minute ride costs $4 round-trip on the open deck Tecopa ferry. Surrounding us were several locals. Some were heading to the casino for an evening of gambling or dinner. Others told us they love to take their family for a quiet, peaceful ride that often results in seeing sea life frolicking around the boat.

TuKuKAN Restaurant

We were quickly going to check out the casino and head out on the next ferry a half hour later. However, we saw the sign for the TuKuKAN Restaurant and noticed they had buttermilk-fried chicken on the menu. We couldn’t pass it up and decided to stay for dinner. It was just like my grandma used to make it and the portion would easily serve two hungry people.

6. London Bridge Resort

Much to my surprise, when I walked into the lobby of the London Bridge Resort Havasu, there was a large golden carriage, a replica of one used for British Royalty. I smiled, thinking, Wow, Lake Havasu takes its connection to England seriously.

If you are looking for a place with all the amenities you could need, London Bridge Resort Havasu is the right place for you and your family. If you get a suite with a kitchen, you could easily cook full meals, but with so many nearby restaurants, it is way too tempting to go out. 

For night owls, the Martini Bay is an elegant lounge. My sense is it would be a place where conversations flow easily. However, I have to say the balcony was where I spent a good amount of time since the view of the water and the famous London Bridge was breathtaking.

Best Restaurants In Lake Havasu

Papa Leone’s Pizza

Hungry for Italian food, we were directed to Papa Leone’s Pizza, within walking distance of our hotel. With a patio overlooking the lake and perfect perch to watch people participating in water sports, we perused the menu. With the order in, sipping wine underneath the canopy shelter proved to be the perfect place to slow down. I hadn’t had spaghetti and meatballs in ages. Sincere compliments to the chef, for they were magnificent.

Campbell Cove 1-STOP & Deli

Imagine my surprise when a gas station deli was suggested to me two times. The Campbell Cove 1-STOP & Deli is located in the industrial district near the water. It was not the most accessible place to find but definitely worth the effort.

I parked the car and walked through the convenience-like aisles to the back. The cashier took my order, a turkey/cranberry sandwich on sourdough bread. I was then handed a number and suggested I shop the aisles for my sides. I wandered the aisles, chose Kettle chips and an unsweetened iced tea, then sat at a high-top table while I waited for my number to be called. The verdict? A perfect sandwich to enjoy on a beautiful sunshiny day.

Scoops

Locals take pride in everything being homemade, including the waffle cones at their favorite ice cream shop. Smiling, I cannot tell you how many times I was told to be sure to go to Scoops. It is impossible to miss finding the store with artful ice cream cones and a bench in front of it. If you are looking for a nod back to your childhood, this is it, and the pecan ice cream cone was superb.

Pro Tip: Lake Havasu City Visitor Center 

Just a few steps away from the English Village, the Lake Havasu City Visitor Center clears up many of the questions guests might have, for this well-appointed center holds displays and information to learn more.

Sadly, a night and a day were not enough to explore Lake Havasu City. Now I have been there two times and I definitely will be back. If you are traveling to Las Vegas, Parker Dam, Grand Canyon, or even Phoenix, I suggest you plan your route through this modern, planned city. When you get there, I encourage you to strike up conversations with locals and ask them about their favorite places. There are year-round activities and they will be able to share more special places in this desert community.

Related Reading:

• 9 Lake Havasu City Restaurants With Great Views Of The Colorado River
• Beautiful Arizona Falls Reopening For The First Time In 3 Years — Here’s Who Can Visit Next Month
• 9 Amazing Stops Along A Colorado River Road Trip In Arizona, Nevada, And California

Florida’s state parks earn high rankings from camping experts. Cheapism.com ranks them number five, while lawnlove.com gives them four. Florida has 52 parks that offer RV camping. Popularity has downsides, it can be hard to book a site, and Florida isn’t the cheapest, but there are some discounts. Rates vary from $16–$42 per night. All Florida state parks have a non-refundable $6.70 reservation fee and a $7 nightly utility fee for RVs.

Let’s explore these expertly picked RV campsites from every corner of Florida.

1. Bahia Honda

Florida Keys

Bahia Honda State Park is one of Florida’s most popular parks. It’s at mile markers 36–38 of the Florida Keys, the closest park with camping to Key West. It’s close to Big Pine Key with its adorable Key Deer. The Keys are a high-priority RVing area and the private parks’ rates average over $100 a night, so Bahia Honda is a bargain with a $36 base rate.

2. Curry Hammock State Park

Marathon

There are two other state parks in the Keys with camping. Curry Hammock, near the middle of the Keys, offers more secluded sites but is about 20 miles farther from Key West.

3. John Pennekamp Coral Reef State Park

Key Largo

John Pennekamp Coral Reef in Key Largo is the country’s first undersea park but about 100 miles from Key West. Sites are small and lack privacy.

Pro Tip: There are some tricks to book at Keys parks and any of the busy Florida parks. Registration opens 11 months in advance at 8 a.m. Eastern. Be on your computer and ready to book precisely at that time. Within a few minutes, they’ll all be booked. Another trick is to keep checking often, and occasionally, someone cancels. Grab that spot fast; it won’t last long. There are websites like Wandering Labs that monitor campgrounds for cancelations. There’s a free version that searches three parks and emails you when sites open. The $30 paid option monitors more often and notifies with texts.

4. Anastasia State Park

St. Augustine

Anastasia State Park is the closest park to popular St. Augustine. You can see the historic lighthouse from the park. It’s a beautiful park with a beach on Salt Run. You can rent kayaks or canoes and watch for wildlife, including dolphins and water birds.

5. Faver Dykes State Park

St. Augustine

If you want to visit St. Augustine, but Anastasia is booked, try Faver Dykes State Park. It’s just about a half-hour drive from the Historic District. You pay only $18 per night at Faver Dykes compared to $28 at Anastasia. You lose out on the beach with swimming and surfing, but Faver Dykes is quieter with more trees and larger sites.

6. Florida Caverns State Park

Marianna

One of the most popular parks at the eastern edge of the Florida Panhandle is Florida Caverns State Park near Marianna. The base camping fee is $20 per night and the cave tour is spectacular.

7. Falling Waters State Park

Chipley

If you can’t book Florida Caverns, Falling Waters State Park is a quieter park with more private sites, plus a beautiful waterfall and sinkhole. It’s about 25 miles away, so you can still book the cave tour.

8. Three Rivers State Park

Lake Seminole

Three Rivers sits near the Florida-Georgia border where the Chattahoochee and Flint Rivers converge to form Lake Seminole — which has some of the best freshwater fishing.

9. Torreya State Park

Bristol

Torreya is another good choice nearby. It’s named for the Torreya tree, a rare species that grows only on the bluffs along the Apalachicola River. This park is a big bird-watcher site and has a small boat launch. The park has the historic Gregory House you can visit.

10. Grayton Beach State Park

Santa Rosa Beach

Towards the western end of the panhandle, Grayton Beach State Park is popular for its coastal dune lake, found in only a few locations worldwide and just two states in the U.S. Because it’s closer to the beach, it’s harder to snag and costs $30 per night.

11. Blackwater River State Park

Pensacola

Blackwater River State Park is another good choice for visiting the western panhandle. It’s about an hour’s drive from Pensacola or Fort Walton and only $20 per night. It’s one of the most beautiful Florida state parks thanks to the Blackwater River. It’s wonderful for kayaking or canoeing.

12. Silver Springs State Park

Ocala

Central Florida is filled with natural springs. What better place to camp? If the springs, the wildlife, the museum, and the proximity to Ocala and the Ocala National Forest weren’t enough to make Silver Springs State Park a must, the glass-bottomed boat tours make it one of my favorite parks.

13. Blue Spring State Park

DeLand

Blue Spring State Park, near DeLand, is a year-round home to some manatees, but in winter, they’re here in droves. I saw over 50 one day. The boat tour is fantastic. The captain identified countless wild birds and told me things I never knew, like how a blue heron is white in its first year. It’s a good base for visiting Daytona or DeLand.

14. Wekiwa Springs State Park

Orlando

Wekiwa Springs State Park surprised me with many slots open since it’s just about 16 miles from Orlando. It offers swimming, kayaking, canoeing, and wildlife viewing. And don’t write off neighboring Seminole County’s fun attractions like the Sanford Ghost Tour and the many breweries. Its German restaurant, Hollerbach’s Willow Tree Cafe, is the best ever.

15. Manatee Springs State Park

Chiefland

Manatee Springs lives up to its name with the winter influx of manatees. Its 800-foot boardwalk engulfs you with cypress trees and opens on its first-magnitude springs. It’s about a half-hour drive to the gulf beaches. Sites are often available and it’s only $20 a night.

16. Rainbow Springs State Park

Dunnellon

Rainbow Springs State Park was once a theme park. Its springs are crystal-clear and popular for swimming or kayaking. Its natural beauty and waterfalls draw the artists you see in the park painting.

17. Ruth B. Kirby Gilchrist Blue Springs State Park

High Springs

Ruth B. Kirby Gilchrist Blue Springs State Park, Florida’s newest state park, has several springs. Swimming and snorkeling are popular in the crystal-clear water. Try paddling the 0.25-mile spring run to the Santa Fe River. The park is near Lake City and Gainesville.

18. Mike Roess Gold Head State Park

Keystone Heights

Sometimes lesser-known parks are real treasures. Mike Roess Gold Head State Park in Keystone Heights is about an hour’s drive to Jacksonville. It’s one of Florida’s oldest state parks. The bathhouse facing Lake Johnson was built by the CCC.

Pro Tip: There’s a hiking trail to an old mill site and the Florida National Scenic Trail passes through the park. I’ve seen rare Sherman fox squirrels here often.

19. O’Leno State Park

Lake City

O’Leno State Park is another oldie-but-goodie a few miles from Lake City. It has a museum dedicated to the CCC workers who built the park and some of the original CCC buildings. The Nature Center has a small pen for turtles and lots of information inside. Check out the suspension bridge and paddle the Sante Fe River from the boat launch on site.

Pro Tip: It’s just a few miles from Ichetucknee Springs State Park for tubing fun.

20. Tomoka State Park

Daytona Beach

When visiting Daytona Beach, Tomoka State Park is nearby. It’s great for wildlife viewing. There have even been Florida panther sightings in the area and one confirmed in the park in 2008.

21. Dr. Julian G. Bruce St. George Island State Park

The Forgotten Coast

Dr. Julian G. Bruce St. George Island State Park is on a barrier island on “The Forgotten Coast.” Your swimming choices are gulf waves or calm bay. Don’t miss the amazing driftwood along the beach.

Pro Tip: While on the island, visit the historic Cape St. George Lighthouse.

22. Fort Clinch State Park

Jacksonville

History and nature combine at Fort Clinch State Park, a short distance from Jacksonville. They do re-enactments at the well-preserved Civil War fort. The wildlife and nature are fantastic as well.

23. Hillsborough River State Park

Tampa

Hillsborough River State Park is minutes from Tampa and a delightful refuge from traffic and crowds. Fort Foster State Historic Site, a reconstructed Seminole Wars fort, is part of the park and offers guided tours occasionally.

24. Jonathan Dickinson State Park

Palm Beach

Jonathan Dickinson State Park is the perfect base to visit Palm Beach; it’s about 15 miles away. You can see from Hobe Sound to the Atlantic from the park’s observation deck. The park offers a trip on the Loxahatchee Queen II to visit the preserved homesite of Trapper Nelson, the self-styled “Wild Man of the Loxahatchee.”

25. Paynes Prairie Preserve State Park

Gainesville

When visiting Gainesville, Paynes Prairie Preserve State Park is the place to stay. It’s one of the few places you can see wild horses and bison.

Pro Tip: Florida residents over 65, those having a current Social Security disability award, or those having a 100 percent federal disability award get a 50 percent discount on the base camping fee.

Related Reading:

• Everything You Need To Know About RVing From An RV Expert
• One Key Way To Save Money On Your Summer Vacation — But You Need To Book Soon
• 5 Lessons We Learned Selling Everything And Hitting The Open Road In An RV

“Small but mighty” perfectly describes Grand Forks, North Dakota. The city of 60,000 sits just an hour south of the Canadian border, making it a favored destination for Canucks to hop across the line for a weekend getaway. It’s also a college town and a busy agricultural hub, so there’s always plenty going on. 

And that holds true for the food scene as well. From the Midwest’s best breakfast at Darcy’s Cafe to mouth-watering caramel rolls and chicken tortilla soup at The Red Pepper to chocolate-covered ripple chips at Widman’s Candy Store, Grand Forks is an unexpected culinary dream.

1. Casa Mexico

You’ll have to hop across the state border into the sister city of East Grand Forks, Minnesota, to get your fill of authentic Mexican fare. But the trip (really only 2 minutes over the bridge) will be worth it! Step into Casa Mexico and grab one of the coveted booths for a cozy dining experience. Warm tortilla chips and housemade salsa will be at your table before you even crack open the extra-large menu.

What To Order At Casa Mexico

While it’s nearly impossible to pick a favorite, the chimichanga platter reigns supreme in my world. I like the deep-fried, flour tortilla stuffed with beef (chicken is available too), but I especially love the Spanish rice and refried beans that accompany the piping hot plate. Can’t decide what to order? There are 27 combination plates that offer a little taste of everything.

Pro Tip: Their fresh and delicious salsa is available for takeout! Get a container or two to go for late-night chips and salsa.

2. Harry’s Steakhouse

The name “Harry” is no stranger to Grand Forks. The long-standing liquor stores called Happy Harry’s offer a grand selection of wine, spirits, and beers. And now, Harry’s family has a steakhouse! The vibe here is all 1940s-classic with padded red leather booths, sumptuous wood walls, and a towering wall of bourbon behind the bar. The restaurant sits downtown, right next to the city’s Empire Theater.

What To Order At Harry’s Steakhouse

In the classic chophouse style, the steaks are the stars here, aged at least 21 days and sourced from North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa, and Nebraska. At 14 ounces, the New York strip is the perfect steak dinner, but if you’re looking to splurge, the 22-ounce bone-in ribeye is it. All sides are a la carte and come in shared portions. Harry’s-style hashbrowns start with shredded potatoes that are crispy fried then topped with onion, apple-wood smoked bacon, and crumbled bleu cheese. A dish of Brussels sprouts is also a must, graced with more bacon, more bleu cheese, dried cherries, and balsamic.

Pro Tip: A seat at the bar gives you dinner and a show as the skilled bartenders create classic cocktails. The El Mundo Libre is Harry’s twist on the margarita, featuring blanco tequila, orange liqueur, jalapeno agave nectar, and lemon.

3. The Red Pepper

Since 1961, it’s been difficult to put The Red Pepper into a category. Is it a taco stand, late-night Mexican restaurant, or sandwich shop? It’s all that and much more, serving up no-frills food from three Grand Forks locations, including the original and iconic red-clad building that’s become a landmark.

What To Order At The Red Pepper

While the tacos, tostadas, and enchiladas are always tempting, it’s the chicken tortilla soup that I crave. Thick, creamy, and with more than a little kick, it comes topped with Colby cheese and warm tortilla chips on the side. If I’m extra ravenous, a garbage plate does the trick, with tostadas, lettuce, seasoned ground beef, and lots of sauces piled high.

Pro Tip: There are no forks at The Red Pepper. There are big messy plates of crumbling enchiladas and heaping salads, but no forks. It’s spoons only. Don’t ask me why.

4. Darcy’s Cafe

It could be a movie set; it’s that cool. And it’s breakfast all day at Darcy’s Cafe, the quintessential Midwest diner that promises food “better than your grandma’s, as good as your mom’s.” Look for the low-slung white building on North Washington, then take a seat at one of the tables or plunk down at the lunch counter for daily home-cooked meals from early morning to just after lunch. You may sit next to a farmer, trucker, student, or food blogger.

What To Order At Darcy’s Cafe

Dave’s Special includes your choice of hash browns or American fries topped with sausage, bacon, ham, onions, mixed peppers, cheese, and two eggs, plus toast or pancakes. It’s most often ordered by really hungry patrons and people named Dave. I can’t resist the pecan caramel roll and a side order of crispy bacon to get the day started. In the mood for lunch? Burgers and sandwiches come with your choice of side, which includes tater tots.

Pro Tip: Darcy’s Cafe has excellent merch, from generous coffee cups to sharp-looking t-shirts with the diner’s logo.

5. Up North Pizza

The open-concept, industrial vibe inside Up North Pizza makes it a favorite for family lunches, late dinners, and gathering with friends to watch the big game. Everyone feels right at home in this place, located in East Grand Forks, Minnesota, within shouting distance of North Dakota.

What To Order At Up North Pizza

With names like Schnitzengiggles, Yeee-Row, and Cheesus Mary ‘N Joseph, it’s almost as much fun picking what to order as eating your pie. I’m a fan of the Gnarly Charlie with house red sauce, pepperoni, pineapple, and jalapeno pesto for a good, strong kick. Their mac and cheese is also stellar, with butter-baked bread crumbs and smoked chicken. Speaking of smoked: The wings are nearly addictive, especially with the Jamaican jerk rub.

6. Urban Stampede

If it’s coffee you’re craving, a visit to downtown Urban Stampede is a must. The doors opened in 1993, making it one of the state’s oldest coffee shops. Located in a gorgeously original historic building, the eclectic shop is a meeting place for downtown dwellers and visitors alike, with its cozy booths, communal tables, and lunch counter. Funky art, community notices, and happy tunes prevail.

What To Order At Urban Stampede

The revolving menu of seasonal favorites should most definitely be sampled. Quality beans from Dogwood Coffee Co. in Minneapolis are freshly roasted and delivered weekly, so the brews are always delicious. Try the signature Thai iced coffee with cardamon and condensed milk for a flavor bomb, or try the tried-and-true salted caramel latte. Take a seat, sip at your leisure, browse the shop, and stay awhile.

7. Bernie’s

Bernie’s sits in the former home of the beloved Whitey’s Wonderbar, a space that served East Grand Forks for almost 100 years. The new incarnation is the brainchild of Food Network show host Molly Yeh from Girl Meets Farm and her husband Nick Hagen. Patrons are thrilled to see the original horseshoe bar perfectly preserved as a service counter for Bernie’s midwestern fare.

What To Order At Bernie’s

The breakfast sandwich is a standout with potato and cheddar baked eggs, local Swiss cheese, and ham. Get it in the square, freshly-baked English muffin and satisfy your sweet tooth with a ginormous ripple chip and chocolate chip cookie. At lunch, a local bologna sandwich gets served up with mayo and lettuce on country white. Get it with a side of fried cheese curds.

Pro Tip: Step up to the counter to place your order then browse the general store in the lobby. Pick up Yeh’s cookbooks, ready-to-go treats, and flour milled in North Dakota.

8. Tea & Crepe

Whether it’s the cold grip of winter or the blazing heat of summer, Tea & Crepe always has plenty of patrons awaiting Asian-inspired treats including coffee, bubble tea, crepes, and rolled ice cream. The downtown location makes it a great place to pick up a cup or bowl and head for a stroll down by the river.

What To Order At Tea & Crepe

Start with a mango milk tea then indulge yourself with the TC Signature crepe which includes banana, strawberry, blueberry, raspberry, mango, pistachio, custard cream, chocolate pearls, and whipped yogurt — everything but the kitchen sink it seems! Or if you’re craving ice cream, the Bumblebee rolled ice cream treat includes bananas and Nutella.

Bonus Bite: Pop into Widman’s Candy Shop in downtown Grand Forks and pick up some Chippers. What are they, you ask? Red River Valley ripple potato chips are dipped in milk chocolate, dark chocolate (semi-sweet), or white almond for a sweet and salty taste sensation.

Related Reading:

• 7 Delicious Stops On North Dakota’s German Food Trail
• Driving The Dakotas: Rush Less, Savor More
• 10 Best North Dakota Experiences

One of the most recognized landmarks in Hawaii, Diamond Head State Monument in downtown Honolulu is my own personal Everest — one that I successfully summited! Climbing to the top of Diamond Head’s crater rim is a popular activity for visitors as well as a favorite workout loop for locals. It’s not every day that you can boast that you’re hiking up the side of a volcano in a capital city, let alone one with incredible panoramic views, but it happens every day here.

Diamond Head is part of the system of cones, vents, and eruption flows of the Honolulu Volcanic Series. Thankfully, there’s no chance of an eruption at this state park these days! But the long-dormant crater and crater walls offer visitors spectacular views and one of the state’s most rewarding hikes.

The curious name, Diamond Head, was given to the area by 19th-century British soldiers who thought the nearby sparkling calcite crystals were much more precious. But indigenous Hawaiians call the landmark Leahi, from lae for “ridge” and ahi for “tuna.” If you use your imagination, you can see how the crater rim resembles a tuna’s dorsal fin.Today, Diamond Head is protected as part of the Diamond Head State Monument. Encompassing approximately 475 acres, it is one of the largest green zones in an American state capital.

1. Arrive By Foot, Car, Or Public Transit

If you’re feeling ambitious, it’s entirely possible to hike to the gates of Diamond Head State Monument from Waikiki. Depending on where you start, it could take up to an hour — and then you still have to explore the park! But more people do it than you might think, especially fitness-oriented locals.

Most visitors, however, prefer to save their energy for the hike to the top of Diamond Head, and there are several ways to get to the park using other forms of transportation. For instance, the Waikiki Trolley blue line includes a stop at the gates of Diamond Head State Monument. However, it only makes financial sense to purchase a trolley pass if you plan to ride the trolley to other attractions and do some sightseeing.

The more frugal option is to take the city bus, which costs around $3 for adults. Bus number 23 from Kuhio Avenue (toward Diamond Head) is the most direct route via public transportation. While you’ll likely spot the State Monument sign, let the driver know where you’re headed to be on the safe side. Tickets are usually good for 2 hours, so if you’re a speedy hiker and a frugal traveler, hold on to your transfer stub, and your return trip through Waikiki might just be free.

Of course, you can always drive (there is ample parking) or catch a taxi or Uber. Diamond Head State Monument isn’t very far from the Honolulu Zoo, the Waikiki Aquarium, and Diamond Head Beach Park. If you’re planning to visit these attractions during your trip to Oahu, it makes sense to do so after your Diamond Head visit, when you’re still in the neighborhood.

2. Reservations Are Essential 

Diamond Head State Monument is open every day of the year, including holidays, from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. The latest you can enter the park to hike is 4:00 p.m. since the round trip takes between 90 minutes and 2 hours. On peak days, the park welcomes more than 3,000 people. As such, as of May 12, 2022, all out-of-state visitors must have an advanced reservation to enter Diamond Head State Monument.

Reservations can be made up to 14 days in advance for now, but the long-term plan is to change the system so reservations can be made up to 30 days in advance. Visitors are asked to arrive within 30 minutes of their reservation time. However, you must leave by the end of your reservation time. So if you are a slow stroller, make sure you’re there at the beginning of your time slot!

3. Best Time To Hike: Mornings

If you’re visiting Hawaii from mainland North America and jet lag has you awake bright and early, visit the park and hit the hiking trails before the crowds get there. We started our hike not long after the park opened, and I’m so glad we did. The temperatures were relatively cool, there weren’t many people (though we were far from alone), and it was neat to see so many locals getting their workouts in. It helped me realize that Diamond Head is so much more than a tourist attraction — it’s a beloved part of the community.

4. Pay Online — But Bring Cash

Prior to the new reservation system, admission to Diamond Head State Monument was $5 per car (no matter how many people were in it) and $1 for pedestrians, and it was cash only. But the new system changes everything! Now the reservation system means you pay $5 per person in advance online, via credit card. You can also pay the $10 parking fee if you wish to park. If you have ID that proves you’re a Hawaiian resident, your entry and parking costs are free.

I highly recommend bringing along some extra money to buy some refreshing shave ice after your hike. There’s usually a food truck selling it in the trailhead parking lot and, in my opinion, it’s the best way to treat yourself after your adventure.

5. Minimal Gear Needed

In addition to a bit of money, you should bring your own water bottles (there are fountains at the beginning of the trail, but none as you ascend), a hat and sunscreen, and good walking shoes. I have to say, I did see quite a few people wearing casual flip-flops, and they were undeterred by the loose gravel and switchbacks. To each their own, but I’m glad I had my sneakers with me on the hiking trail!

6. Expect Stairs And Gravel

The trail to the summit was built in 1908 as part of Oahu’s coastal defense system. The hike itself is only 0.8 miles each way, but you gain 560 feet in height along the way. The trail includes a concrete walkway, loose gravel and soil, a 225-foot-long tunnel (it looks pitch black as you approach it, but it is dimly lit inside), and many, many stairs. In addition to the loose gravel, there are several narrow and awkward parts of the trail, and your ankles will appreciate the extra support that tennis shoes provide.

Having not realized there were so many stairs involved — I assumed I’d be hiking up a slope, not steps — I have to admit I was worried that the Diamond Head hike would defeat me! The stairs themselves weren’t impossibly difficult, but they were harder on me because I hadn’t expected them. Now that I know what to expect, I don’t find the route nearly so intimidating. The hike to the top of Diamond Head is a workout, for sure, but it’s manageable and well worth it for the gorgeous panoramic views. A little pre-trip planning goes a long way.

7. Great Views And Incredible History

Without a doubt, the most spectacular thing you’ll see at Diamond Head State Monument is the incredible view. Locals like to say that on a clear day, there’s nowhere else on Earth where you can see so far overland. Based on my very unscientific observations, I concur! At the top of Diamond Head, all of Honolulu opens up to you. For early risers, I can’t imagine a more breathtaking place to enjoy the sunrise.

However, the land views pale in comparison to the ocean views. From crashing, deep navy blue waves to delicate shades of turquoise lapping at the shore, this is the Hawaii of your dreams — nothing but sun, sky, and surf. In the winter season, you might just see humpback whales frolicking in the distance. And at the base of Diamond Head, you’ll notice a jaunty white lighthouse. A facility of the United States Coast Guard, the lighthouse was built in 1917 and added to the National Register of Historic Places in 1980. If you think it looks familiar, that’s because it was featured on a postal stamp in 2007! Unfortunately, you can’t visit it, so you’ll have to enjoy the views you get from Diamond Head.

While I expected incredible views — and I was not disappointed — I noticed something else that I found equally intriguing. There are many objects along the way that point to the crater’s history as a military observation point. The land around Diamond Head Trail was part of a military base for decades, and artillery cannons, cement bunkers, and an observation deck were built on the crater. You can still see the remnants of Diamond Head’s past life as you complete your hike. With an odd mix of curiosity and sadness, I observed chunks of concrete and wire slowly disintegrating and rusting on the ground. How long will it be until Diamond Head swallows up its own history entirely?

If you’re interested in learning more about the fascinating history behind Diamond Head, you can visit the park’s interpretive kiosk. The staff members are extremely knowledgeable and are always eager to answer questions.

Rest assured that the trip down Diamond Head is faster and easier than the trip up, but you should still exercise caution around the steep areas and keep your eyes open for congested spots filled with tourists wielding rogue selfie sticks!

Planning a trip to Oahu? Check out the best things to do there, plus Honolulu’s best free and frugal activities. And be sure to make time for Pearl Harbor and the North Shore.

A white sandy beach, stretching 27 miles along the Gulf of Mexico, is the perfect spot for your toes-in-the-sand getaway. In between all the swimming, tanning, and beach games, you will want to try out these delicious local restaurants in Panama City Beach.

With a location right on the water, you expect fabulous seafood. There are plenty of restaurant options showcasing seafood dishes that are cheerfully served in new and interesting ways. I’ve highlighted a variety of options from food trucks to iconic dining experiences, because when we travel, we want lots of choices!

My list of Panama City Beach (PCB) restaurants is in no particular order.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Andy’s Flour Power

If you ask a local where they go to have a great breakfast, Andy’s Flour Power Bakery & Cafe is the top recommendation. The casual coastal vibe paired with carefully crafted cuisine is the hallmark of Andy’s.

What To Order At Andy’s Flour Power Bakery & Cafe

The Flour Power French toast served with strawberries, powdered sugar, and toasted nuts will fill you up for a day of exploring the beach scene. If you want something a little more bikini-friendly, the veggie frittata is filled with all the good-for-you veggie rainbow colors.

The adult drink menu is filled with perfectly crafted classics along with inspirational beverages to tickle your fancy. I recommend trying the breakfast martini, a citrusy sensation that will wake up your palate in the best way possible.

2. FINNS Island Style Grub

FINNS Island Style Grub is everything you want from a sea-shack outdoor dining experience. They have the freshest food, grilled to perfection, and served on long polished picnic tables in the Florida sunshine. Place your order, grab a seat, and pick up your yummy grub when they call your name.

What To Order At FINNS Island Style Grub

You can never go wrong with the daily specials; it’s what makes the cook happy on any given day and happy chefs cook great food. The breakfast hash is unctuous and salty: just what you need when you’ve had a long night or need to power through the morning.

The tacos are loaded and delicious. Try the ahi tuna taco with cabbage, pico, cilantro, wasabi, and sriracha; or the “Killer Carnita Taco” with smoked pork, cabbage, pico, cilantro, chili lime, and white sauce. You get two tacos per order, so bring a friend and share several plates.

3. Runaway Island

If beachfront dining is on your PCB bucket list, then you need to stop at Runaway Island. The back deck is perched on the sand offering views of the beach and waves as you dine on umbrella-shaded tables.

What To Order At Runaway Island

You can make a meal of the Baja rolls appetizer — you won’t want to share them. The rolls are filled with blackened chicken, corn, spinach, black beans, and cheese fried to perfection and served with a sweet Thai dipping sauce.

The blackened mahi taco served with cabbage, cilantro ranch, and pico de gallo, and the shrimp tacos filled with fried shrimp, cabbage, and a lime cilantro aioli and pico de gallo are a celebration of the Florida seafood and sunshine.

4. Capt. Anderson’s Restaurant & Waterfront Market

Capt. Anderson’s Restaurant & Waterfront Market is more than simply one of the best restaurants in PCB, it is an institution. This family-run establishment has been serving fresh seafood flavors since 1967.

What To Order At Capt. Anderson’s Restaurant & Waterfront Market

The restaurant serves hundreds of people each night, so you will have time to sip a drink at the bar while waiting for your table. The piña colada is cool and sweet, served in a take-home souvenir glass. It is a fun way to celebrate your vacation getaway.

Their extensive menu is all about serving the freshest seafood. For starters, try the sesame-crusted ahi tuna kissed by the grill. With so many delicious options, it is difficult to narrow them down. The grouper imperial with fresh lump blue crab and the filet of snapper are house specialties and excellent choices. If you are in the mood for a turf plate, the tomahawk ribeye or the filet mignon are cooked to perfection.

5. American Charlie Grill & Tavern

American Charlie Grill & Tavern serves classic American cuisine just the way you want it — super tasty.

What To Order At American Charlie Grill & Tavern

If you are looking for a sumptuous plate of pub grub, order the Uncle Sam Jam, a double beef patty with American cheese, mushrooms, bacon, and queso blanco. You will need to open wide for this burger. Pair it with some beautifully fried onion rings or crinkle-cut french fries for an all-American classic pub dinner.

For dessert, finish your meal off with a throwback: a classic root beer float.

6. Sharky’s Beachfront Restaurant

Sharky’s Beachfront Restaurant is difficult to miss. It’s the place with the larger-than-life shark posing picture-perfectly for your iconic PCB photo opportunity. Buckle up, your beachfront dining experience is about to commence.

What To Order At Sharky’s Beachfront Restaurant

Go in for the gumbo — shrimp, crawfish, andouille sausage, and chicken served over rice in a spicy gumbo sauce. If that’s too hot, try the shrimp ceviche — lime juice-marinated shrimp served with tomatoes, cilantro, cucumbers, onions, jalapenos, and tortilla chips. It’s perfectly chilled for lunch on a scorching Florida day.

Po’ boy sandwiches are just what you want for on-the-beach food. Order a shrimp po’ boy, or if you are feeling a little adventurous, try the Gator po’ boy; that’s right, alligator nuggets fried to a golden brown. Both are served on a hoagie roll with a spicy remoulade sauce.

7. Rollin Cuban

The Rollin Cuban is a food truck on the move in PCB. Authentic Cuban cuisine on the go is the way they roll. You need to follow them on Facebook to see where they are serving up lunch. Hunting them down is half the fun.

What To Order At Rollin Cuban

I love Cuban cuisine and at Rollin Cuban, their Cubano — a Cuban ham and cheese sandwich — is killer. The beef empanadas are delicious as well. What’s not to love about hand-held beef pies?

8. The Juicy Seafood

Across the south, The Juicy Seafood is known for its Cajun-inspired cuisine served in a casual, family-friendly atmosphere.

What To Order At The Juicy Seafood

You can order your food just how you like it. Pick a protein like blue crab or crawfish. Then, decide what type of seasoning you want from options like Cajun or lemon pepper. Finally, you can choose the heat level — from no spice to extra hot and everything in between. It’s all custom-made for your dining enjoyment.

9. RC Weddings + Events

Now, I know you are saying to yourself, “Why is a catering company in a food story about delicious local restaurants?” Well, I was at the PCB UnWineD festival and saw this stunning tray of passion fruit cocktails. Made with Chinola passion fruit liquor, vanilla vodka, and Cava with tupelo honey and spicy Tajin, it was amazing!

RC Wedding + Events caters weddings but also family reunions. Since PCB is a fabulous spot for a multi-generational vacation, you would want at least one meal where everyone could gather together, right? RC Wedding + Events will organize the location, food, and beverages — all you have to do is show up. Sounds like a family getaway I want to attend.

Hampton Inn & Suites Panama City Beach-Beachfront

After you have eaten all the great food in PCB, it’s time to find a spot to rest your head and enjoy the glorious Florida beaches. The Hampton Inn & Suites Panama City Beach-Beachfront is the perfect spot for family gatherings and multi-gen getaways. It is right on the beach where you can enjoy all the toes-in-the-sand fun and simply walk back to your cozy room for a mid-day siesta.

Pro Tip: There are two Hampton Inn & Suites in PCB. Be sure to check out the one called Beachfront.

Panama City Beach Restaurants

Casual dining with expertly prepared local seafood is the hallmark of restaurants in the Panama City Beach area. More than just a family beach vacation spot, PCB is a burgeoning foodie town offering diners variety and value in their restaurant selections.

Related Reading:

• 15 Fabulous Panama City Beach Vacation Rentals On Florida’s Gulf Coast
• One Of Florida’s Most Popular Destinations Just Announced It’s Prioritizing Accessibility
• 7 Reasons Panama City Beach Is Fun For The 50+ Crowd

The Texas Hill Country is famous for vast open spaces accented by huge old oak trees and delightful small towns, many of them with a strong German history. Most people visit the Hill Country to enjoy the nature trails, state parks, cool spring-fed rivers, art and culture scenes, and a general feeling of peace that wraps you like a warm blanket on a chilly night.

However, there’s a burgeoning wine scene in the Hill Country that is gaining the attention of wine enthusiasts and serious oenophiles. There are over 100 wineries and vineyards in the Hill Country with about half located along Texas Highway 290, also known as Wine Road 290, as well as many other scenic back roads.

I’ve chosen six wineries to share with you for their gorgeous views, ambiance, and excellent wine made with 100-percent Texas-grown fruit. All wines mentioned are available for purchase online.

Insider Info: You will definitely need a car to visit these wineries or you can book a winery tour. Fredericksburg is a good place to base yourself, just be sure to book accommodations well in advance. Probably the best tip I can give you is don’t try to visit more than two wineries per day, especially if you are driving. In fact, the places I’ve chosen are the kinds of places you’ll want to relax in, not rush off to the next place. So relax. You’re in Texas now.

1. Bending Branch Winery

Comfort

Located on a winding country road, in the hills around Comfort, Texas, Bending Branch Winery welcomes you to their estate tasting room with panoramic views for miles. It’s the kind of view that will soon have you pondering if you should get a little spot in Texas to call your own.

Bending Branch utilizes a number of cutting-edge methods of production such as flash detente and cryo-maceration. Owner Dr. Bob Young, a graduate of the U.C. Davis Winemaker Certification program with a degree in chemistry, likes to say, “Bending Branch aims to produce the best possible wine no matter what grapes are grown.” If anyone knows how to coax the best possible showing from wine grapes, Dr. Young does.

Bending Branch has received national recognition for its wines and tasting room experience: Double Gold for the 2019 Tannat Tallent Vineyards at the 2023 San Francisco Wine Chronicle competition and Silver for 2019 Tannat Newsom Vineyards; and Best Texas Winery for 4 years in a row by San Antonio Express-News. 

And speaking of Tannat — a highly tannic red wine that thrives in Texas — in the hands of Dr. Young, Tannat becomes approachable. Dare I say even soft?

But be sure to try all of the options on the tasting menu, tannat isn’t the only stellar wine being produced by Bending Branch. Although, I admit I am partial to the sparkling rosé of Tannat which tasted like a strawberry Jolly Rancher.

Bending Branch is open for tastings by appointment, or you can pick up a bottle at the estate tasting room. 

• Wine To Try: 2019 Tannat — all bottlings.

2. Pedernales Cellars 

Stonewall

Pedernales Cellars is an estate winery with 154 acres of rolling hills punctuated by live oak trees and stunning views of the Pedernales River Valley.

By focusing from the beginning on grape varieties that do well in Texas, Pedernales Cellars consistently wins national awards and recognition. Their 2020 Grenache, 2019 Valhalla, and 2019 Cariganane all received silver medals at the 2023 San Francisco Chronicle Wine Competition. 

They have recently completed updates to the tasting room and are expanding their food offerings to include a full-time food truck on site.

Dogs are welcome as long as they are on a leash; however, they are not allowed inside the tasting room.

Sustainability is an important part of the business and is carried through from the vineyards to the construction of the tasting room to the packaging. Pedernales Cellars was named a Top 10 Winery by National Geographic in 2014.

Pedernales Cellars is located off Highway 290, and is only about 10 minutes from downtown Fredericksburg,

• Wine To Try: 2020 Grenache

3. William Chris 

Hye

William Chris was founded by Chris Brundrett and Bill (William) Blackmon, who were recently recognized by Wine Enthusiast as “producers redefining American wine.” William Chris focuses on low-intervention wine production meaning they let the fruit speak for itself. They specialize in Rhone varieties like mourvedre and grenache, as well as varieties from Spain, France, and Italy.

Located just off Highway 290, the property has 6.5 acres of vineyards, tables spread out under shade trees, and a state-of-the-art facility for wine club members. Picnic lunches are available as well as a variety of tasting experiences by appointment. However, you don’t need an appointment to enjoy the vineyard views at an outdoor table with a bottle of wine.

• Wine To Try: 2019 Syrah High Cross Vineyard

4. Duchman Winery 

Driftwood

Named one of the 20 most picturesque wineries in the United States by HGTV, Duchman Family Winery is a pretty property with an Italian villa-style tasting facility complemented by a grove of oak trees providing plenty of shady picnic spots.

Duchman focuses primarily on Italian varieties like vermentino, sangiovese, and dolcetto.

I was curious to try the wines because of my keen interest in all things Italian, even before I learned of their many awards.

However, the moment I arrived and saw the impressive Tuscan-style building that serves as the tasting room, the extensive lawn scattered with picnic tables, and people spreading out their blankets under the trees, I was hooked.

Duchman Family Winery has won numerous awards and even beat the Italians by winning a Gold medal for their 2018 Vermentino at the San Francisco International Wine Competition. The Aglianico is a red Italian wine with dark-red fruit flavors and bold tannins that pairs well with food. In fact, Duchman is unique in offering a number of food options — many are made fresh on site.

You can order handmade pizzas, cheese, and charcuterie along with picnic boxes that include things like Pimento cheese, pasta salad, or mozzarella sandwiches.

Duchman is open 7 days a week and until 8 p.m. on Fridays and Saturdays, making it a great place for date night. They regularly offer music, trivia, and game nights, and in October, they host movie nights on the lawn. 

• Wine To Try: 2016 Aglianico Oswald Vineyards

5. Sandy Road Vineyards 

Johnson City

One of the most unique tasting experiences I’ve had recently was with winemaker Regan Sivadon in a treehouse overlooking the vineyards at Sandy Road. Not only is Regan making great wine — that treehouse experience is a winner!

Sandy Road began with a vision of sharing great Texas wines and the serenity the owners experienced while growing up on their grandparents’ 100-year-old property.

Regan has been in the wine business for decades and is associate winemaker at Ron Yates and Spicewood. And while he loves his work there, Regan wanted to make a product that he has complete control over, a wine he could put his heart and soul into without limitations.

At Sandy Road the goal is 100 percent Texas wine from Texas fruit, sustainably and responsibly grown. Be sure to try the 2022 Estate GSM Pet Nat wine. It’s refreshing and loaded with ripe fruit flavors and pairs perfectly with the treehouse. Read more about Pet Nat wines here.

The Sandy Road Vineyards Estate Sangiovese Rosé is always an award winner as it was in the 2022-2023 San Antonio Rodeo International Wine Competition, along with the 2021 Albarino and the 2019 Estate Sangiovese. 

 At Sandy Road the focus is on Southern Italian, French, and Spanish varieties and producing wine that reflects the sense of place, hard work, and passion of the owners.

• Wine To Try: Sandy Road Vineyards Estate Sangiovese 2021

6. Siboney Cellars

Johnson City

Located just off of Highway 290, aka Wine Road 290, four miles west of Johnson City, the drive up to the new Siboney Cellars tasting room and terrace takes you past a stand of heritage oak trees and recently planted merlot vineyards. Once you arrive at the terrace you can enjoy the views of this gorgeous 52-acre hill country property.

Winemaker Barbara Lecuona is producing award-winning wines from French, Italian, and Spanish grape varieties. Though her first wines were bottled in 2017, the current winery property opened to the public in 2021. The new space includes a barrel room — an elegant room for wine club members — an outdoor terrace, and an indoor tasting room. 

Siboney Cellars (pronounced SEE-Bo-Nay) is a love story with a Latin plot, though the grapes are 100% Texas fruit. Owners Barbara and Miguel Lecuona named the winery for the eponymous Cuban love song written by Miguel’s great uncle. The winery is an expression of their passion for each other and for winemaking. 

• Wine To Try: 2020 Malbec Challis Vineyards

More On Texas Hill Country:

• The Best Things To See And Do In Fredericksburg, Texas
• 11 Beautiful Caverns To Visit In Texas Hill Country
• 9 Best Things To Do In Beautiful Marble Falls, TX

Palm Springs, California, does not disappoint. Nestled between our beautiful mountains lies a valley known for its great weather and restful vacations. Our amenities for relaxation include golfing, swimming, poolside lounging, fine dining, and first-class spas that can help relieve stress or provide a beautiful refuge from the outside world. 

Many of the large hotels have spas in the Coachella Valley. Below are some of the larger hotels that welcome guests and locals by providing an opportunity to purchase a day pass.

While I was comped for the massages, all experiences and opinions are my own.

1. Spa Desert Springs

JW Marriott Desert Springs Resort And Spa

When you approach the JW Marriott Desert Springs Resort and Spa, you immediately sense this is going to be a unique experience. Pink flamingos glide on the palm-tree-surrounded pond along the driveway with seemingly not a worry in the world.

Watch for signs for the Spa Desert Springs. This co-ed spa offers places to meet and relax at the pool, the lounge, or dine together in the bistro.

I was in awe at the beauty of the walnut-colored wood paneling everywhere; even the lockers were beautiful. Everything you need is here, including a spinner to help dry out your swimsuit before you head home.

Don’t Miss: One of the special features of this spa is that it has three saunas: one very hot, one normal, and one infused with lavender. Oh my, I could have stayed in that for hours, though, of course, it’s not recommended.

My massage was heavenly in a quiet, elegantly appointed room with lavender permeating the air. The 60 minutes went by way too fast and reminded me that a massage should not be considered just a luxury but a necessity to keep one’s body in stellar shape.

Feeling relaxed and happy, I wandered outside to the warm pool surrounded by umbrellas and staff waiting to take my order for a drink or a bite from the bistro.

Pro Tip: No reservations are necessary for a day pass, but for massages, body treatments, or facials, you can make them online at Spa Desert Springs or by calling. They do not have hair, nail, or pedicure services available.

2. The Well Spa

Miramonte Indian Wells Resort And Spa

The Well Spa is a separate building on the sprawling, citrus-covered grounds of the Miramonte Indian Wells Resort and Spa. After parking your car, ask for directions. The building is hidden away on the grounds.

One of the special features of this spa is the unique hot tub. Stone walls and waterfalls divide the space so guests have privacy while they bask in the 102-degree water.

The waiting room was well-appointed and the cinnamon tea available to all guests while you waited for the treatment was superb. I was escorted to one of the treatment rooms with eucalyptus scent greeting me. While most treatment rooms are upstairs, there is an elevator and larger rooms available to accommodate wheelchairs.

Don’t Miss: This is a pretty strong statement, for I have had many massages, but I honestly can say the “Rain Massage” was undoubtedly the best massage I have ever received. Granted, I had been on a cross-country airplane journey, but the masseuse found every spot I didn’t know needed attention. Five essential oils dripped onto my back and gently urged the tight muscles to relax. I was delighted with the scalp massage and my feet were so happy.

The next stop was the eucalyptus steam room and a cool pool to complete the process. Feeling refreshed with no care in the world, I headed outdoors to the hideaway patios, which are co-ed, as is the outdoor spa and pool.

You can have food delivered to the patio, or you can keep your robe on and head to the restaurant, where the menu offers a variety of options. I headed to the restaurant, took my food outside, and ate under the citrus trees.

Pro Tip: Reservations are required for a day pass. Hair, nail, and pedicure options are not available. Call and make arrangements for all other spa treatments at The Well Spa.

3. Sunstone Spa 

Agua Caliente Resort Casino Rancho Mirage

When you hear the Sunstone Spa has been rated one of the top spas in California and is in your neighborhood, how can you not be tempted to check it out? 

The entrance to the Sunstone Spa building is tucked away down a path, so keep your eyes open for the gate.

The contemporary-themed women’s locker room had more amenities than anyone could need; even little bamboo toothbrushes with toothpaste carefully packaged. The quiet room, where you wait for staff to get you for your treatment, was dimly lit with an array of snacks and water infused with various ingredients that encourage you to return for more.

Lavender filled the air as I walked in for a massage. After an hour, I put on my robe, poured myself some more water, and headed out to the spa’s private co-ed heated pool, surrounded by umbrellas which was the perfect place to lounge and relax under California’s sun.

Don’t Miss: Once you have found your perfect spot outside, check out the food and drink menu. My eyes quickly landed on three varieties of energy drinks — mocktails as they called them — and I choose a cranberry one, and then discovered all mocktails are free. 

This spa offers exceptional service and staff making this day pass a great value while feeling totally pampered.

4. The Spa At Sec-He 

Excitement had been building because, not only would downtown Palm Springs now have The Spa at Sec-he, but it would also be five stars. The spa opened on April 4, 2023, much to the delight of visitors and residents.

Don’t Miss: This is the only spa in Palm Springs with hot mineral springs known for their healing abilities. The Agua Caliente Tribe calls it “taking the waters,” so you will want to bring your swimsuit and enjoy the private tubs and the outdoor pool.

With eight different kinds of massages, numerous body scrubs, and wraps, you are sure to find one you especially enjoy. Or perhaps, it is time to live on the edge and try something different. The choice is yours.

Amenities with the day pass include salt rooms, a grounding room, a healing water tub, a menthol sauna, and an aromatherapy shower, to name a few.

This beautiful spa has many lovely lounging areas and two restaurants. When you decide to get a day pass, I suggest you come as soon as they are open. I assure you that you will not want to leave the premises all day.

Pro Tips: Palm Springs Spas

The spas are open all year long. However, be sure to call to ensure you know their exact hours. I found I was enjoying my pool time, only to discover the staff wanted to go home to their families.

People with disabilities will discover their needs can be met at any of these spas. All four resorts have their prices online for various services. Day passes are in the $40–$145 range but call and check online to see individual spas’ specific charges. The day pass fee will be waived if you have any treatment, such as a massage or facial.

Related Reading:

• 8 Unique Spa Treatments That May Be More Stressful Than Relaxing
• 7 Luxurious Spa And Golf Resorts To Experience Around The World
• 7 Luxurious Spa Treatments To Experience Around The World

Stunning views of the St. Lawrence River, Lake Ontario, and adjoining waterways beg you to sit, take a deep breath, and simply enjoy the scenery. The relaxed pace of a 1000 Islands road trip, motoring along scenic byways past snug harbors and charming villages, is a wonderful way to wind down and venture off the grid.

We anchored our trip to 1000 Islands in Clayton; it is central to the other stops along the 1000 Islands coastline, affording easy access to all the wonderful adventures along the route. From Clayton, it was easy to head south to Henderson Harbor, Sackets Harbor, and Cape Vincent. When we ventured north and east, we encountered Alexandria Bay.

My favorite stops along our 1000 Islands road trip are grouped together by town and are in no particular order.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Antique Boat Museum

Clayton

If you love boats and boating, you will be enchanted by the Antique Boat Museum. Its collection has amassed over 320 boats along with thousands of boating artifacts. You can visit multiple exhibits including the National Motor Boat Show displays. Showcasing the evolution of pleasure boating in North America, the exhibit is filled with historic runabouts, cruisers, and other beautiful boats you will want to own. You’ll be quipping “she’s yar” when you get a look at some of these antique gems.

When you are ready to hit the water, you can enjoy a sunset cruise on the famous country music star Alan Jackson’s 30-foot Chris Craft Cruiser, Flat Top. Bring a small cooler with snacks and your favorite beverage for 2 hours of on-the-water relaxation. Sit back, pretend you are the star of your New York road trip, and enjoy the ride. Other boat experiences include a 45-minute Ride The River trip in a 30-foot, triple cockpit Hacker Craft; a 20-minute ride on the Pardon Me, a 48-foot custom runabout; and assorted rowing and sailing experiences. Reservations are required to enjoy these boating adventures.

2. Thousand Islands Art Center

Clayton

If you love creating, you will enjoy taking an art class at the Thousand Islands Art Center. Explore your creative side by taking a class on bookbinding, basic knitting, weaving, drawing, painting, and other hands-on crafting classes. The class on my list is Expressive Textiles: Painting and Printing on Fabric — right up my alley.

The center also has two galleries displaying stunning handwoven textiles, a variety of artisan exhibits, and curated shows.

Classes are open to non-members, so why not make your own 1000 Islands souvenir?

3. Southwick Beach State Park

Henderson

Every vacation deserves a beach day and Southwick Beach State Park is ready for your blanket, picnic basket, and beach book. Like many wonderful state parks, Southwick offers a wide variety of services including campsites, cabins, pavilions, and bath facilities. In addition to swimming, you can enjoy fishing, hiking, and cross-country skiing in the winter.

4. Westcott Beach State Park

Henderson

Another great stop along Lake Ontario is Westcott Beach State Park. The park has a small beach, lots of green spaces, camping sites, pavilions, and bath facilities. A small boat marina adjacent to the beach is perfect for campers and day-trippers who want to put their boat in the water to drop a line and hook a black bass or two.

5. Sackets Harbor Battlefield

Sackets Harbor

Sackets Harbor Battlefield State Historic Site is a must-stop on your 1000 Islands road trip. The rolling green gives way to harbor views and imparts a peaceful stroll in the park. However, the battlefield history is quite different than what you experience today.

During the War of 1812, Sackets Harbor was the upper St. Lawrence River Valley and Lake Ontario center for U.S. military activity. It was a bustling community of militia, sailors, and shipbuilders constructing a large fleet to patrol the waterfront and prepare for the invasion of Canada.

Self-guided tours, with the help of strategic signage, impart the military history and battlefield maneuvers of this historic sight. In-season, guided tours are led by docents dressed in period military clothing to bring the area to life.

Sackets Harbor Battlefield is a picture-perfect spot to get out and walk, enjoy the pretty scenery, and learn a little history.

6. Tibbetts Point Lighthouse

Cape Vincent

Lighthouse hunters will love the charming Tibbetts Point Lighthouse. Built in 1827, Tibbetts Point Lighthouse is at the juncture of where Lake Ontario meets the St. Lawrence River. The lighthouse features an original Fresnel lens, one of approximately 75 still in use across U.S. coastlines today. Unfortunately, the active lighthouse is not accessible to visitors. However, guests are free to enjoy the grounds and scenic views.

When you need a coffee break, pop into Cup of Joy Cafe and grab one of their house lattes. Don’t forget to order a delicious pastry to go with it. My favorite latte, the Angel Rock, is made with white chocolate and raspberry — satisfying the sweet tooth hangries.

There is a lovely little park across the street where you can enjoy your pastry and coffee with a water view.

7. Boldt Castle

Alexandria Bay

Boldt Castle is one of the major attractions along the New York State 1000 Islands road trip. The castle, only accessible by boat, is situated on Heart Island. It was built as a summer home for George and Louise Boldt. Sadly, Louise passed before the castle was completed and the magnificent home sat empty and unfinished for over 70 years. Today, the Thousand Islands Bridge Authority operates the beautifully appointed castle and accompanying Boldt Yacht House.

As soon as you enter, the foyer and grand staircase set the tone for the home’s elaborate décor and opulent furnishings. The library, billiard room, and ballroom will take your breath away with the beautiful craftsmanship. I find summer homes of bygone days, built to resemble European Castles, intriguing. They represent an affluence few of us will ever achieve.

After your visit to Boldt Castle, stop by Thousand Islands Winery for a tour and a taste of their exceptional New York wines. The beautiful farm, surrounded by lush grape vines, is a perfect backdrop to enjoy a glass of your new favorite wine.

Great Lakes Seaway Trail

The Great Lakes Seaway Trail offers road trippers four different segments to explore the shores of Lake Erie, Lake Ontario, the St. Lawrence River, and the Niagara River. If you have the time, explore all four sections; most of our trip was on the scenic 1000 Islands/St. Lawrence River section. Three other routes make up the entire trail: Lake Erie/Buffalo/Niagara Falls, Rochester/Central Lake Ontario, and Eastern Lake Ontario.

Boating The Thousand Islands Region

One of the main draws of 1000 Islands is boating. Whether you tow your own, rent, or hire, getting out on the water will enhance your visit.

The Antique Boat Museum offers several boat tour options. An extensive list of boat rentals and boat tours is available on the 1000 Islands website. No matter what town or village you find yourself in, there is most likely a marina, boat launch, or captain available for you to enjoy some time on the water.

1000 Islands Harbor Hotel

In the center of your 1000 Islands road trip is the town of Cayton, the perfect spot to anchor your adventures. The beautiful 1000 Islands Harbor Hotel, perched on the banks of the St. Lawrence River, offers easy access to everything you want to see and do.

We loved the balcony view while enjoying a cup of morning coffee. Every morning, on each floor, the staff sets up a coffee station with freshly brewed coffee and tea options. I appreciated not having to figure out yet another hotel room coffee maker that spits out a marginal morning beverage. Offering brewed coffee on each floor is genius! Grab one of the cozy hotel robes, pad down the hall, pour an exceptional cup of coffee or tea, and enjoy it on your deck with a view of the morning water activities. Every hotel should get on board with this trendsetting idea.

The Best 1000 Islands Road Trip

One of my favorite things about visiting 1000 Islands is the proliferation of benches. Pretty little parks pop up along the route offering beautiful views and spots to sit and take it all in.

Pro Tip: Many of the spots I’ve listed are open seasonally; be sure to check the locations’ websites for opening and closing dates.

Related Reading: 

• 7 Incredible Lake Placid Region Restaurants With A Water View
• 11 Incredible Outdoor Adventures In Stunning Saranac Lake, New York
• 22 Fantastic Things To Do On Long Island

With direct flights from major hubs in the U.S., Anchorage is one of the best and easiest cities in Alaska to call home base. With the Chugach Mountains, glaciers, wildlife encounters, snow sports, and world-class fishing within driving distance, this city of 290,000 is not only easy to get to but easy to navigate as well.

Even better, you don’t have to break the bank to have an amazing Alaska experience. Anchorage has plenty of affordable excursions and travel options to help your dollar stretch further. To make the most of those hard-earned vacation dollars, here are six budget-friendly experiences in Anchorage to experience the best Alaska has to offer.

Timing It Right

Experience the famed shoulder season in Anchorage! While summer is arguably the most popular time to visit Alaska, the shoulder season between April and May, and then again in September, offers the best value for travelers on a budget. Not only will you beat the summer crowds, you’ll likely find lower rates on hotel stays and special “off-season” rates on tours and popular attractions.

Going in April and May lets you take advantage of the Alaska spring when the snow begins to melt away and the animals come out to munch on the young green shoots. 

Because the main visitor season either hasn’t hit or is winding down, many hotels and tour companies drop prices, so you may be able to score discounted tour rates or add an additional traveler for little or no cost.

Outdoor Adventures On A Dime

If your soul is craving heart-racing adventure in the wilds of Alaska, you can’t beat Anchorage. Not only does Anchorage have a whopping 60 glaciers within 50 miles of downtown, it’s also surrounded by six mountain ranges, has more than 300 miles of trails, and is close to Chugach State Park. Biking, hiking, water sports, fishing, climbing, ATV touring, and simply looking up at the sky to see the northern lights are some of the many excursions you can find within the city limits itself. In fact, from mid-August through April is the best time to see the northern lights, since this is when the Alaska skies are dark enough. 

1. Hiking

One of the most enjoyable and mostly free activities that Anchorage offers is its extensive network of wilderness and walking trails throughout the city. They are perfect for a run, a nice walk, or a bike ride.

Home to 223 municipal parks inside the city, there’s no need to leave town to get your fill of hiking or biking. On a winter trip to Anchorage, my friend and I rented an e-bike from Pablo’s Bike Rentals and spent the day cycling the Coastal Trail, which stretches along Cook Inlet from downtown to Kincaid Park, granting views of the neighboring mountain ranges.

Kincaid Park itself is the city’s largest public park with 40 miles of walking trails and 20 miles of single-track bike runs. Don’t be surprised if you stumble across a moose or black bear in this urban wild space.

A short drive out of the city brings you to countless other trails, like Thunderbird Falls, an easy 1-mile trek that ends at a viewing platform of a 200-foot waterfall.

Pro Tip: Although Anchorage loves its resident moose and bear, it’s important to stay safe around wild animals. The City of Anchorage has tips on how to be “Bear Aware.” And you can see our article on how to be safe around the resident moose.

2. Wildlife

Less than 30 minutes after landing at night in Anchorage, I saw my first moose. I saw the gangly female not on a game drive but in a residential neighborhood in Anchorage while driving to our hotel for the night!

There are nearly 1,500 moose within the Municipality of Anchorage (an area spanning 1,961 square miles), so moose sightings are an extraordinarily ordinary part of daily life here. But spotting these giants along Anchorage’s city streets isn’t the only way to view wildlife.

While private wildlife viewing tours abound in Anchorage, you can spot bears, moose, and more at the Anchorage Coastal Wildlife Refuge, a natural area spanning 16 miles along Anchorage’s coastline from Point Woronzof Park to Potter Creek.

If you’re looking for a guaranteed sighting, head to the Alaska Zoo or Alaska Wildlife Conservation Center. The Conservation Center has more than 200 acres of animal enclosures on a 1.5-mile loop, which can be explored on foot, bike, or car. To keep those dollars going further, sign up for one of the many free educational programs at the center or take advantage of the special admission days; like Military Mondays in which the Alaska Wildlife Conservation Center thanks the members of the U.S. Armed Forces by offering free admission on the first Monday of each month.

3. Urban Salmon Fishing

Many visitors dream of snagging that coho salmon from the depths of Alaska’s salmon-rich waters, but again, you don’t need to spend a fortune on a chartered fishing tour. World-class fishing is as close as dropping a line downtown or wading out to fly fish in one of the many rivers around Anchorage.

Listed on Field & Stream magazine’s list of America’s Best Fishing Cities, Anchorage and its surrounding rivers, lakes, and oceans are home to all five species of Pacific salmon. Ship Creek in downtown Anchorage is a local favorite fishing spot and is one of Alaska’s most pro­duc­tive king salmon sport ­fish­eries. Dur­ing the sum­mer­time, fishing der­bies along Ship Creek can even make you money! If you snag one of the spe­cial­ly tagged fish, you can win anywhere between $100 and $10,000.

Fly fishing enthusiasts will love the fish-filled Campbell Creek, which also passes through the center of town from Far North Bicen­ten­ni­al Park. This fun little creek is stocked with rain­bow trout, Dol­ly Var­den trout, and sil­ver salmon, all within downtown.

Pro Tip: Don’t have a pole? Don’t worry. You can rent everything you need for a day of fishing, including a rod and reel, waders, tackle, and net — as well as a 1-day fishing license for $100 at The Bait Shack.

Embrace Alaska Culture

To experience the true soul of Anchorage, check out the local museums or book a tour with a local. Anchorage is located in the Dena’ina Ełnena, the traditional homelands of the Dena’ina Athabascan people, and discovering Indigenous Alaska culture is not just educational and fascinating, but inspiring as well. And, as always, the locals will let you know what other free and low-cost things you can do in town and the best (and most affordable) places to eat.

4. Tour With A Local Guide

I’m a big fan of walking tours as I truly believe they are the best way to get to know a city and learn facts and interesting tidbits you can’t find anywhere else. Anchorage has a great walking tour hosted by rangers at the Alaska Public Lands Information Center. This 45-minute walking tour centers around downtown Anchorage and includes the history of Alaska and the city’s public spaces, state lands, and area national parks.

Another low-cost and enjoyable way to learn about Anchorage is through Anchorage Trolley Tours — a scenic 15-mile tour around the city led by knowledgeable Anchorage-based guides.

Pro Tip: The Anchorage Trolley Tour is an added cost-saving bonus as each tour also comes with $200 worth of savings in a coupon book that includes over 40 businesses within walking distance of the trolley stop.

5. Alaska History And Indigenous Culture

Museum lovers can spend days exploring the numerous museums and centers around Anchorage that delve deep into the city’s Russian, native, gold rush, and pioneering histories. From the Anchorage Museum and Anchorage Botanical Garden to the Alaska Aviation Museum and the Alaska Museum of Science & Nature, you can find fascinating art, information, history, and more within the city.

My favorite was the Alaska Native Heritage Center, which includes a detailed museum, visitors center, and interpretive trails covering Alaska’s 11 major cultures. The Alaska Native experience continues through stories, dance exhibitions, and more.

Pro Tip: Many museums have free and discounted admission days. For instance, the Anchorage Museum offers free admission from 6–9 p.m. on the first Friday of the month, while the Alaska Aviation Museum has discounted admission for first responders, military members, and seniors.

Day Trips On A Dollar

6. Girdwood

If you want to leave the city to explore the surrounding scenery, Girdwood is the perfect day trip escape. When you get to Girdwood, take the Alyeska Aerial Tram from the Alyeska Resort and Alyeska Nordic Spa all the way to the top of Mount Alyeska.

Starting at just $119, you can spend all day enjoying the benefits of the outdoor pools, saunas, steam rooms, and exfoliation cabin at Alaska’s newest spa.

Girdwood itself is a gem of a resort town with plenty of activities to make the 40-minute drive from Anchorage along the Seward Highway worth it. Activities like skiing, snowboarding, snow machining (snowmobiling), nordic skiing, dog mushing, and more are available in winter with hiking, rafting, and biking plentiful in summer.

The shopping and dining scene in Girdwood is spectacular with boutique shops and restaurants like Jack Sprat Restaurant, Sakura Asian Bistro, and the Mardi-Gras-themed Double Musky Inn.

Pro Tip: Opening in July, the new Veilbreaker Skybridges at Alyeska Resort will take you to new heights. After you put on your safety harness, you can walk across two sky bridges 2,500 feet above the valley floor.

Eat Like A Local In Anchorage

The Jack Sprat Restaurant’s Sweet Cheek is a signature dish featuring pan-seared halibut cheeks, organic black-eyed peas, and collard greens with a tasso ham vinaigrette. But it’s the Big Jack half-pound wagyu beef burger (which comes with an Impossible Burger version) that will really fill you up after a day outdoors.

The top choice at Sakura Asian Bistro would have to be the bento box, which comes with the chef’s selection of Alaska meat and seafood.

If the Double Musky Inn is your choice, opt for the shrimp and sausage jambalaya, which is served hot, hot, hot to warm you up after a day of fun in the snow.

A bucket list trip to Alaska doesn’t have to break the bank. These budget-friendly experiences in Anchorage are enough to give you the full taste of the best that Alaska has to offer.

The music is hauntingly beautiful, the dances are expressive and energetic, and the food is traditional and hearty. The Navajo Nation experience offered at the Red Heritage Indigenous Entertainment Hall in Page, Arizona, virtually pulses with authenticity.

In everything from the rhythmic drum beats provided by a group of local musicians to the world-class dances presented by athletic performers, Red Heritage delivers on its promise of an artistic and educational experience to remember. In fact, short of attending a powwow event in a venue in the Navajo Nation, it is hard to imagine getting a better immersion into Native American dancing and music in a single evening than the one offered at Red Heritage.

One of the beauties of Red Heritage’s entertainment is that, unlike powwows, the shows take place almost every night, and the venue is located right in the middle of the northern Arizona town of Page. I recently attended an evening show at Red Heritage and I loved the multi-faceted approach that covered everything from food to art to music.

Here are seven things that bring Navajo culture to life at the Red Heritage Indigenous Entertainment Hall.

Information in this article was obtained during a sponsored press trip. All opinions are my own.

1. The Dancing Is Inspiring

The dancers at Red Heritage don’t just perform their numbers; they seem to live the stories that are integral to the origin of the dances. Red Heritage owner and master of ceremonies, Tomas Hunt, sets the stage beforehand by explaining how the dances came to be, helping the stories come to life.

For example, he told the audience about the origins of the Grass Dance, which originated with the Mandan People of the Great Plains. Pointing to the strands of ribbon on the dancers’ regalia, Hunt said, “This is very symbolic of the way the traditional Grass Dancer would get low to the ground, pull the grass out, and tuck it into their clothing. It also helps you visualize the fluidity of the grass and the gentle breeze and the harsh winds.”

The elegant and poignant Jingle Dress Dance, performed by two female dancers, focuses on the struggle that Native Americans faced with illnesses brought by European settlers. “When the Europeans first came to the Americas, there were illnesses that Native American people had no immunity to,” Hunt said. The dance symbolizes the story of a young girl who became ill but was healed when she danced in a Jingle Dress. “The Jingle Dress Dance is a wellness dance,” Hunt continued.

All of the dances in the Red Heritage program, including a spectacular Hoop Dance, are illuminated with colorful lighting, lending a lovely aura to the performances.

Hunt concluded the program by pointing out how the Hoop Dance reflects day-to-day struggles of real life. Picking up the hoops from the floor of the stage, he told the audience, “You have to pick up each of the hoops one at a time. We can apply this to our lives. We can’t let our problems pile up. Pick up these hoops, pick up these problems, and rebuild the world that we live in.”

2. Performers Are Local

Red Heritage takes pride in its local talent, and its website notes that the show “showcases local dancers talented in colorful powwow dancing, flute playing, and live drum music.”

Hunt introduced several of the dancers as members of his family and he told his own story of growing up in the Navajo Nation in the small town of Shonto.

3. The Business Is Navajo-Owned And Operated

Hunt and others emphasized that the Red Heritage Indigenous Entertainment Hall is Navajo-owned and operated. The authenticity of that factor is reflected in the dancing and regalia.

“If you look at the clothing we’re wearing, we do not refer to them as costumes,” Hunt said. “A costume implies that you are trying to be something that you are not. This is who we are. We’re Native Americans. We’re not pretending.”

He added that thought, prayer, and symbolism go into the regalia. “They’re all handmade by a family member or relative or ourselves,” he said.

4. Moving Native Music

Throughout the evening, the dances were accompanied by rhythmic drum beats and chants provided by a drum ring made up of four or five musicians. The music changed depending on the dance, but it always filled the hall with an authentic air, and it seemed to drive the dancing.

Another highlight of the show was a performance by a local musician on a native flute, the melodic and captivating music resonating through the hall.

5. Informative Stories About Navajo Rug Making

Red Heritage’s show started off with a presentation about the history and heritage of rug making in the Navajo culture. The weaving demonstration included a young girl sitting at a loom, along with a display of iconic Navajo rug designs, and an explanation of how the rugs are created.

Red Heritage’s head Navajo rug weaver, Charlene Hunt, led off the evening by telling the audience that while the Spaniards first brought sheep to the area in the 1500s, that was not the beginning of the story of Navajo weaving.

“The anthropologists will tell you that’s about the time we started to make our weaving,” she said. “But our story goes much further than that. Our first weaver, her name was Spider Woman. She taught her daughter how to do the weaving and it’s always been taught from female to female until about the 1900s.”

The presentation included fascinating details about gathering the wool, cleaning it with a soap made of yuca root, and weaving it on a loom. Several children in the audience were asked to volunteer to come on stage and help demonstrate the process.

6. Delicious Navajo Tacos

Upon arrival at Red Heritage, guests are directed to a traditional Navajo taco buffet, complete with a choice of meats including chicken, beef, and pork, and toppings such as lettuce, tomatoes, salsa, and sour cream. Guests also have a choice between the classic Navajo fry bread for tacos or rice as a gluten-free option.

The buffet also includes a choice of desserts and soft drinks. For those who prefer a beer, a glass of wine, or a cocktail to go along with their dinner, the Blue bar is located right next door, and drinks can be taken into the adjoining entertainment hall. Billed as bringing the “big city” to Page, the Blue offers a range of local beers and cocktails, as well as traditional espresso and authentic French pastries.

7. The Location Is In Town And Convenient

Located right in the middle of Page, Red Heritage is wonderfully accessible and easy to find.

Because it is part of a shopping center that once housed a supermarket, parking is plentiful, and other restaurants, bars, and stores are nearby. Along with Red Heritage, the shopping center also features a popular sushi spot, Blue Buddha Sushi Lounge, as well as a steak, seafood, and pasta spot at the DAM Bar and Grille, and an outdoor clothing store, the Dam Outlet.

Pro Tip: Base For Antelope Canyon And The Wave

Owing to its location at the northwest edge of the scenic Navajo Nation — just miles from the Utah border and not far from several national parks like Zion, Grand Canyon, and Bryce Canyon — Page makes a great base for taking in the countless natural wonders in the region. Among the most iconic of the nearby features are the slot canyons of Antelope Canyon, picturesque Horseshoe Bend on the Colorado River, the stunning Lake Powell in the Glen Canyon Recreation Area, and the pinstriped rock formations of The Wave (available by permit and lottery only).

The Hub

A wealth of information on Page-area attractions, including instructions for how to register for The Wave lottery, is available at Page’s official visitor center, The Hub.

Beautiful Chautauqua Lake is one of the many popular getaways in New York State for outdoor activities. Boating, birding, and fishing join hiking trails and wine-tasting trails that will keep you happily exploring the beautiful scenery and sun-drenched days.

Chautauqua Lake, a freshwater lake, is 17 miles long and up to 2 miles wide at its widest point. One of the highest navigable lakes in North America, Chautauqua Lake has an elevation of 1,308 feet above sea level.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Bird Watching

Where better to seek out migratory birds than at the institute housing the history and memorabilia of the author of the Peterson Field Guide to Birds of North America? At the Roger Tory Peterson Institute of Natural History (RTPI) ornithologists and recreational bird watchers/listeners can wander the two half-mile-long trails snaking through the 27-acre preserve. The successive woodlands and meadows are a perfect habitat for birds, butterflies, and bees. Pack your best binoculars and discover the birds of western New York.

Enjoy the exhibits of Peterson’s art and other naturalist artists adorning the inside of the architecturally stunning RTPI home. Weekly spring bird walks, outdoor yoga with the birds, and other seasonal events allow you to relax and absorb the natural beauty of the RTPI sanctuary.

2. Panama Rocks

When you want to hike and explore something a little different, Panama Rocks is a fabulous option. The 1-mile loop trail takes hikers past massive rock formations, small caves, narrow canyons, and deep crevices weaving through a cool moss-covered forest. The dappled sunlight plays off the dark rocky formations and the vibrant green moss imparts a forest primeval experience. The intriguing natural wonders at Panama Rocks are why we take a walk in the woods — to contemplate interesting landscapes and to breathe in the fresh, rejuvenating woodsy air.

The trail requires traversing uneven ground but is rated easy by AllTrails.

3. Swimming

There are oodles of swimming spots along the shores of Chautauqua Lake.

Long Point on Lake Chautauqua State Park is a day-use park with a sandy beach, hiking and biking trails, a boat launch, kayak rentals, and a bathhouse.

The Chautauqua Institution Beaches come in a variety of flavors. Children’s Beach, noted for its shallow waters, sits next to Pier Beach — a deepwater swimming beach.

If you want to swim in Lake Erie, then the under-1-hour drive to Hanover Town Beach is a great option. They have a bathhouse and marina so you know this is a popular spot during the hot summer months.

You can find lots of wonderful beaches to swim and soak up some sunshine along the shores of Chautauqua Lake and nearby Lake Erie.

4. Lake Erie Wine Trail

The conditions along Lake Erie are great for growing grapes. You will pass many picturesque vineyards and busy tasting rooms as you navigate the area. The Lake Erie Wine Trail encompasses 20 vineyards that offer a broad selection of lovely wines and beautiful landscapes.

A visit to Noble Winery offers guests a stunning panoramic view of Lake Erie from an expansive porch, enhancing your sipping experience. There are several companies that offer wine tours along the Lake Erie Wine Trail. One of the best ways to visit is to leave the driving to a professional — that way you can taste all the wines.

5. Barcelona Lighthouse State Park

Lighthouse aficionados will love the charming Barcelona Lighthouse State Park. Perched high on a bluff, the lighthouse had its first keeper in 1829. The Barcelona Lighthouse’s claim to fame is that it was the first natural gas-fueled lighthouse in the United States. While you are not able to climb to the top of the 40-foot structure due to deteriorating stairs, the view from the small park is lovely.

6. The Chautauqua Belle

Touring Chautauqua Lake on the water offers some of the nicest lake views. The Chautauqua Belle is a charming steamboat offering historic tours on the lake, cocktail parties, and private events. Sit back and enjoy a trip along the calm waters and catch a view of all the lovely vacation homes along the shoreline.

7. Audubon Community Nature Center

The Audubon Community Nature Center offers a variety of interesting outdoor programs focused on birds and other critters native to the western New York area.

In the spring, local ornithologists capture birds for bird banding — a technique that provides insight into migratory and resident bird behaviors. Bird-a-thons, nature photography competitions, and other animal and habitat events are scheduled throughout the summer.

8. Golfing

An all-time favorite outdoor recreational activity is hauling your beloved bag of sticks around undulating verdant fairways and chasing a little white (or pink) ball. There are lots of golf course options in Chautauqua County; you could play a few rounds during your getaway stay.

Chautauqua Golf Club offers 36 holes of great golf to keep your swing well-tuned. At Bemus Point Golf Club & Tap House, you can enjoy nine holes of forgiving golf and finish with a great al fresco lunch. Another great nine-hole course is Willow Run Golf Course, a family-friendly option perfect for newbie golfers.

9. Bemus Point

A charming lakeside enclave, the village of Bemus Point draws visitors to explore this tip of Chautauqua Lake. Shops and restaurants paint the area with colorful quaintness. Alpacaville is always a hit, offering tours, alpaca wool, and handcrafted goods. Bemus Point Pottery is just the place to find your perfect getaway souvenir.

When you are ready for a break, stop by Guppy’s Tavern for a great lunch and local brews; it will be a meal to remember.

10. Fishing

Just hang up the “Gone Fishin” sign and be on the lookout for muskellunge, walleye, and bass. Sport fishing is one of the most loved outdoor adventures on Chautauqua Lake. Seasoned and novice anglers will enjoy fishing in the calm lake waters. Bring your camera and a waterproof cover; you will want to get a picture of your monster catch.

Chautauqua Fishing Charters will customize your fishing experience based on your desired catch of the day. You can enjoy an evening dining on your catch at a local establishment that offers a cook-your-catch meal prep.

Muddy Creek Fishing Guides offers a wonderful angler experience on Chautauqua Lake. They have half- and full-day fishing adventures that will satisfy your bucket-list fishing experience.

11. Boating

When you are vacationing in a beautiful area like Chautauqua Lake, you need to get out on the water to fully enjoy the outdoor experience. Whether it is a kayak adventure, a relaxing stand-up paddle board ride, zipping around on a jet ski, or cruising on a beautiful boat, there are rental shops to accommodate your on-the-water happy place.

Bemus Bay Water Toys is the spot for your fun water toy rentals. Whether you require a pontoon boat, catamaran, kayak, hydro bike, bass boat, or floating water mat, you will be playing on the water and enjoying the #LakeLife vacation vibe.

When you want to explore the lake in style, One Fine Day Boat Charter is just the thing. Captain Johnson will plan a custom trip out on Chautauqua Lake in his vintage Lyman Day Cruiser. Enjoy stories of lake history while you sit back, take in the view, and leave the driving to the captain.

Chautauqua Harbor Hotel

After exploring all the outdoor recreation opportunities, you will need a spot to rest up for the next day of exploring. The Chautauqua Harbor Hotel is perfectly situated to enjoy all the surrounding Chautauqua County outdoor activities. The seasonal outdoor Carousel Bar is a hub for evening libations and sunset watchers. Their onsite restaurant, the Lakehouse Tap & Grill, is an upscale casual dining experience just steps from your cozy room. The bread basket is amazing with several varieties of goodies, two types of butter, and a tapenade. I recommend the Reuben — corned beef topped with sauerkraut, house-made Thousand Island dressing, and Swiss cheese on the best rye bread.

Choose a room with a view of the lake. Sitting on your balcony enjoying your favorite beverage as boats motor past is a wonderful way to end the day. Alternatively, an after-dinner stroll along the water begins right at the back gate. If you desire something more relaxing, grab an Adirondack chair and enjoy the beautiful sunset by one of the fire pits.

Chautauqua County

There is so much to do and see in Chautauqua County, you will want to plan a several-day-long getaway. Boating, fishing, swimming, and hiking will keep you outdoors and active. Beautiful sunsets, wineries, and fun dining round out the days of exploring; coming together for a memorable lakeside vacation.

Pro Tip: The summer season in Chautauqua Lake runs from May to October and, of course, is at its height in July and August.

Related Reading: 

• 17 Must-Visit Quaint Towns In Upstate New York
• 20 Quaint Upstate New York Towns Perfect For A Holiday Getaway
• 12 Famous Foods To Try On New York’s Upstate Eats Trail

Known for its stunning scenery and abundant water activities, the Lake of the Ozarks is a popular vacation destination in central Missouri. Growing up in St. Louis, there was never a question about what “the lake” referred to in my family. One of the oldest and largest man-made lakes in the United States, it was originally designed to provide hydroelectricity for the community from the Osage River with the Bagnell Dam. Boasting 1,150 miles of shoreline, the serpentine-shaped reservoir spans 54,000 acres.

For most of my life, we liked to think of the Ozarks as our own little hidden Midwest vacation destination. That is, until the hit show Ozark thrust the region into the mainstream. Although the show wasn’t actually filmed in the Ozarks, the region is surrounded by the beautiful rolling Ozark Mountain range. Contrary to the show, though, the Lake of the Ozarks is actually an extremely family-friendly destination that offers an abundance of outdoor activities for all to enjoy.

Boating

Visiting the Lake of the Ozarks and not making it out onto the water is like going to Kansas City and not trying the barbecue; it just shouldn’t happen. Exploring the 92-mile lake by boat is arguably the fastest — and definitely the most fun — way to get around. Some of my fondest childhood memories are of being anchored in a cove, jumping off the boat deck into the deep water below, and getting whipped around in a tube. As we got older, we loved spending the afternoon tooling the shoreline gawking at the real estate and yachts tucked in their docks.

Boat Rentals

If you don’t have access to your own watercraft, many boat rental options are available throughout the area. You can even find some that include your own personal captain! Most rental companies have jet skis, deck boats, ski boats, and pontoon boats available for half- and full-day use so you can choose which fits your group size and needs.

Traffic

The main channel can get extremely congested with boating traffic on weekends during the summer. If you’re looking for a quieter time, or interested in watersports like water skiing or tubing, I recommend finding a cove.

Boating License Required

Missouri requires boating licenses for anyone born after January 1, 1984. Licenses can be obtained via an online exam.

Fishing

Whether on a boat, from a dock, or from the shores of the many public beaches, fishing is another must while at the lake.

Catfish

Since I’m not a big fan of putting live bait on a hook, I personally recommend catfishing. Catfish love stink bait and chicken liver and tend to hide in the cool shadows that private and community docks create, especially during the summer. Whiskerfish are known for being a fighter fish once hooked, but reeling one in is worth it. If you’re the adventurous type, head down to the fishing area near Bagnell Dam. Rumor has it that with the correct gear, it’s not unheard of to catch a 60-pound catfish!

Bass And More

If the catfish aren’t biting, there are plenty of other fish, as the saying goes. Every year, Bassmaster Magazine ranks Lake of the Ozarks as one of the top 100 bass lakes in the country. The waters are also home to large populations of crappie, bluegill, sunfish, and walleye. 

Midwest Fishing Tournaments

The Lake of the Ozarks also hosts fishing events, including the Big Bass Bash for amateur anglers and the Anglers in Action Tournament Trail and Major League Fishing events for pros.

Live Music

There’s nothing better than sitting in the sunshine with a cold drink and listening to some live music by the water. Perhaps that’s why the Lake of the Ozarks live music scene has been exploding recently. Catch a lakeside show at The Encore Lakeside Grill & Sky Bar or Backwater Jack’s. But the fun doesn’t stop when the sun goes down — here are a couple of can’t-miss locales for live music lovers.

Shady Gators

Dubbed the “Party Capital of the Lake,” Shady Gators is a multi-story lakeside bar and Cajun restaurant that hosts live touring acts. House and boat rentals are also available. Check out the lineup for this year’s Lazy Gators Concert Series.

Ozark Amphitheater

Although it is not located on the lake, Ozarks Amphitheater hosts many of the most popular concert tours each summer. In fact, it is the best large music venue in the state according to Missouri’s Best Magazine readers. With a capacity of 10,000, the open-air amphitheater is a perfect size for an up-close-and-personal experience with your favorite artist. Upcoming performances include Dwight Yoakam with Aaron Lewis, Chicago, The Avett Brothers with Gov’t Mule, Trace Adkins, and Earth, Wind, & Fire.

Golfing

Although I’m personally better at putt-putt, do yourself a favor and make a point to spend an afternoon at one of the beautiful world-class golf courses. Here are just a few of the many wonderful places to tee off.

Osage National Golf Resort

Home to not one but two Arnold Palmer Signature Golf Courses, Osage National Golf Resort is open to the public all year long.

The Oaks Golf Course At Margaritaville Lake Resort

Part of Margaritaville Lake Resort, The Oaks Golf Course is a public course that offers a great experience without breaking the bank.

Old Kinderhook

Part of a 700-plus-acre community of the same name, Old Kinderhook is an 18-hole, par 71 Tom Weiskopf signature course that’s also open to the public year-round. 

Ha Ha Tonka State Park

The Lake of the Ozarks is also home to one of Missouri’s most unique parks, Ha Ha Tonka State Park. This stunning natural attraction is known for its unique geological formations, including sinkholes, caves, and natural bridges. Visitors can explore the park’s trails and take in breathtaking views of the surrounding Ozark landscape.

One of the park’s most popular features is the ruins of an early 20th-century castle that sits atop a bluff overlooking the lake. It was built by a wealthy businessman but was destroyed by fire in the 1940s. Today, visitors can hike to the castle ruins and explore the stone walls and archways that remain and enjoy views of the lake as well as Ha Ha Tonka Spring. Ha Ha Tonka State Park is a must-see destination for anyone visiting the Lake of the Ozarks area.

Festivals And Events

There’s something going on every weekend during peak lake season, but the Lake of the Ozarks hosts events throughout the year — here are some of our favorites.

Harbor Hops

The Lake of the Ozarks hosts a Harbor Hop in the spring and one in the fall. Contestants stop at seven of the 40 spots on the lake, picking up a playing card at each one in an attempt to make a winning poker hand.

Old Tyme Apple Festival

Get ready for a slew of events as the community crowns its Apple Festival King and Queen. Along with the crowning ceremony, there will be a Fiddler’s Contest, an Apple Pie Baking Contest, live music, a corn hole tournament, a festival parade, and so much more. The Old Tyme Apple Festival is a 2-day event in Versaille, Missouri, scheduled this year for October 7–8.

LOTO Powerfest

If you’re looking for “high stakes racing at its finest,” you’re going to want to visit the Lake of The Ozarks from June 1–3. The LOTO Powerfest is the epitome of speedboat racing. Perched on the waters of the Lake of the Ozarks, contestants and spectators get together to experience a schedule of events including meet and greets and a party on Friday, and racing all day on Saturday.

Lake Of The Ozarks Shootout

The self-proclaimed “largest unsanctioned charity boat race in the U.S.,” Lake of the Ozarks Shootout offers a full week of events in August. Attracting thousands of visitors, this annual speedboat racing event features some of the fastest boats in the world.

Lake Of The Ozarks Bikefest

Lake of the Ozarks is home to some super scenic rides. Each September, tens of thousands of motorcycle enthusiasts descend upon the area for Bikefest.

Lake Of The Ozarks Christmas Parade

If you happen to be visiting during the holiday season, try to catch the Lake of the Ozarks Christmas Parade, a parade of boats decorated with Christmas lights and decorations.

Where To Eat At The Lake Of The Ozarks

Whether you’re in the mood for fine dining, casual barbecue, or a glass of wine with a view, the Lake of the Ozarks has something for everyone. Be sure to check out these great restaurants during your visit!

JB Hook’s

If you’re looking for a fine-dining experience, JB Hook’s is the place to be. Located on the lake’s west side, this restaurant offers a breathtaking view of the lake and an extensive menu of seafood, steaks, and pasta dishes. Their wine list is also impressive, with over 600 labels to choose from.

Wobbly Boots Roadhouse

For a more casual dining experience, check out Wobbly Boots Roadhouse. This barbecue joint offers a variety of smoked meats, including ribs, brisket, and pulled pork, as well as burgers, sandwiches, and salads. Their outdoor patio is perfect for enjoying a cold beer on a sunny day.

Baxter’s Lakeside Grille

Another restaurant with a stunning view of the lake, Baxter’s Lakeside Grille offers a menu of American classics with a twist. Their award-winning sushi rolls are a must-try, as well as their burgers, steaks, and seafood dishes. They also have an extensive wine list and cocktail menu.

Shawnee Bluff Winery

If you’re a wine lover, be sure to visit Shawnee Bluff Winery. This family-owned winery offers a variety of wines made from grapes grown on their estate, as well as a selection of small plates and appetizers. Their outdoor deck is a great spot to relax and take in the view of the vineyards and the lake.

H. Toad’s Bar & Grill

Located at Camden on the Lake Resort, H. Toad’s Bar & Grill is a popular spot for both locals and tourists. They offer a menu of classic American fare, as well as a variety of craft cocktails and beers. They also have live music on the weekends, making it a great spot to unwind after a day on the lake.

Where To Stay At The Lake Of The Ozarks

Whether you’re looking for a luxurious resort or a cozy cottage, there are several great places to stay in the Lake of the Ozarks area. Here are some of the top resorts to stay at in the area.

Margaritaville Lake Resort

This resort offers a range of accommodations, including guest rooms, suites, and private cottages. It also has several restaurants and bars, a spa, and a variety of water activities, including a water park and marina.

Alhonna Resort

Stay at the property that inspired the Blue Cat restaurant from Ozark — so much so they even bought the sign from the show. The Alhonna Resort is family fun on the Ozarks offering kayaking, paddle boating, and pontoon boating. With its onsite restaurant, the Blue Cat Lounge, guests will never go hungry. The menu features classic pub grub and delectable seafood options, from the lobster roll and the smash burgers to the catfish basket and the Blue Cat’s Famous Italian Beef Roll. 

Camden On The Lake 

Claiming to have the “newest and most luxurious rooms” on the water, Camden on the Lake Resort, Spa & Yacht Club offers spacious suites with lake views, as well as amenities such as a pool, hot tub, and fitness center. There are also several restaurants and bars, as well as a marina and boat rental service.

Old Kinderhook Resort

Perfect for golfers, the Old Kinderhook Resort, Golf Club, & Spa offers a range of accommodations, including guest rooms, suites, and cottages. In addition to the golf course, the resort boasts a spa, a fitness center, and several restaurants and bars. Several popular attractions, including the Bridal Cave and the Lake of the Ozarks Winery, can be found nearby.

Be sure to check out these Lake of the Ozarks lodging options to complement your getaway.

Related Reading:

• 9 Reasons To Visit The Lake Of The Ozarks In The Fall
• Ozark Mountains Road Trip: Osage Beach To Eureka Springs
• The Best Places In Missouri For A Family Vacation

Lopez Island serenely sits nestled in the San Juan Island archipelago of Washington State. A picturesque destination known fondly by locals as “the hidden gem” for its natural beauty and relaxed pace of life, this is one island we visit regularly. Calling Washington home, we find this idyllic island offers the perfect romantic getaway for anyone seeking peace, tranquility, and a renewed connection with each other.

Lopez offers charming rural landscapes, stunning beaches, and a vibrant local artisan community all within a laid-back atmosphere of island life. Whether the two of you enjoy time together birding, hiking, biking, or you are just looking to unwind, Lopez Island captures plenty of things to do together to make lasting memories as well as strong bonds. Or, maybe do nothing at all but unplug, unwind, and simply enjoy each other’s company.

While my stay and visit were sponsored by VisitSanJuans, all opinions and recommendations are my own.

1. Beaches

Agate Beach

With over 60 miles of shoreline, Lopez Island is a haven for beach lovers. From sandy beaches perfect for sunbathing to rocky shores for tide-pooling, there is something for everyone. Agate Beach, located on the southern end of the island, is popular for its colorful agates and stunning sunset views. Hold hands while strolling the shoreline and collect a bit of both to add to your memories.

Spencer Spit State Park

Spencer Spit State Park, on the northeastern tip of the island, offers sandy beaches, walking trails, and picnic areas, making it a perfect leisurely spot for a day by the water.

2. Biking 

Lopez Island is famous for its bike-friendly roads and scenic cycling routes. Renting a bike from Edenwild makes for a seamless ride, or bring your own and explore the island at a leisurely pace, taking in the pastoral scenes and beautiful waterfront views. 

Shark Reef Sanctuary

We packed a picnic lunch and rode from Lopez Village to Shark Reef Sanctuary, located on the southwestern tip of the island, where we hiked a very accessible trail out to the edge of the water. The rugged landscape is breathtaking, making this the perfect backdrop for lunch.

Lopez Island Loop

The Lopez Island Loop is a popular 30-mile bike route that takes you around the entire island, passing by farms, forests, and picturesque waterfronts. Try an electric bike for an easier and more relaxed ride.

3. Kayaking Or Paddleboarding

The calm waters surrounding Lopez Island make it ideal for kayaking or paddleboarding. Rent a kayak or paddleboard and explore the island’s pristine bays, coves, and inlets at your own pace. What could be more romantic than a serene paddle along the shoreline, observing the abundant wildlife, and enjoying the peace of the island’s waters together? Perhaps it’s another memory in the making to write down in your journal.

4. Lopez Island Farmers Market

Lopez Island is renowned for its vibrant local farming community and visiting the farmers market is a must-do activity. The Lopez Island Farmers Market, held on Saturdays during the summer months, offers a wide array of fresh produce, local crafts, and live music. It’s a great opportunity to meet local producers, sample some delicious local tidbits, or purchase fresh fruits, vegetables, and handmade crafts to take with you as a wonderful way to keep the romance going once you return home.

5. Lopez Hill

Lopez Island is home to several beautiful parks and nature reserves that offer fantastic hiking opportunities. Bike on over to Lopez Hill Preserve, a 400-acre nature reserve with a network of well-maintained trails each leading to stunning viewpoints overlooking the Salish Sea, lush forests, and wildflower meadows.

6. Lopez Island Historical Museum

If you are a passionate history buff, then immerse yourself in the island’s stories by visiting the Lopez Island Historical Museum. Learn about the area’s Native American heritage, early European settlers, and rich maritime history. The museum features artifacts, photographs, and exhibits that showcase the island’s unique cultural heritage, making it a fascinating destination for history lovers and those interested in local lore.

Pro Tip: The museum is open seasonally and staffed by volunteers. Check its hours of operation before heading out.

Best Restaurants On Lopez Island

Ursa Minor

In the evenings, enjoy a romantic dinner at Ursa Minor, one of the island’s cozy restaurants. 

Lopez Island is known for its farm-to-table cuisine. Go ahead and indulge in delicious meals made from local produce and experience the unique flavors of the region. Many restaurants on Lopez Island also offer waterfront dining, providing scenic views while you savor your meal.

Skarpari

Or, for a more intimate experience, try your hand at cooking. Skarpari is made up of the dynamic duo of Krista and Chris Stovall, who will take you into the gardens and the wilds of Lopez Island to forage for edible plants, herbs, and even seaweed. Return to Edenwild Inn to cook up dinner and dessert using the day’s foraged goodies fresh from the vine, garden, and sea — all under the gentle direction of the Stovalls.

Edenwild Boutique Inn

The first step to planning your romantic weekend on Lopez Island is finding the perfect accommodation and that begins at the Edenwild Boutique Inn. Located in the heart of Lopez Village, the Edenwild looks out towards the waters of Fisherman’s Bay with stunning views of the sea, plus its centralized proximity allows easy access to the island’s natural wonders.

Take life down a few notches at this wonderful boutique hotel while you relax and unwind on the veranda and watch the sunset over the Salish Sea. In the morning, innkeepers Anthony and Crystal Rovente provide a fresh, locally sourced breakfast right to your room so you may greet the day at your leisure.

Fall In Love With The Island

Fall in love with each other all over again while you soak up the island’s natural beauty, charming atmosphere, and secluded settings. Whether you take home fond memories of adventure, relaxation, or those quiet moments simply enjoying each other’s company, Lopez Island is the perfect destination to rekindle your relationship.

So pack your bags, grab your sweetheart, and escape to Lopez Island for a weekend of romance and adventure you’ll never forget.

Related Reading:

• 6 Charming Small Towns Not To Miss In Southwest Washington State
• 6 Tips For Whale Watching On Scenic San Juan Island
• 8 Reasons Winter Is The Perfect Time To Visit Gorgeous Orcas Island, Washington

Elkins, West Virginia, is a small town of about 6,000 located in east-central West Virginia. This outdoorsmen’s paradise is in close proximity to a multitude of activities and fantastic mountain views. A four-season destination, it offers everything you could want in an outdoor playground. There’s world-class hiking, trout fishing, mountain biking, rock climbing, rafting, and skiing, plus plenty of gorgeous spots to take in the fall foliage.

Here are nine reasons you’ll love Elkins, West Virginia — on the edge of the Monongahela National Forest — in no particular order.

I was invited to experience Elkins, West Virginia, but all opinions are my own. 

1. Joey’s Bike Shop

We grabbed our bikes in downtown Elkins at Joey’s Bike Shop, where we had the pleasure of meeting and chatting with the crew. Joey and his wife, Mandy, owners of this local bike shop for about 15 years, are very enthusiastic bikers. Joey said he especially loves to race mountain bikes and even races with a team. The shop itself is a charming, old-school shop full of all kinds of cool bikes with classic ones lining the walls. My favorite is the cruiser draped in Christmas lights, which is a perfect addition to this sweet bike shop. 

These old bikes took me back to my glory days of cruising down the road on my Schwinn, with playing cards clothespinned to the spokes, making the perfect motorcycle sound. Joey outfitted us in a couple of new bikes and helmets and filled us in on the Allegheny Highlands Trail. We learned that the trailhead is just across the street from the shop, near the train station. 

Open Monday through Saturday, Joey’s Bike Shop handles sales and services of all types of bikes. You can also rent bikes from Joey’s. His work is well-known around Elkins and he has customers that travel from neighboring states. I unapologetically peppered Joey with questions about what to see and do around town because Joey’s is the kind of place you want to linger and chat for a while. He gave us a few recommendations about where to eat, and where to hike. He also filled us in on a couple of things Elkins is known for.

2. Forks Inn 

I’d return to Elkins if only to experience Forks Inn restaurant again. The intimate, reservation-only restaurant is tucked away on the edge of the Monongahela National Forest, about 3 miles from Elkins, atop Kelly Mountain. This family-run, gourmet spot offers a French-inspired menu with nods to the owners’ Appalachian roots. Did I mention the views? Forks has what has to be the most stunning views in the county. Whether looking out through the floor-to-ceiling windows of the dining room, or from the outdoor heated deck, glorious views of the mountains abound. The scenery just doesn’t get much better than this.

Fork’s has a traditional menu along with a multi-course tasting menu. Per usual, we started with drinks. I wasn’t prepared to love my cocktail selection as much as I did. My before-dinner lavender martini was the best I’ve ever had. The vodka-infused lavender was so flavorful with the perfect smooth finish that, of course, I had to have two! 

For dinner, I selected the six-course tasting experience, which includes an appetizer, soup, salad, sorbet, entrée, and dessert. It’s a lot of food to be sure, but I was anxious to give my first tasting menu a try. While everything was fresh and stunningly presented, what stood out to me most was the cottage cheese soup. I was mystified as to how the chef prepared such a creamy, rich, delightful soup from cottage cheese. If you’re in search of a place that has a wildly imaginative yet not intimidating menu, Forks Inn is your place.

3. Shopping In Downtown Elkins 

The Artists At Work is a cool cooperative gallery where local artists showcase their creations. From jewelry to gorgeous ceramic, wood, and glass masterpieces, you’ll find many handmade treasures here. We also discovered cute shops in downtown Elkins. Especially high on the list is the Delmonte Market, a boutique full of home décor, artisanal foods, and lots of handmade items. At the thrift store downtown, we found a pair of white majorette boots perfect for my friend’s pint-sized granddaughter.

4. Cabins Of Kelly Mountains

If you’re an outdoor lover but want a place that feels like home, you’ll love the Cabins of Kelly Mountain. Situated at the edge of the Monongahela National Forest, the Cabins of Kelly Mountain offer a secluded stay amid the forest, yet you’re conveniently just minutes away from downtown Elkins. 

We loved our two-bed cabin with views of the forest. The hot tub on the deck and the full sauna inside were totally unexpected but very appreciated. I loved the convenience of the full kitchen. It’s awesome to have the flexibility to whip up eggs and coffee for breakfast or make some popcorn for a late-night snack. 

The owners have seemingly thought of everything here including luxurious soaps in the bathroom, plenty of coffee in the kitchen, and games for the kids. If you’re looking for a secluded spot with all the comforts of home, the Cabins of Kelly Mountains will win you over. 

5. Tip Top Coffee

Grab your cup of joe at Tip Top Coffee and relax for a while. This downtown shop is quite possibly the quaintest place in Elkins. Completely revamped with a retro-modern flair, this coffee shop is cozy and comfortable, too. My go-to vanilla latte was expertly prepared, complete with beautiful flower art. My scone that accompanied my coffee tasted super fresh, which makes sense because they’re made in nearby Buckhannon, West Virginia.

6. Smoke On The Water

I’m always ready for barbecue. By the looks of the crowded parking lot at Smoke On The Water, plenty of others were ready to dig in as well. The large restaurant was bustling when we arrived on a recent Saturday night. Inside, we sat in the large bar area and settled in. My half-barbecue chicken dinner had the sweet, smoky barbecue flavor that I was craving. 

As good as the barbecue was, sometimes, it’s the sides that win me over. Smoke On the Water offers all the traditional barbecue sides including creamy mac and cheese, beans, baked sweet potato, and my favorite, hushpuppies. A bonus for all dog lovers is the large pet-friendly outdoor seating area.

7. CJ Maggie’s 

If you’re looking for a huge variety of items on the menu to choose from, CJ Maggie’s is the place to go in Elkins. This cozy restaurant, with private booths and tables, has one of the most extensive menus I’ve seen. We sampled lots of yummy dishes, with French onion soup, chili, nachos, and Caesar salads topping the list. This family-friendly restaurant in downtown Elkins offer’s a large variety of tasty food at reasonable prices. 

Pro Tip: Make sure you try the homemade ice cream. The mint is fantastic.

8. Great Harvest Bread 

Great Harvest Bread is a casual, strip-mall spot that serves delicious breakfast, lunch, and baked goods. My giant cinnamon roll was delish, as were the breads we tried. My favorite was the tomato garlic pesto asiago bread. All the baked goods are made in-house daily so it’s no wonder they’re so scrumptious.

9. Thomas, West Virginia

Take the spectacular drive up the mountain to nearby Thomas, West Virginia. Here you can listen to authentic Appalachian music at the Purple Fiddle, check out locally made art at the galleries, or shop until you drop at some of the unique shops clustered on Front Street. The drive from Elkins takes about 45 minutes and is full of beautiful West Virginia mountain views. You’ll want to stop along the way to take breathtaking photos of the area. You can also stretch your legs with a hike through the Davis parks. This short side trip was one of the best things we did on our visit to Elkins and I can’t wait to go back.

What To Do In Elkins According To A Local

The Mountain State Forest Festival, the largest festival of its kind in the state, is where more than 75,000 people converge in Elkins and do foresty things amid the fall foliage. Joey from Joey’s Bikes also mentioned the Ramps and Rails Annual Festival, held each April, where you can try delicious varieties of ramp-themed foods and hop on a steam locomotive train. The Durbin and Greenbrier Railroad operates historic steam-driven trains that depart Elkins for trips through the Monongahela National Forest and the Greenbrier, Tygarts Valley, and Shaver’s Fork Rivers. This is the kind of small-town fun you can experience in Elkins.

Related Reading:

• 5 Charming West Virginia Mountain Towns Perfect For A Day Trip From Washington, D.C.
• 9 Reasons This West Virginia National Park Is A Perfect Getaway For The Whole Family
• 10 Backwoods West Virginia Cabin Rentals To Enjoy Fall Foliage

Known as the “Venice of America,” Fort Lauderdale offers stunning waterways and breathtaking beaches. If you’re planning a getaway, visitors and locals agree one of the best ways to get around is by using a water taxi to view the gorgeous South Florida wildlife and landmarks. 

I visited Fort Lauderdale in September with three other travel writers. We enjoyed the breathtaking views and convenience during our day trip using the water taxi system.

Read on to learn why a water taxi is the best way to experience Fort Lauderdale.

VisitLauderdale hosted my visit. All opinions are my own.

1. Convenience

Fort Lauderdale is famous for its beaches and beautiful waterways, and getting around via car can be a hassle due to traffic and parking. With a water taxi, you don’t have to worry about parking or navigating congested roads. Fort Lauderdale Water Taxis have many designated stops along the Intercoastal Waterway that are easily accessible and will take you to your destination.

There are three different options for water taxis in Fort Lauderdale. The Water Taxi route map will help you decide which to choose.

Water Trolley

The Water Trolley is free and provided by the City of Fort Lauderdale. The Water Trolley route has eight stops along the Riverwalk. You can catch the Water Trolley from 10 a.m.–10 p.m. with departures every 30 minutes, 7 days a week.

Fort Lauderdale Water Taxi 

This route has 11 waterway stops. It also operates 7 days a week from 10 a.m.–10 p.m., with boats departing from the various stops every 35–45 minutes. Eateries, museums, the Galleria shopping mall, and other historical sites are along the route. Be sure to pick up a pamphlet before boarding or use the app to figure out where you want to get off. 

Hollywood Express Water Taxi

This water taxi has a shortened non-stop route between the Convention Center, Hilton Marina, and the Margaritaville Hollywood Beach Resort. It departs every 2 hours, 7 days a week, starting at 9 a.m. and ending with a 10 p.m. departure from Margaritaville. If you plan to hit the beach, this route will get you there quickly.

2. Affordable

Water taxis are surprisingly affordable and an inexpensive way to experience the city. With your ticket, you get a discount at many of the eateries and shops along the route. 

We enjoyed hopping off for lunch at Stop 9 and eating at Shooters Waterfront restaurant when we visited. The stop is right in front of the restaurant, with several other eateries nearby. 

3. Water Taxi Pass Options

There are various water taxi pass options to select from.

All-Day Water Taxi Pass

The All-Day Pass allows you to get on and off the water taxi as often as you like and ride as much as you want throughout the day. 

When we rode the water taxi, we did the entire route just for the ride and to see the sights, and then we got off for a late lunch and later hopped back on to return to our stop.

Evening Water Taxi Pass

The Evening Pass is the best value if you only use the water taxi to go to dinner or to enjoy the city nightlife. The pass is valid from 5 p.m.–10 p.m., and like the all-day pass, you can hop on and off the taxi as often as you wish during that time.

Hollywood Express Water Taxi Pass

If you want to go non-stop from Fort Lauderdale to the Hollywood Beach area, this is the right pass for you. This route is included with the All-Day Pass, but if only hitting the beach area, this pass will save you some money. 

Multi-Day Water Taxi Pass

If you are spending a long weekend or a week in Fort Lauderdale, I recommend the Multi-Day Water Taxi Pass. This pass entitles you to ride as often as you desire on any water taxi for an entire month. It is an excellent deal for anyone planning to take the water taxi for multiple days. 

Private Charters

Fort Lauderdale Water Taxis also offer private charters. Contact their office at (954) 467-6677 for details.

4. Breathtaking Views 

Fort Lauderdale’s beaches and waterways offer some of the most stunning views in the world. Using a water taxi will give you a unique perspective of the city’s skyline, beaches, yachts, and luxurious homes. You can sit back and relax while admiring the beauty of one place to another.

When we rode the water taxi, our captain and guide provided historical details and scenic commentary as we traveled. 

One of the impressive things pointed out was the Las Olas Bridge, with a mural of a giant marlin jumping through the air. This urban art was created by a local doctor/artist who uses his talents to raise funds for local projects.

5. Comfort

Water taxis are a comfortable form of transportation. There is plenty of seating and room to move around, so you can relax and enjoy your ride without worrying about being cramped or uncomfortable.

There are restrooms aboard, and drinks are available at a small bar. You can be inside or in the open air. We chose to be out in the open air with shade.

6. Speed

Time is precious when it comes to exploring this beautiful city. You can reach your destination quickly and without traffic delays or parking issues. Water taxis glide through the waterways efficiently at a relaxed pace, allowing you to make the most of your time in Fort Lauderdale.

If you are riding the water taxi to see the sites, the ride is approximately 3 hours round trip. But you can hop on and off as often as you want and make it an entire day of fun. 

7. Safety

Water taxis are also a safe way to get around Fort Lauderdale. With experienced drivers who know the waterways, well-maintained boats, and necessary safety equipment, you can rest assured that you will be safe while traveling by water taxi.

8. Accessibility

Some of the water taxi vessels can accommodate people with accessibility issues. However, due to the nature of their smaller boats, tides, and fixed docks, not every vessel is fully accessible at every location. You can call in advance to ensure the water taxi accommodates you.

9. Unique Experience

Traveling by water taxi is a lot of fun and a unique experience! It’s a great way to see Fort Lauderdale from a different perspective and to enjoy the beautiful scenery, and if riding at night, the lights sparkle throughout the city.

Pro Tips: Riding The Fort Lauderdale Water Taxi

Pre-Purchase Your Tickets

By purchasing your tickets online, you will guarantee that you can board the water taxi immediately when it stops. Those who are purchasing at the stop must wait until all online ticket holders are on board and can only buy tickets if there is space. 

Live Tracker Saves Time

Use the Live Tracker to see boat locations and arrival times. The boats will display at their current location as a green rectangle on the tracker app during hours of operation. All destinations appear as yellow oval icons. Using it helps you know the best time to arrive at the stop. The cute iguana kept us company as we waited for our taxi. 

No Pets On The Water Taxis

Pets are not permitted to ride water taxis in Fort Lauderdale. Service animals are welcome on the boats. 

Fort Lauderdale’s water taxis offer an unparalleled way to experience the city, from the convenience of never worrying about parking or traffic to the stops at some of Fort Lauderdale’s prime locations and, ultimately, taking away stress. So if you want an efficient and fun way to get around town, make it a point to ride a water taxi in the “Venice of America” next time you’re visiting!

Related Reading:

• 11 Fantastic Restaurants With A Water View In Fort Lauderdale
• 8 Unique Things To Do In Downtown Fort Lauderdale, According To A Frequent Visitor
• 9 Best Bars In Fort Lauderdale, Florida To Kick Back And Relax

There’s something about being on the water in a kayak that is, oddly enough, grounding. It’s a simple joy to paddle peacefully over still water and soak in the sights and sounds from that unique vantage point.

As part of our many adventures in Door County, Wisconsin, my husband Dean and I took a kayaking trip at Cave Point County Park. Cave Point, one of 19 county parks on the Door Peninsula, is perched on a cliff about 30 feet above Lake Michigan. Over many years, Lake Michigan waves have eroded stone from these cliffs, naturally carving out sea caves that can be seen at water level.

When the water is calm, it’s a perfect place for kayak exploration. We loved kayaking at Cave Point County Park and here are some reasons why I think you will, too.

1. Lake Michigan

Located about 3 hours north of Milwaukee and 4 hours north of Chicago, Door County is a 70-mile-long peninsula in northeastern Wisconsin that has earned the nickname “The Cape Cod of the Midwest.” With water on both sides (the bay of Green Bay to the west and Lake Michigan to the east), it’s no surprise that Door County is popular for water sports of all kinds, including kayaking.

Lake Michigan has many faces, but here at Cave Point County Park, water in these coves rivals the color of the Caribbean, making it popular with kayakers and scuba divers alike. The views from on the water in a kayak, or in it with scuba gear, bring new meaning to the words “crystal clear.”

We took our kayak tour on September 15, which was the last day of kayak tours for the season. The morning was calm and clear, and the water sparkled like glass. We dipped our paddles in the water and moved quietly through it. This was a leisurely paddle, but when we needed a break, we floated and gazed at the bottom, remarking to each other how clear and vivid everything was.

2. The Rocky Dolostone Shoreline

Another unmistakable part of kayaking here is the rocky shoreline. I’m no geologist, but from what I understand, Cave Point County Park’s unique landscape is the product of complex geological forces over a long period of time. Web research tells me these dolostone rock formations that we could see everywhere are part of the Niagara Escarpment. Yes, the rock we looked at here connected in some way, above and below the water, all the way to Niagara Falls!  

3. The Caves Of Cave Point

The stars of the show are the caves. I guess it’s the fury of Lake Michigan’s waves (sometimes as high as 30 feet) on a rough day that makes for some amazing sculpting work, creating sea caves along this shoreline. But on this kayaking trip, we saw only beauty, no fury.

Although most of the caves are shallow or submerged, they can still be viewed from a kayak because the water is so clear. We kayaked about 4 miles along the coastline and its jagged edge, and the naturally carved caves were a continual wonder. 

Paddling Into Two Caves

Kayaking along the caves of Cave Point is one thing but kayaking inside a couple of caves is another. This can always change, but when we went, two caves could still be explored from the inside — if conditions are calm and you know where to find them (another reason to go with a guide).

Our guide showed us where to enter these caves and it was easy access — no ducking or scraping the sides. One of the caves was big enough for all three kayaks to be inside at the same time. Being inside these caves is a unique and amazing experience.

4. Peninsula Kayak Company

Another reason we loved kayaking Cave Point was that we had a guide. There are several outfitters that lead tours here, but we took the 2-hour Cave Point Kayak Tour from Peninsula Kayak Company.

The tour description was appealing: “Join us for a beautiful kayak trip along Door County’s pristine Lake Michigan coastline. The trip will take you along Cave Point County Park, and Whitefish Dunes State Park. With the unique vantage point of your kayak, you’ll be able to experience the beauty of the dolostone caves and observe the beautiful karst landscape on crystal clear Lake Michigan.” 

The outfitter provides a guide, all equipment, and the necessary transportation. We signed waivers (standard practice), were issued life vests and paddles, loaded up the kayaks for our tour, and drove us in a shuttle van to the “put-in” point at nearby Schauer Park.

Pro Tips: The water is usually the calmest in the morning, so earlier is better (we took an 8:30 a.m. tour). If you go without an outfitter, know that launching kayaks from Cave Point County Park is not recommended due to the rocky shoreline. Wear comfortable swimwear or wicking clothes and shoes that can get wet (flip-flops or water shoes). Bring water, a hat, sunscreen, sunglasses, and something (cell phone, camera, GoPro) to record the moments.

5. Devil’s Cauldron

A natural, curved rock formation near the Cave Point County Park parking lot has earned the nickname “Devil’s Cauldron.” Easy access makes it one of the most popular rocky formations in the park. Although it was calm when we were there, apparently, rogue waves crashing upward have been likened to a cauldron and earned it the colorful moniker. 

6. Lakeside Trail

Whitefish Dunes State Park

Cave Point has a unique relationship with Whitefish Dunes State Park. It is a county park that’s located within a state park, and hiking from Cave Point to Whitefish Dunes is beautiful. The Lakeside Trail is accessible from the parking lot and is about a mile and a half out and back along the shoreline.

You’ll know you’ve arrived when the Lakeside Trail takes you to the water’s edge overlooking Whitefish Dunes State Park. Whitefish Dunes features some 860 acres of forest and sand dunes (the highest in Wisconsin) and offers a mile of sandy beach and almost 15 miles of hiking trails. Growing up in the Green Bay area, I spent many a summer weekend enjoying the beaches and water here.

Pro Tip: Plan for at least 30 minutes of hiking; longer if you linger (and no one would blame you if you did). 

Get Grounded

Kayaking Cave Point County Park is a unique experience. When you head to Door County, don’t miss the opportunity to get on the water in a kayak and get grounded. You’ll see for yourself the simple joy of peacefully paddling over (what I hope are) still waters and soaking in the sights. Appreciate the beautiful Cave Point County Park from a whole new perspective.

Pro Tip: A friend from the area said that traffic and crowding in Door County during summer are getting excessive. In September, however, we didn’t see any of that. Shoulder season travel for the win!

Related Reading:

• 20 Amazing Things To Do In Door County, Wisconsin
• The Delicious Experience In Door County, Wisconsin Not To Miss
• 7 Amazing Things To Do In Door County’s Peninsula State Park For Nature Lovers

My first trip to West Virginia was eye-opening. People say you don’t know what you don’t know, and that’s true about the state of West Virginia. With a state motto of “Almost Heaven,” West Virginia is telling the rest of us that it’s something special, and I have to agree. 

The Monongahela National Forest is one of the state’s recreational gems. Situated in eastern West Virginia, its 919,000 acres offer a vast area to explore nature amid peaceful surroundings. According to the U.S. Forest Service, roughly three million people visit the national forest each year, making it one of the hot spots in West Virginia. 

And, it’s no wonder, with more than 500 hiking trails, countless streams and fishing holes, plenty of picnic spots, and places to stay, the Monongahela National Forest is a prime spot for any outdoor lover. Here, in no particular order, are the best experiences in the Monongahela National Forest.

While I was hosted for my West Virginia stay, all opinions are my own.

1. Cabins Of Kelly Mountain

If you’re an outdoor lover but want to be pampered, a stay at the Cabins of Kelly Mountain will be perfect for you! Situated at the edge of the Monongahela National Forest, the Cabins of Kelly Mountain offer a secluded stay amid the forest yet conveniently just minutes away from downtown Elkins. 

This property includes four large cabins all connected via redwood decking out front. The Cabins of Kelly Mountain would be the perfect spot for a multi-gen family trip with each family in their own cabin but only a stone’s throw away from each other. The cozy setting would also be a spectacular spot for a romantic retreat. The two-bed, two-bath cabin we stayed in was deluxe — complete with a large sauna inside and a bubbling hot tub on the deck outside. 

Our homey cabin had everything we needed, including coffee — no need to make that morning coffee run. We loved the large, ultra-comfy king beds, and the floor-to-ceiling windows provided great views of the elm and yellow poplar trees. The spotless cabins featured rustic furniture; much of it made of reclaimed wood from Hurricane Katrina. This property is a small, well-cared-for place with all the comforts of home.

2. Seneca Rocks

Head to Seneca Rocks to enjoy the outdoors and do a little hiking, rock climbing, fishing, or simply take in the scenery. The rocky formation is one of the area’s best-known spots to enjoy the outdoors. Start at the Seneca Rocks Discovery Center and follow the trailhead for a short 1.3-mile out-and-back hike that climbs to an observation platform near the top of the rocks. This short and steep trail gains over 700 feet in elevation! There are places to rest along the trail, so you can take your time. 

If you like heights and want to take in even more amazing views, hike to the top of Seneca Rocks. If you’re not keen on this sort of thing, you’ll still get gorgeous West Virginia views from below. Alternatively, if you’re not into hiking, how about horseback riding or climbing? You can do either at Seneca Rocks and both options are quite popular. West Virginia in general is known to be a great place for rock climbing. Another favorite where climbers test their skills (and their nerves) is the popular New River Gorge.

3. Elkins, West Virginia

Elkins is a town of about 6,000 residents that sits in the Appalachian Mountains, at the edge of the Monongahela Forest. We enjoyed quite a few local restaurants in Elkins, many of them in the cute old-fashioned downtown area. This is the type of small town that seems to be a throwback to earlier times. It’s the kind of small town where you can set your watch by the church bells that ring daily at noon. If you want to be close to outdoor activities like hiking, fishing, and biking, but want good meals and a nice place to stay at the end of your day, Elkins is a good bet.

Pro Tip: Try CJ Maggie’s for a delicious lunch. They’re one of the few spots we found open on Sunday.

4. Thomas, West Virginia

After several locals recommended we check out the nearby town of Thomas, we hopped into the car and made the short drive to the quaint mountain town. At about 3,500 feet, the drive from Elkins to Thomas was full of twists and turns, and spectacular scenery. There are quite a few roadside pull-outs where you can take in the view and grab the perfect photo, which we did a few times. 

Thomas and nearby Davis are popular mountain escapes for urbanites in D.C., Baltimore, and Pittsburgh. It’s only a few hours from the hustle of the city, yet you’re seemingly worlds away once you’re here. We enjoyed shopping in the unique shops and galleries along Front Street. 

The Purple Fiddle

While you’re here, make sure to stop into the Purple Fiddle. This cool spot is home to live acoustic Appalachian music shows that are open to all ages, a deli food menu, and a good selection of craft beers. This is a place you can bring your grandkids and they can have an ice cream while you enjoy an Irish coffee and listen to great music. I can’t wait to go back and catch some Appalachian folk music. The Purple Fiddle, along with unique shops and art boutiques, make Thomas a must-visit spot in the area.

5. Blackwater Falls State Park

More outdoor fun awaits at Blackwater Falls State Park. This 446-acre park, which has been within the parks system since the 1930s, is a popular spot near Davis, West Virginia. Whether you’re looking to hike, sled, fish, or just relax in nature, you can do it all at Blackwater Falls. The park is home to more than 20 miles of hiking trails, along with pristine fishing waters, disc golf, and more. 

Pro Tip: The Blackwater Falls State Park Lodge, with more than 50 rooms, is just one of the places to stay within the park. You can also check out more than 30 cabins, and of course, there is camping as well.

6. Trout Fishing 

West Virginia is home to great fishing. Whether you want to fish from a boat or try your hand at fly fishing, you’ll find places in the Monongahela Forest. The Elkins, West Virginia, area is known for its fantastic trout fishing, with anglers coming from all over to cast their line in search of rainbow, golden, and brook varieties. The Cranberry River is one of the most popular spots in the state for fly fishing and it has even been named one of America’s 100 best trout streams!

7. Spruce Knob 

The highest peak in the Allegheny Mountains, Randolph County’s Spruce Knob is an impressive 4,863 feet above sea level and boasts great views. The Whispering Spruce Trail is a half-mile trail on Spruce Knob where you can take in the view from a variety of vantage points. While you’re here, be sure to check out the Mountain Center Observation Tower perched atop the knob. This tower offers unbelievable views day or night. Many people put Randolph County at the top of their list for dark-sky viewing opportunities. Since there’s so little light pollution in the area, you can see the galaxies above and beyond!

8. Dolly Sods Wilderness 

A hiker and backpacker’s haven, Dolly Sods is a wilderness area that consists of over 17,000 acres near Davis. This gorgeous area is open year-round, but your best bet is to go in the spring, summer, or fall as the roads aren’t plowed in winter. If you’re looking for a great spot to get away from it all, check out under-the-radar Dolly Sods for pristine beauty and quiet surroundings.

Related Reading:

• 5 Charming West Virginia Mountain Towns Perfect For A Day Trip From Washington, D.C.
• 10 Backwoods West Virginia Cabin Rentals To Enjoy Fall Foliage
• 10 Wonderful Hikes In West Virginia

One of the best parts about a getaway is dining out. You can happily explore unique flavors and local ingredients without the muss or fuss of cooking and cleaning up. When you add interesting dining experiences with amazing water views, it is a delightful foodie-lover win.

Choosing where to eat can be a challenge when visiting a new-to-you destination. I have always had the best luck when I chat with local residents and find out where they like to enjoy a great meal. After spending some quality time in the beautiful Lake Placid region — and chatting with many locals — the waterfront restaurants below are my favorite ways to enjoy the local cuisine while soaking in stunning views of the area’s lakes and rivers.

My list of Lake Placid’s most popular restaurants with a water view is in no particular order.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Boathouse Saranac Lake Pub

Alfresco dining on the deck of the Boathouse Saranac Lake Pub overlooking the picturesque Lake Flower sets the vacation mood on chill. With a casual lakeside vibe and delicious menu, you will love this fabulous #LakeLife restaurant.

What To Order At Boathouse Saranac Lake Pub

The Colossal Shrimp Cocktail is the perfect starter. They are huge — bigger than big — and you can order as many as you would like to share with your dinner companions. For a hearty meal, the Boathouse Burger is a decadent and delicious option. It features locally raised Donahue beef, pulled pork, applewood bacon, Vermont cheddar cheese, pickled peppers, and a three-cheese béchamel sauce served on a brioche bun with a side of perfectly cooked French fries.

Pro Tip: The Boathouse Saranac Lake Pub is connected to the Saranac Waterfront Lodge — a new lakefront hotel. It is tucked away from the downtown hustle but easily walkable to the Saranac Lake restaurants and attractions.

2. The Cottage Restaurant And Cafe

The Cottage Restaurant and Cafe sits on the edge of peaceful Mirror Lake. The view from the outdoor seating area and window seats in the dining room are a breathtaking panorama of Mirror Lake with the Great Range of the Adirondack High Peaks lining up to showcase a multi-peak backdrop. The Cottage Restaurant and Cafe offers the best combination of casual dining, great food, friendly service, and stunning lake views.

What To Order At The Cottage Restaurant And Cafe

I devoured the mildly spicy Thai shrimp tacos; they were so delicious. Three bountifully filled flour tortillas piled high with shrimp, a crispy slaw, and a spicy aioli. Another great option is the Cottage Style Reuben. It’s served open-faced on marbled rye bread, piled high with smoked meat, Swiss cheese, and coleslaw, and topped with Thousand Island dressing.

Pro Tip: The charming Cottage Restaurant is located across the street from the prominent Mirror Lake Inn. The inn offers guests expansive panoramic views of beautiful Mirror Lake.

3. Fusion Market

A lakeside picnic is one of the best ways to enjoy a beautiful day, a gorgeous lake view, and great food. At the Fusion Market, located across the street from the Lake Flower Boat Launch, you can order a grab-and-go lunch for a picnic on the lake. There are benches, picnic tables, and plenty of green grass where you can sit, relax, and enjoy your lunch.

What To Order At Fusion Market

Build your own cold sub with all the fixins or enjoy one of their hot dishes. Classics like mac ‘n cheese bites, a Philly cheesesteak, or a good old-fashioned grilled tuna sandwich are quick and simple — just what you want for a nosh by the lake.

Pro Tip: Fusion Market also has a nice selection of craft beers, hard ciders, and hard seltzers.

4. Lakeview Deli

Lakeview Deli, also across the street from the Lake Flower Boat Launch, is another great spot for a picnic basket lunch. Lakeview’s eclectic menu and easy access to the lake are perfect for a casual getaway outdoor dining adventure.

What To Order At Lakeview Deli

Order from their daily menu and treat your tastebuds to an explosion of flavors. The bahn mi sandwich — dressed with chili garlic mayo and Asian slaw — is a blast of flavor. The smoked gobbler is a trifecta of ham, turkey, and bacon, with Swiss cheese, Russian dressing, and cranberry sauce; delicious. When the pie-of-the-day is chocolate peanut butter pie, make sure you save room for a slice.

Pro Tip: The line of locals ordering sandwiches to-go at Lakeview Deli tells the whole story: They serve exceptional and delicious food.

5. the breakfast club, etc

There is always a line out the door at the breakfast club, etc during the high season, and for a good reason. Open for breakfast and lunch, this casual joint is constantly filled with happy guests enjoying the lakefront view and munching on plates filled with delectable food.

What To Order At the breakfast club, etc

Famous for their mouthwatering röstis, you won’t need to eat lunch after you devour a cast-iron skillet of their corned beef and cheddar rösti. Made with homemade corned beef hash, sharp cheddar, two eggs, and home-fried potatoes all drizzled with hollandaise and served with a side of sour cream, it is a hearty vacation breakfast.

Pro Tip: If you are traveling during the off-season, your wait shouldn’t be too long since you will be dining with more locals than tourists. If you go during the summer months, be prepared to queue up, but it is definitely worth the wait.

6. Lisa G’s

Tucked a little ways off the main drag, Lisa G’s is the restaurant all the locals love. Highly recommended by several shopkeepers, it is easy to see why Lisa G’s holds a special place in their hearts. Excellent food, locally owned, and far enough away from the tourists to be too crowded, Lisa G’s is only a secret to visitors who won’t venture off the main drag.

What To Order At Lisa G’s

If you love chicken wings and some variety, you will have a difficult time choosing what to order. The Truffalo wings have a medium heat with notes of truffle and blue cheese. Other options include a Greek-style wing, Bayou Buffalo with Cajun spice, salt and vinegar style, and of course, the classic Buffalo wings. Pizza, sandwiches, and plated entrées round out the simply delicious menu.

Grab your friends, order your favorite beverage, and select all the wings options to share and compare.

Pro Tip: Lisa G’s offers a pet-friendly deck and porch so your fur baby can join you while you dine and enjoy views of the Chub River waterfall.

7. Big Mountain Deli & Creperie

In the center of downtown Lake Placid are the Paul White Memorial Shell and a beautiful green park along the banks of Mirror Lake. It is a lovely spot to enjoy Lake Placid’s natural beauty and have an al fresco picnic. It’s where Big Mountain Deli & Creperie comes into play. Located on Main Street, it is perfectly situated for a grab-and-go, top-notch lunch.

What To Order At Big Mountain Deli & Creperie

Big Mountain Deli & Creperie offers classic sandwiches with an intriguing twist. Try the Rocky Peak made with maple honey ham, smoked cheddar, apples, and apple butter. Perhaps the Esther is more your style — filled with liverwurst, provolone, and red onion topped with cracked pepper mayo and spicy brown mustard.

It is a creperie too, and there is a tantalizing selection of sweet and savory crepes. I love the key lime pie crepe made with their homemade lime custard and graham cracker crumbs topped off with whipped cream and raspberry sauce. A wonderful savory take is their pastrami hash ‘n egg crepe filled with homemade pastrami hash, melted cheddar, and fried eggs.

Pro Tip: Lake Placid has a walkable downtown area, including the Lake Placid Olympic Museum. With a little patience, you may find free on-street parking, however, Main Street has lots of spaces offered at a reasonable fee. You can park, walk, look around, and picnic in one easy park.

Lake Placid Area Water View Restaurants

Lake Placid and Saranac Lake are filled with beautiful lakes and some of the best restaurants for water-view dining. Whether you prefer a fine dining experience, a rustic and friendly pub meal, or an afternoon picnic by the lake, you will find great options in the Lake Placid area.

For most visitors to the northern Arizona town of Page, the name “Antelope Canyon” is likely to conjure up images of the luminous slot canyon that coils underground through the red sandstone of the Navajo Nation. The slot canyon walls are world-famous for their fluted rock formations and radiant light.

Less well-known, but equally gorgeous in its own way, is the magnificent section of canyon that branches off the nearby Lake Powell. There, the steep, ruddy-hued walls of Antelope Canyon are filled with the cold, emerald-green water of the Colorado River, with the azure-blue Arizona sky serving as a glorious backdrop.

In a tour that is considered a bit under the radar among Page’s many natural wonders, visitors can float through Antelope Canyon on a large, comfortable pontoon boat, passing by paddleboarders, fishermen, and kayakers along the way.

I recently traveled to the Antelope Point Marina to take a boat tour and I was struck by the diversity of the canyon. The sunny ride on the lake was a complete contrast to the softly shadowed walk through the Antelope Canyon slot canyon that I had done a few weeks before.

I absolutely loved seeing the canyon from the water, as well as from the Earth. Here are seven reasons why a boat tour is a spectacular way to see Antelope Canyon.

1. A Chance To See Lake Powell Up-Close

Lake Powell, a man-made reservoir that straddles the border of Arizona and Utah, is known for its stunning pastel color palette, its nearly 2,000 miles of shoreline, and its many recreational opportunities that include house boating, fishing, swimming, and kayaking.

The lake is also famous for its large number of adjoining canyons — 96 of them, to be exact.

Antelope Canyon is one of the major canyons among that number, and it is a beauty. The canyon walls are not as delicately formed as the ones in the Upper and Lower slot canyons, but they are immense and striking. Our pontoon operator and tour guide explained that the famous Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon slot canyons are upstream and a bit higher in elevation than the canyon on Lake Powell.

The lake canyon is filled with water because of the damming of the Colorado River at the Glen Canyon Dam near Page. Built in the late 1950s/early 1960s, the Glen Canyon Dam created Lake Powell, one of the largest man-made reservoirs in the world.

2. The Fun Lake Atmosphere

As the large pontoon boat glided over the calm lake surface, about a dozen other guests and I had freedom to walk from side to side to get the best views and the best photo angles. Along the way, the tour guide offered interesting bits of information about Lake Powell, Page, and the Navajo Nation.

I took the boat tour on a warm, sunny day in April, and I was happy to see plenty of paddleboarders and kayakers float through the canyon alongside the pontoon. We also passed by a row of large, luxurious houseboats that were docked in the marina. In fact, Lake Powell is known as one of the best spots for house boating in the U.S. 

3. A Whole New Perspective On The Famous Slot Canyon

For me, it was fascinating to piece together the connection between the slot canyons in the Antelope Canyon area and the deep canyons that branch off Lake Powell. A lake map on the pontoon helped to show the complexity of the lake with its many canyons, along with the tiny sliver that makes up Antelope Canyon.

The slot canyons were carved by millions of years of runoff water that rushes through the region, much of it during the monsoon rains that occur in Arizona in the summer months. Our tour guide pointed out that the same water that runs through the Upper and Lower Antelope Canyon slot canyons ultimately makes it to the lake canyon and the Colorado River.

The boat tour offers a whole new understanding of the immensity of Glen Canyon, which was submerged under Lake Powell with the damming of the Colorado River.

4. Exploring The Glen Canyon National Recreation Area

Lake Powell is the jewel of the Glen Canyon National Recreation Area, and a boat tour on the lake is a great way to take in that centerpiece. At the same time, it offers an introduction to all of the area’s other amazing features.

The Glen Canyon Recreation Area was established in 1972 and it celebrated its 50th anniversary in 2022. The National Park Service’s website notes that the area features not just the lake, but also “water-and-wind-carved canyons, buttes, mesas, rivers, seeps, springs, and hanging gardens where diverse habitats sustain an array of plant and animal communities.”

Glen Canyon sits on more than 1.25 million acres and stretches from Arizona’s Lees Ferry to the Vermillion Cliffs of southern Utah.

5. Magnificent Canyon Walls

Among the highlights of a boat tour through Antelope Canyon are the massive walls that rise on both sides. The canyon narrows as the tour goes on, and the feeling of being in a special and secluded place intensifies.

But the walls also emphasize another factor of the region’s climate. Because of ongoing drought conditions in the U.S. Southwest, Lake Powell’s water level is down considerably from its usual levels, and the water lines are visible on the canyon walls. Water data reports indicate that in early 2023, Lake Powell was down about 175 feet from its fullest point.

But there was good news in the spring of 2023. In mid-April, our tour guide told us that the lake was rising about 6 inches each day and that the water level was expected to increase significantly throughout the spring and early summer. The Colorado River is fed by snowmelt in the Rocky Mountains and the rise in Lake Powell is attributed to the massive snowfall in the winter of 2023.

6. The Fun Ride To The Water

The boats for the tours of Antelope Canyon are docked at a marina located below the main Antelope Point Visitor Center. Getting to the water requires a golf cart ride down a steep, twisting access road. It is a brief but exhilarating ride, with the lake and dock appearing at the end.

Guests need to check in at the main Antelope Point Marina and then catch one of the carts to the tour spot. The marina requires guests to check in 45 minutes before the scheduled time of the tour to ensure that carts will be available to transport them in time. 

Pro Tip: The cart service can get busy, and you might have to wait 10–15 minutes to catch a cart on the way down to the marina, as well as on the way back.

7. The Floating Restaurant

Guests who arrive for their boat tour early won’t go hungry or thirsty, though. Antelope Point Marina features a large full-service restaurant that offers snacks, meals, and drinks — all with a panoramic view of Lake Powell.

Billed as the world’s largest floating eatery, the Jádí Tooh Restaurant is a lovely spot right on the water that offers a massive indoor seating area, as well as a lakeside patio. The menu includes burgers, sandwiches, salads, quesadillas, seafood, and pizza.

The marina also features Gramma Betty’s, a coffee shop that serves breakfast pastries and burritos, as well as the SandBar Lounge which offers cocktails and wine and has 16 beers on tap.

Pro Tip: Marketplace And Gift Shop

Everything, from souvenirs to snacks to travel essentials, is available in the Antelope Point Marina Village’s well-stocked Marketplace and Gift Shop. Guests who forget their sunglasses or water shoes need not worry, because the store has a large selection of vacation items, including flip-flops, t-shirts, hats, and hoodies. Many of the clothing items are emblazoned with images of the orange-tinted rocks of Antelope Canyon, making for great souvenirs.

Have you heard of railbiking? As a seasoned traveler, I have learned that trying new experiences is the best way to enjoy a destination. Railbiking is a unique outdoor activity that has been gaining popularity in recent years. I went on my first railbiking adventure in Carson City, Nevada, with Carson Canyon Railbike Tours, and it was a fun experience.

I had heard about railbiking, and my husband is a big train fan, so I thought it would be a unique experience, and I’m always ready to try new things. However, I wasn’t sure what to expect or whether or not it would be too strenuous. (It wasn’t!)

If you’re looking for a new way to enjoy the great outdoors, railbiking might be the answer. In this article, I’ll share my experience and explain why everyone should try it at least once.

My ride with Carson Canyon Railbike Tours was complimentary. All opinions are my own. 

What Is Railbiking?

First off, what is railbiking? Railbikes have been around for over a century, initially used by railway workers to travel along tracks for maintenance and inspection purposes. For those unfamiliar, railbiking is riding a specially-designed bike along abandoned railroad tracks. You can enjoy the scenery as you pedal along.

Today, railbiking has become a popular recreational activity in many parts of the world. Railbikes are typically designed for two or four people, so you can bring some friends or family members to join the fun. 

Your Bike Options

There are a few different types of railbikes, so choosing the one that’s right for you is important. A four-wheeled bike might be best if you’re looking for a leisurely ride. That is what we rode. It was like a four-seated golf cart with pedals on old railroad tracks. If you’re looking for something a little more adventurous, a two-wheeled bike might be more your speed.

Most places offering tours have the four-wheeled version that we enjoyed. But if you are purchasing your own, you can choose two-wheeled or four-wheeled. Remember, if you are buying your own, you must also find appropriate tracks to ride and transport your equipment to the location.

When railbiking with a tour company, they provide the bikes, tracks, and support.

Our Experience

My husband and friends, Bob and Sally, joined me on the railbike adventure. None of us had experienced it before.

There’s something truly magical about riding a railbike along old railroad tracks. As you pedal along, you’re treated to stunning views you might not see otherwise. The tracks usually wind through forests, fields, and other areas of natural beauty. During my railbiking adventure, we rode into Carson Canyon with the mountains as a backdrop. The first half of the ride was an easy coast downhill. We only had to pedal every couple of minutes. There was plenty of time to take in the scenery, snap photos, and even capture some video. After our railbikes were turned around and we had to pedal uphill, it was more work.

Railbiking Is A Group Activity

Another great thing about railbiking is that it’s a fun group activity. I went with my husband and another couple, and we had a blast. We would all do it again if we had the opportunity. It’s a fun and unique way to spend time with friends or family. Many railbike companies offer guided tours, which can be a great way to learn more about the area’s history, geology, and ecology.

Surprises

What surprised me the most about railbiking was how easy it is to do. I’m not a fitness buff, so I was a bit apprehensive about pedaling for long periods. However, the railbikes are designed to be easy to pedal, even for beginners. You don’t need to be in peak physical condition to enjoy railbiking, but you do have to be able to pedal for an extended period as you return up the canyon. Railbiking is suitable for all ages and most fitness levels. It’s a great way to get some light exercise while enjoying the beautiful scenery. The amount of effort needed would depend on the rails’ location. Depending on where you choose to railbike could make a huge difference during the experience.

Another thing that surprised me was that, even though there was a motorized engine on the bikes to help when you went uphill, you still had to do a lot of pedaling. It didn’t just push you up the hill on its own, but it did give you a little burst of speed.

A pleasant surprise was how much help the Carson Canyon Railbiking Tours staff provided. When we got to the bottom of the canyon, we were able to take a break and enjoy the view while the team turned our bikes around. The same thing happened when we went beyond the station at the end of our trip.

What I Would Do Differently

If I were to go again, I would take a hat along. I was concerned we would move swiftly and the hat would blow off. But you don’t go that fast and a hat would have shielded the sun.

Why You Should Give Railbiking A Try

Railbiking is a unique and exciting way to explore the local surroundings while getting a workout. It provides a sense of adventure and freedom and is a perfect activity for families, couples, or groups of friends. People of all ages can enjoy the activity. Railbiking is an excellent way to spend quality time with your loved ones while creating lasting memories outdoors.

It’s an educational and family-friendly activity that teaches you about local history, geology, and the environment. You’ll be able to learn about the history of the railroad and see some of the historical landmarks along the route. And if you are still wanting to do socially-distanced activities, it is perfect. 

Pro Tips

• Wear comfortable clothing for easy movement.
• You will want to wear close-toed shoes or at least sandals with straps. Flip flops are a no-no since you risk getting your feet caught in the pedals.
• Bring a refillable water bottle full of cold water. It is essential to stay hydrated.
• Remember your sunscreen since you will be spending an extended amount of time outdoors.
• Bring sunglasses and a hat to protect your eyes and face.
• Have fun! Railbiking is a great way to see some beautiful scenery and get some exercise, so make sure you enjoy yourself!

If you’re looking for a new way to explore the great outdoors, railbiking is definitely worth a try. It’s a unique, fun experience with stunning views and light exercise. It’s perfect for all ages (if they can reach the pedals) and fitness levels and is a great way to spend time with friends or family members. I highly recommend trying it if you’re ever in an area that offers railbiking. I am grateful for the opportunity to try railbiking and hope you will try it too!

Learn more about visiting Carson City, Nevada:

• 17 Fantastic Things To Do In Historic Carson City, Nevada
• 5 Amazing Stops On The Scenic Route From Reno To Lake Tahoe

Nestled in the Wasatch Mountain Range north of Ogden, Utah, lies Huntsville — a small village near three ski resorts, mountain trails, and a very large lake. Huntsville may be small and not easy to find but it’s worth a trip in the summer to a charming jewel that attracts snow lovers by the thousands in the winter.

I started in Ogden, taking the North Ogden Canyon Road (Highway 39) and continuing on Highway 162. Stop at the pullovers with amazing views of Ogden where large maps give directions to hiking trails ahead. Near the Diamond Peak Sports Center, the road turns into a loop around Pineview Lake.

My early September trip integrated autumn colors with tall green grass mingled with wildflowers. A blue-ribbon creek appeared in valleys I shared with the cyclists, hikers, and watersports enthusiasts also enjoying this beautiful winding journey to Huntsville.

On The Route

1. Mountain Trails

Cruising past snow warning signs, this pleasing route took me deep into the mountains dotted with foot and hoof trails snaking through valleys and around a pristine lake. A favorite trail for cyclists was near a splendid blue farmhouse.

2. Pineview Reservoir

The perfect place for a pleasant break was a boat ramp parking area on Pineview Lake with easy access for fishing, kayaking, or hanging out on the shore. Pineview Lake is created by two rivers flowing in and out, forming the perfect habitat for fish, birds, and human fun. Holding the Utah state record for the largest tiger muskie caught (weighing over 33 pounds), the reservoir draws fishing enthusiasts from all corners of the state. I watched a group of kayakers unload and hit the water among egrets and kingfishers darting about. The highway circles the entire reservoir, and campgrounds and picnic areas are found along the route in many places.

3. Eden 

In the shadow of Powder Mountain, the 828 population of Eden swells in the winter as a popular ski resort. In the summer, the town’s name aptly describes the amazing scenery. If you are hungry, the Eats Of Eden serves interesting salads, Mediterranean flatbreads, burgers, and fried ravioli.

Pro Tip: In April, the Powder Mountain Moon Bike shop gives demo rides of their all-electric snow bikes with hot dogs on the side. More information is available at #PowMow!

Huntsville

Huntsville’s historic character is nicely restored, founded in 1860 near the South Fork River, before the dam created the reservoir. Filled with shady cottonwood trees, the spot was popular with passing settlers such as Brigham Young and Peter Skene Ogden, who eventually created towns further south. Further from downtown are historic barns and homes amid lovely views of Pineview Lake. It is no wonder Huntsville is a popular choice for a day trip from Salt Lake City, less than an hour’s drive away. 

This fun and funky village sits on a long peninsula extending into Pineview Lake, almost surrounding the entire village. Turn off the highway when the big white barn with a beautiful mural looms into view. In the winter, this barnyard is full of skiers. On this day, horses roamed freely in an emerald field of tasty grasses. A sure sign that Huntsville was not a ghost town was the large, well-maintained city park greeting visitors and the nearby library. I spent the day roaming the village and found a lot of fun things to do.

4. Shooting Star Saloon

Considered the oldest bar west of the Mississippi River, the Shooting Star Saloon is hard to miss. Established in 1879, this “hole-in-the-wall” bar covers its walls with taxidermy animals and serves mainly burgers, chips, and beer. I heard that their Star Burger is legendary — beef patties, cheese, and a grilled knackwurst Polish sausage!

Pro Tip: Their hours may vary due to the season.

5. Detours

Home to the SnowBasin Ski Resort, the village also has a quaint section downtown, nicknamed Detours, designed to draw skiers for food, fun, and the perfect place to discuss the day’s adventures. Closed during my trip, it was still fun to roam through the quaint buildings and sit for a while in a swing made from an old ski lift.

6. Cyclists Heaven

Throughout my month-long visit to Utah, bicycles were everywhere: families with children using training wheels, church parking lots on Sunday, and many strapped to cars. Biking trails shared with horseback riders crisscross these mountains. Renting bicycles in Utah is easy and ski shops often turn into bicycle shops in the summer.

7. Mark B. Goodson Art Gallery

In a remarkable restored historic building painted a deep purple is where award-winning painter Mark Goodson lives and creates his amazing landscape paintings. He also offers painting classes during the week. Even though my trip was not on a weekend, his gallery was open, and I was able to visit with him. His breathtaking work has been shown and sold regionally and internationally, becoming a Utah treasure himself.

8. Horseback Riding

Horseback riding is also extremely popular in Utah, sometimes sharing the same trails. However, bringing your own horse on vacation is not usually an option. Don’t worry, the nearby Red Cliff Ranch outfits and organizes riding opportunities throughout the summer, including guided tours. More information is available about this family-owned business on their Facebook page.

9. Huntsville Astronomic And Lunar Observatory

Across from the city park and within view of the saloon is Compass Rose Lodge, a marvel architectural design that blends historic features, such as an old silo, with modern elements and a few steampunk features scattered throughout. A family business, the hotel is a place where the visitor is not sure what century is portrayed but always feels homespun.

In addition to offering various activities, the lodge hosts a 16-inch aperture Ritchey-Chretien telescope for visitors. Designed with hyperbolic-shaped mirrors like the Hubble Space Telescope, distant galaxies seem like a few miles away.

10. Mountain Berries

When leaving Huntsville, you might be inclined to go south to Salt Lake City. Instead, I wanted to see the other side of the Pineview Reservoir and took Highway 39 to circle the lake. Soon after leaving Huntsville sits Chris’ Café, a family-owned diner since 1961 in an alpine log house, with a rustic interior of wood paneling and a beautiful rock fireplace. I skipped lunch at the saloon in Huntsville because a few weeks earlier a bird guide told me about Chris’ specialty — fresh raspberry milkshakes with local berries. I also devoured an amazing hamburger and fresh-cut potato fries.

Wasatch-Cache National Forest

Another reason for taking this route was to see a section of the Wasatch-Cache National Forest, a 1.6 million-acre forest that covers parts of Utah, Wyoming, and Idaho. After passing the Winter’s Grove Nature Trail, Highway 158 eventually leads to the original Highway 162 I started with in North Ogden. Many nice campgrounds and marinas along this route are open at no charge for a day picnic. With leaves different shades of gold and red, I crossed paths with wild turkeys on a short hike from a campground.

The crystal-clear creeks flowing beside the road in the Cache National Forest are perfect for soaking your feet after a hike. An American dipper soon joined me; little gray birds that are unique among their species for their ability to dive and swim underwater.

Know Before You Go

Four areas around the reservoir require a fee for entry and camping overnight, usually beginning on May 15. Yes, you can bring your dog and the sharks in the lake are just a myth.

Related Reading:

• My 8 Favorite Stops Along Utah’s Beautiful Highway 89
• 19 Incredible Places To Explore In Utah For Dinosaur Lovers
• 6 Interesting Ranger-Led Programs At Utah’s National Parks That Are Absolutely Free

When someone mentions Buena Park, you may not immediately recognize the name. But if they mention Knott’s Berry Farm, Medieval Times, or The Source, you’ll know exactly what they are talking about. All three are located in Buena Park, California, but they are only a small piece of what this great city has to offer.

Buena Park can be found just 5 miles from Disneyland and 20 miles from Los Angeles, and is home to five of the seven major attractions in Orange County, including a theme park, waterpark, and three interactive dinner shows. It is no wonder Buena Park is known as SoCal’s FUN City!

The city celebrates its 70th anniversary this year with many new and exciting opportunities for you and your family to do and discover. There is no limit to the things you can say “yes” to in “The Land of YES.”

Now is a great opportunity to get acquainted — or reacquainted — with Buena Park. Here are 13 reasons why we know the whole family will fall in love with Buena Park.

Knott’s Berry Farm

1. Knott’s Berry Farm

The center of attention this summer figures to be Knott’s Berry Farm, California’s first theme park. Knott’s is well known for its thrilling rides and unique attractions. There’s also Camp Snoopy, where the kids and grandkids can experience adventures geared toward them.

Fun Fact: Knott’s Berry Farm was once a real, working berry farm. It was the boysenberry that put Knott’s Berry Farm on the map. Rudolf Boysen experimented with crossing a blackberry, a raspberry, and a loganberry. After a while, Boysen’s efforts came to the attention of one Walter Knott, who had a berry farm in Buena Park. The new berry was eventually named the boysenberry after its creator. The rest, as they say, is history.

Though the berry farm is no longer there, Knott’s origins can still be seen (and tasted) in the many berry products available at the park as well as in your local grocery store. There is also the annual Knott’s Boysenberry Festival.

Pro Tip: Knott’s has several ticket options including discounted online tickets, priority ride boarding with Fast Lane, Season Pass, VIP experiences, and park/hotel packages.

2. Fiesta Village

A village within Knott’s Berry Farm, Fiesta Village reopens this summer with an all-new look. The village pays homage to California’s Hispanic heritage. As you stroll through the village, you will encounter exciting entertainment, rides, and shopping, in addition to authentic Mexican food and drink.

3. MonteZOOMa: The Forbidden Fortress

The last time I visited Knott’s, Montezooma’s Revenge had just opened. Since then, the ride has undergone a massive upgrade and the new chapter is called “MonteZOOMa: The Forbidden Fortress”. The newly renovated coaster, scheduled to reopen this summer, will catapult riders at top speeds toward a 360-degree loop. The queue forms inside a Mayan temple where guests become engaged in a story of intrigue — and gold — while they wait for their turn to ride.

4. Ghost Town Alive!

Ghost Town Alive! transports you back to America’s Old West. On select days from Memorial Day weekend through Labor Day, you will see cowboys and bandits roaming the park. Robberies and other happenings add to the Western adventure. Join the fun by dressing up. (Knott’s has Western wear you can buy.) The event concludes with an old-fashioned hoedown.

5. Knott’s Summer Nights

The summer party known as Knott’s Summer Nights brings live bands, DJs, and food and beverage booths to the park. You will also find games and more for the whole family in a midway-type atmosphere. The nighttime festivities begin Memorial Day weekend and run through Labor Day.

6. Knott’s Soak City

When summer temperatures rise, you can cool off at Knott’s Soak City. The summer season at Knott’s Soak City begins May 20 and runs through September 10. The expansive 15-acre waterpark features thrilling water slides, tubes, and raft rides, as well as a massive 750,000-gallon wave pool for parkgoers of all ages to enjoy. Not to mention, the lazy river is one of the longest in the country.

Pro Tip: Cabana rentals include lounge chairs, umbrellas, and tube rentals and are a great option for families looking to enjoy the park together. Soak City requires a separate admission: Buying tickets online is cheaper than purchasing at the gate.

Entertainment In Buena Park

7. Medieval Times Dinner & Tournament

Medieval Times Dinner & Tournament is the #1 dinner show in North America. Medieval Times transports guests back to medieval times for a delectable dining experience featuring a four-course meal. All the while, feats of swordplay, falconry, horsemanship, and a jousting tournament take place in front of you.

Pro Tip: Check out their website for a discount coupon.

8. Pirates Dinner Adventure

“Action, adventure, and mutiny” is what is promised at Pirates Dinner Adventure. This family-friendly, interactive dinner show takes place on an 18th-century Spanish galleon floating in an indoor lagoon. Feast on a three-course meal while being immersed in the nautical stunts, swordplay, and aerial action taking place around you.

Pro Tip: See their website for special offers. Parents should also be ready with their cameras during the dinner adventure. Kids will have the opportunity to go on stage and be sworn in as pirates!

9. Boulevard Beach Club

Boulevard Beach Club is a newcomer to Buena Park. Fueled by dueling piano performances, it is quickly becoming one of the city’s hotspots. The club’s atmosphere harkens back to the Prohibition era and audience participation is encouraged. BBC serves hand-crafted cocktails, accompanied by small bites, and a few larger dishes.

Pro Tip: BBC is open Thursday through Saturday nights. Food and drink are extra and there is a two-drink minimum. Save a few dollars by purchasing tickets in advance.

More Great Things To Explore In Buena Park

10. Ralph B. Clark Park

Ralph B. Clark Park is a 104-acre park with plenty of green space for you and your family to enjoy. The park has fields for softball, volleyball, and baseball. Also, visitors to the park can enjoy an amphitheater, barbeque pits, fishing, biking and hiking trails, and picnic areas.

11. Concerts In The Park

The Summer Concert Series in the Park, featuring live music from local bands, gets underway at Henry Boisseranc Park on June 28 and runs for six Wednesdays through August 2. Food trucks and vendors will be on hand for your shopping and eating needs. The music begins at 7 p.m. each week.

12. Family Movies Under The Stars

Henry Boisseranc Park also hosts Family Movies Under the Stars. For four evenings this summer, free family-friendly movies will be shown in the park. Bring your own chairs and blankets. Seating is first come, first served and food trucks will be there as well. Showtime is 8:15 p.m., but you can begin arriving as early as 7 p.m.

13. The Source OC

The Source OC is a destination unto itself. Spread across three floors, the venue has numerous shopping and entertainment options. Over three dozen mouth-watering dining choices encompassing cuisines from around the world are sure to satisfy your inner foodie. Enjoy souffle pancakes from Basilur Tea & Coffee, croffles — a cross between a croissant and a waffle — from Don Melt, Korean Hot Dogs from Myungrang Hotdog, award-winning Ramen at Yoshiharu, and decadent donuts from Old Ferry Donut.

Best Restaurants In Buena Park

Dining choices in Buena Park are as plentiful as they are delicious. Here are a few options that we would recommend for you and your family.

Honeymee Ice Cream

Honeymee specializes in ice cream made with fresh, California milk. The honey they use is 100% pure. Both the milk and the honey are sourced from kosher-certified farms. The result? A simply delicious, all-natural collection of ice cream flavors.

John’s Incredible Pizza Company

John’s Incredible Pizza Company is like its own theme park. Think endless, all-you-can-eat buffet, rides, games, attractions, prizes, and themed dining rooms, all under one roof. Birthday parties for the kids are their specialty.

Pro Tip: There is an admission charge, but you can save with an annual pass. Discounts are available for active military and seniors 55 and up.

Mrs. Knott’s Chicken Dinner

Sitting right outside the entrance to Knott’s is where you’ll find legendary Mrs. Knott’s Chicken Dinner. In operation for nearly 90 years, the restaurant still serves Cordelia Knott’s famous fried chicken, biscuits, and boysenberry pies, all made according to her original recipes.

Fun Fact: Walter Knott started constructing what eventually became the park’s ghost town to entertain patrons while they waited to be served at his wife’s restaurant.

Porto’s Bakery And Cafe

The massively popular Porto’s Bakery and Cafe topped Yelp’s “Top 100 Places to Eat in the U.S.” From personal experience, whenever items from Porto’s show up at the office or a family gathering, they are quickly and heartily devoured — especially the potato balls and cheese rolls.

Portillo’s

Fans say it’s not a real trip to Chicago unless you eat at Portillo’s. Fortunately, you can taste a bit of Chicago right in Buena Park. Portillo’s is a Chicago icon “unrivaled” in their offering of Chicago-style hot dogs and Italian beef sandwiches. The menu also includes burgers, salads, sandwiches, shakes, and desserts.

Pro Tip: The famous Cake Shake is a must-try.

Ramen & Tsukemen TAO

Ramen & Tsukemen TAO serves ramen with “an intense broth that takes 40 hours to prepare.” Their fare is good enough to earn them a MICHELIN Guide Bib Gourmand nod.

Visit Buena Park includes even more fantastic options on their Dining in Buena Park webpage.

Where To Stay In Buena Park

With so much to do, a day trip is just not enough time for all that Buena Park has to offer, so don’t forget lodging when planning your next trip. You will find several comfortable and affordable lodging choices around Buena Park, many within walking distance of Knott’s Berry Farm. Many offer free breakfast to guests, while others provide a free shuttle to Disneyland and other area attractions — perks that will remove stress from your trip. Regardless of the size of your group and budget, there is a place for you.

Getting To Buena Park

Buena Park is less than 40 miles from all five major Los Angeles-area airports, including Ontario Airport. Driving is the most convenient way to get there. Rail service options include Amtrak with stops in Fullerton and Anaheim, and Metrolink with a stop in Buena Park. All three are just a short Uber/Lyft ride from your destination. Several bus lines offer service to Buena Park as well.

To help you get started on your getaway, Visit Buena Park is even offering a free travel guide service for when you arrive.

Saranac Lake and Lake Placid combine to provide fun and exciting outdoor experiences for the intrepid adventure seeker and, also, the soft outdoor adventure enthusiast. Hiking, boating, fishing, and camping are to be expected in Upstate New York. Some unexpected outdoor adventure ideas include lake tobogganing, ice climbing, Olympic skiing, an abolitionist’s farm, and a festive winter carnival.

Note: Some information in this piece was obtained during a sponsored press trip, but all recommendations are my own.

1. Hiking 

Saranac Lake, New York

The 1-mile Riverwalk that runs along the Saranac River is an easy, paved path on the edge of downtown Saranac Lake. The busy path is filled with walkers enjoying the outdoors with their friends, family, and fur babies. It is the perfect spot to stroll along the riverbank.

Scattered around downtown Saranac Lake is the Bug Crawl. Seven larger-than-life bug sculptures dot the area for your artistic enjoyment. If you are traveling with little ones, going on a bug hunt is a fun way to keep them active and engaged.

Pro Tip: According to AllTrails, there are 14 hiking trails in the Saranac Lake area. From the easy-rated 17.3-mile Upper Saranac Paddle Route to the harder 7.9-mile Jackrabbit Trail to Haystack Mountain, there are hiking trails for everyone who wants to get outside and explore the beautiful Adirondack scenery.

2. Boating

Saranac Lake, New York

With so many lakes to choose from, you can launch your boat and explore a new area every day. Whether you are on a peaceful kayaking excursion or a pontoon party boat, you will find your best boating getaway on Saranac Lake. The Franklin County Boat Launch list reveals over 20 launch sites across the county.

Pro Tip: Lower Saranac Lake and Middle Saranac Lake are accessed through a series of locks. You can explore the lakes with the complete boating and fishing map at Green Goat Maps.

3. Fishing

Saranac Lake, New York

In the Saranac Lakes region, you could haul in northern pike, walleye, perch, rainbow trout, and bass (large and small mouth). Whether you are a catch-and-release angler or a hunter-gatherer working on your next meal, the fishing in Saranac Lake is just waiting for you to explore.

Pro Tip: If you don’t have a boat or need a guide, NY Fisherman has an extensive list of Adirondack fishing guides to get you out on the water to explore all the great fishing spots for a good line tug.

4. Skiing And Snowboarding

Whiteface Mountain, New York

Home of the 1980 Olympic alpine ski events, Whiteface Mountain is the premiere skiing/boarding mountain in Lake Placid. With a peak elevation of 4,867 feet, 94 trails covering 22 miles, and 11 lift options, you will love skiing at Whiteface Mountain.

It is easy to enjoy Whiteface Mountain in the summer months too. They offer great hiking, scenic gondola rides, and a disc golf course.

Pro Tip: The Whiteface Veterans Memorial Highway is a seasonal drive offering stunning panoramic views; it is also a toll road that is closed in the off-season. If you want to see the mountain or go skiing, be sure to turn where the flashing “ski resort” signs are along the roadway. Directions to both the ski resort and scenic drive can be found here.

5. Tobogganing 

Lake Placid Toboggan Chute, New York

Just a short walk from the center of town is the Lake Placid Toboggan Chute. Winter fun for the young and young at heart, the 30-foot-tall converted ski jump turned toboggan chute is sure to give you a smile.

Climb up the slide and take a thrilling ride down the ice-covered chute. At the end, you will slide onto and across a frozen Mirror Lake. After a few runs, head over to the downtown area for a hot lunch at the breakfast club, etc. for a salted caramel latte or your favorite anti-chill beverage.

Pro Tip: To ensure all riders’ safety, the tobogganing season is dependent on the depth of ice on Mirror Lake.

6. Forest Bathing

Mount Pisgah Recreation Center, Saranac Lake

The sunlight casts a dappled pattern on the forest floor as you follow your guide. A local naturalist will help you connect with the trees, sounds, and aromas of the Adirondacks. Forest bathing insists you slow down, breathe deep, and just be — no agenda, no yoga, just you and the trees.

Pro Tip: The 2.5-hour guided tours are available seasonally, from early April until the end of November.

7. Saranac Lake Winter Carnival

Saranac Lake, New York

If you plan your Saranac Lake visit during February, you can join in all the cold weather fun at the Saranac Lake Winter Carnival. Winter games like curling, arctic golf, skiing, fun runs, fry pan tosses, and other wonderful hometown shenanigans make this a festive time all through the streets of Saranac Lake. Live music, parades, and fireworks abound for the more passive carnival attendee.

8. Ice Climbing

Lake Placid, New York

Not for the inexperienced or faint of heart, ice climbing is a popular winter and early spring sport in the Adirondacks. Ice walls with names like Pitchoff, Cascade Pass, and Multiplication Gully throw a chilly challenge to even the most dedicated ice climber.

Pro Tip: Secure the services of a highly recommended, local, and experienced ice climbing guide for this off-the-charts outdoor adventure.

9. John Brown Farm

Lake Placid, New York

The abolitionist who organized the 1859 assault on the U.S. Arsenal at Harpers Ferry, John Brown, is laid to rest on his family farm in his beloved Adirondack Mountains. Docent-guided tours of Brown’s home and farm bring the family and their freedom-fighting to life.

The John Brown Farm State Historic Site has several hiking trails, cross-country skiing, and periodic re-enactments. The farm’s gentle slopes and pretty pond are lovely spots for a picnic or some quiet meditation.

10. Olympic Jumping Complex

Lake Placid, New York

Now, you can’t ski jump at the Olympic Jumping Complex unless you are in a competition, but you can watch experienced skiers take the death-defying run down the 128-meter and 100-meter ski jumps. You can get a feel for the rush down the run by trying out the zip line located next to the 100-meter jump; no skis are required.

For something a little less hair-raising, book a trip on the Skyride, a newly installed gondola that runs alongside the jumps. The gondola takes you to the base of the jumping towers, then you board a glass elevator that takes you to the sky deck of the 128-meter jumping platform. Be sure to bring your camera; the breathtaking panoramic view of Lake Placid and the surrounding mountains is spectacular.

11. Camping

Saranac Lakes Island Campground, Saranac Lake

Saranac Lakes Island Campground is a perfect spot for campers who want boating access to the lakes. Sporting 87 campsites and 5-day sites along with a boat launch area, you will love being in the middle of #LakeLife. Boating, fishing, and camping are true Saranac Lake showstopping outdoor experiences. All you need to round out the day is some dry firewood and a s’mores kit.

Pro Tip: Saranac Lakes Island Campground is open from mid-May through mid-September.

Saranac Waterfront Lodge 

Saranac Lake, New York

When you are physically spent from all your fantastic outdoor adventures, return to your cozy space at the Saranac Waterfront Lodge. You will love relaxing on an iconic Adirondack chair with a view of Flower Lake from the back lawn. It is a lovely spot to enjoy the pretty Saranac Lake sunset. If you want to be close by for dinner, the porch at the adjoining Boathouse Saranac Lake Pub is the perfect spot for a delicious meal with a view.

Pro Tip: The Saranac Waterfront Lodge is located away from the bustle of downtown Saranac Lake, but it is close enough to walk to town and enjoy the town center.

Visiting Saranac Lake

The Adirondack Mountains are a wonderful spot to enjoy fun and exciting outdoor adventures during the winter and summer months. Saranac Lake is a central hub for your Upstate New York getaway. With stunning views, on-the-water sports, a rich history of Olympic events, mountain hiking, and on-the-snow experiences, Saranac Lake will entice you to embrace the outdoors while experiencing some exciting adventures.

Related Reading:

• 17 Must-Visit Quaint Towns In Upstate New York
• 12 Famous Foods To Try On New York’s Upstate Eats Trail
• 16 Upstate New York Spots To Enjoy A Unique Sip

From adventure to relaxation, Fountain Hills is an exciting destination. It has scenic vistas, flourishing desert landscapes, countless outdoor recreation activities, and rich arts and culture.

The “fountain” from which Fountain Hills gets its name is one of the world’s tallest artificial fountains. The fountain sprays water from the center of Fountain Lake every hour for about 15 minutes and reaches 560 feet, which is 5 feet taller than the Notre Dame Cathedral in Paris, France.

No matter how often I visit, I make it a point to watch the fountain spray, whether I’m strolling on the street or sitting at a prime table in a restaurant.

Dining Options

Fountain Hills has over 60 dining options. Restaurants in Fountain Hills include popular cuisines like Asian, Mexican, Italian, and American. With plenty of bars, cafés, and coffee shops to catch up with friends for a quick bite or a recharging drink, you will find something to satisfy your appetite.

While I haven’t tried them all, the following are my favorite Fountain Hills restaurants from personal visits. They range from casual to upscale, and while they are numbered, there is no particular order.

Arrivederci Cucina Italiana and Adero Scottsdale Resort hosted me, but all opinions are my own.

1. Alexander’s Greek Kitchen

I felt like I had stepped onto a Greek Island when I walked in the door of Alexander’s Greek Kitchen. Greek music set the mood, as did the blue and white checkered tablecloths with white paper table protectors. Outdoor seating on the front deck provided an unobstructed view of the Fountain Lake and a ringside seat to see the fountain launch on the hour.

What To Order At Alexander’s

Alexander’s offers a traditional menu with hot and cold appetizers, salads and soups, and sides of Greek-style potatoes or green beans. Their skewers, house-made daily with pork, chicken, or lamb, can be ordered with pita, on a plate with a side, or vegetarian.

I had a black-eyed pea soup that was homemade that afternoon. Freshly toasted pita bread and a lemon wedge to squeeze over the soup were perfect for my appetite. I felt like I was in Mamma’s kitchen.

Select from various California, French, and Spanish wines at the bar. Many red, white, and rosé wines and champagnes hail from Greece, along with Greek beer on draft and bottled.

2. All American Sports Grill

I wanted to eat at All American Sports Grill because they have the best seat for the fountain viewing in the neighborhood. I wanted an adult beverage to go along with a nice fresh salad. I wanted to relax and enjoy the heat of the summer in the shade. I got everything I asked for, including the blueberry cucumber salad.

All American Amenities 

All American Sports Grill isn’t just a regular sports bar; it offers a covered patio with a clear view of the fountain, an energetic happy hour, live music, various craft and domestic beers, a full bar with handcrafted cocktails, over 50 HDTVs throughout the restaurant, and access to every available sports package. These features make it an ideal spot for sports fans to gather in a welcoming neighborhood environment.

3. Arrivederci Cucina Italiana

Italian cuisine is my favorite, and I appreciate good Italian food. When I stopped by Arrivederci Cucina Italiana and entered the lobby, I was immediately impressed with the dining room, the ultra-premium wine racks, and the sophisticated atmosphere. The view from the large windows of Fountain Lake was appealing. Strolling paths with public art surround the lake and make a great place to build up an appetite or walk off the calories after a delicious meal at Arrivederci.

What To Order At Arrivederci

Angelo made sure I had large portions of their signature dishes. When I requested their signature dish, I received pappardelle bolognese, lasagna, bread and pesto, and Choccamisu. It was enough for two people.

My authentic experience at Arrivederci matched the hospitality.

4. Cielo Restaurant 

Cielo Restaurant is located at the Adero Scottsdale Resort, technically in Scottsdale. However, the restaurant features prominently in the Fountain Hills Official Visitor’s Guide and must be included here. I’ve visited several times and it never disappointed.

Clinging to the side of McDowell Mountain, Adero Scottsdale Resort commands outstanding views of the Sonoran Desert, Four Peaks Mountain, Mount McDowell, and the fountain in Fountain Hills. The panorama windows from Cielo Restaurant and the sprawling outdoor terrace make the perfect setting for a cocktail, snack, or dinner.

Every meal at Cielo is artfully prepared, colorful, and appealing. The service is outstanding, and the servers are attentive and accommodating.

Adero Scottsdale Resort 

The best time of year to visit Adero Scottsdale Resort is spring and fall when the temps are pleasant and you can sit outside on the terrace. However, I was there in the summer once, and they have refreshing misters to counteract the triple-digit temperature. In winter, globes arranged on the grounds include champagne and music to create a unique outdoor experience overlooking the valley.

5. Crowning Glory

We think tea is a “girlie” thing, and primarily women participate, relishing this overabundance of carbs. However, I can’t imagine why anyone wouldn’t enjoy the flavors and textures of a world-class high tea at Crowning Glory Tearoom.

My friend and I were fortunate to be served by the owner, Sherry Boas. Sherry’s passion is unmatched in any other tea ritual I’ve seen. With religious overtones (it’s the only Catholic tearoom in the world), you don’t have to be a believer to enjoy the names and understand the history of every dish lovingly described to our eager ears. The décor reflects the lives of the saints and where they came from.

Crowning Glory Tea Services 

The heavenly tea service at Crowning Glory consists of three courses and endless tea. The first course includes a small salad with poppyseed dressing and tiny finger sandwiches like cucumber pimento cream cheese on white bread. The second course is two scones with Devonshire cream and cherry jam. The third course is cake (with gold frosting), tarts, and French cream with sugared grapes.

Crowning Glory offers a wide selection of black, green, oolong, and white teas. Several all-natural fruits, flowers, and caffeine-free teas are also available.

Pro Tip: Crowning Glory is only open on Saturdays for high tea dining and you must reserve 48 hours in advance. It’s worth the wait for the Saturday experience.

6. Desert Canyon Golf Club

Perched high in the hills of Fountain Hills and with an unlimited view of the mountains, Desert Canyon Golf Club was the first golf course in Fountain Hills. You don’t have to make a tee time or be a golfer to enjoy the food offerings.

What To Order At Desert Canyon 

Boasting the best street tacos in Fountain Hills, the chef takes pride in uniquely presenting basic food. I couldn’t resist and was glad I tried the tacos. They were fresh, crunchy, and served on little taco racks. The chef sliced the avocado into flawless, creamy, green, and healthy fats.

7. Georgie’s

Georgie’s is the quintessential coffee shop where locals and visitors are warmly welcomed. Giant scrabble letters decorate the wall, spelling “Georgie’s, good, food, breakfast, lunch.” Coffee mugs sport bumblebees with the phrase “bee kind.”

What To Order At Georgie’s 

Because I was there for breakfast, I was delighted with the extensive offering of skillets, sandwiches, griddles, and omelets. I chose the banana and Nutella pancakes. How can you miss when you go with chocolate, fruit, and pancakes?

8. Oka Sushi

Oka Sushi is a casual yet upscale Japanese restaurant. With a gorgeous pink flowering tree in the middle of the restaurant, one can imagine being in Japan during the spring cherry blossom festival.

What To Order At Oka 

In addition to the classic rolls, sashimi, and nigiri, Oka Sushi offers crafted rolls with an assortment of specialty sauces, including eel, soy mustard, spicy mayo, and yuzu vinaigrette.

I loved the simplicity of the poke bowl with crisp wontons and hot sake during Happy Hour. It’s perfect for a light lunch or a late afternoon snack.

9. Wicked 6 Bar And Grill

Shady canyons, rugged ridges, and impeccable green grass is the landscape enjoyed while dining in Wicked 6 Bar and Grill at Sunridge Canyon Golf Club. This Southwest restaurant offers a variety of delicious options, such as build-your-own gourmet burgers, steaks, wraps, sandwiches, and artisan pizzas. Whether you dine inside with a view or outside at the firepit, you’ll have a great experience.

What To Order At Wicked 6 

When I was there, I couldn’t resist the Hawaiian breakfast. It’s not just for breakfast, however. The Hawaiian breakfast is featured and is back by popular demand. This delectable dish is house-braised kalua pork with steamed jasmine rice and cabbage. Eggs any way you like them — I requested poached eggs — and the sweet soy glaze make this a savory meal in a bowl.

Where Is Fountain Hills

An official Dark Sky Community, Fountain Hills is in the East Valley of Metropolitan Phoenix. It is 30 minutes from Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport, and Scottsdale Airport, and only a 40-minute drive from downtown Phoenix.

For more to see and do in Arizona, check out these articles: 

• 9 Fantastic Experiences In Sunny Phoenix, Arizona
• My 5 Favorite Springtime Experiences In The Arizona Desert
• 5 Fabulous New Arizona Hotels To Book Now

The cool spray rising from the mighty Canadian Horseshoe Falls reminds me of many childhood driving trips to Niagara Falls from my home in Toronto. Niagara Falls can easily be seen over a short day trip, but with so much to see in the area, it is great to spend at least a couple of days. 

During a midweek two-night getaway with my husband at the end of March, ahead of the busy summer tourist season without the crowds, I found so many amazing things to see, do, explore, and experience in Niagara Falls, Ontario. Here are some of them:

This visit was hosted by Niagara Falls Tourism. All opinions are my own.

1. Table Rock Visitor Center

Take time to walk in the Fallsview area with a panoramic view of the falls during the day and at night. My favorite place to watch the water as it pours over the brink and crashes down is just outside the Table Rock Visitor Center. You may have to wait a few minutes to find a spot along the railing, but it is definitely worth the wait! When the sun is shining brightly, watch as colorful rainbows appear in the mist over the falls. I enjoyed a delicious light pasta dinner at the Table Rock House Restaurant with a magnificent sunset view of the falls. 

2. Journey Behind The Falls

If you want to get up close for a view of Niagara Falls from below and behind, head to the Table Rock Center to enter Journey Behind the Falls. Travel down 125 feet by elevator through the bedrock to the 130-year-old tunnels leading to the Cataract Portal and the Great Falls Portal. Feel the power as the freshwater thunders over the brink crashing into the basin below you. Yes, you can get pretty wet down there, but they give you a rain poncho to help keep dry. 

3. Niagara Power Station And Tunnel

Just steps from the Table Rock Center, the Niagara Parks Power Station and Tunnel is the first major power plant on the Canadian side of the Niagara River to open its doors to visitors. Admission includes a tour of the main historical generating hall and access to the tunnel formerly used to expel spent water used in the power station back into the Niagara River at the base of the falls. Ride a glass elevator down 180 feet to the tunnel portal and the 2,200-foot tunnel leading to a viewing platform at the base of the falls.

4. Niagara Helicopters 

If you want an overhead view of Niagara Falls but are just not up to the thrill of a zipline, you can book a helicopter ride at Niagara Helicopters. We did the most popular 12-minute (around $160 CDN per person) ride with aerial views of the Botanical Gardens, Fallsview area, Whirlpool Gorge, American Falls, Horseshoe Falls, and the Niagara River. Because the operation of the helicopters is weather-dependent, it’s best to check the weather before heading over to the helicopter base and booking your flight. We’ve recently taken a helicopter over Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe and found our ride over Niagara Falls equally thrilling.

5. Butterfly Conservatory 

One of the most fascinating (and educational) places we visited was the Butterfly Conservatory at the center of the Niagara Parks Botanical Gardens. Thousands of colorful butterflies surround you while you walk along the paths in the humid glass enclosure with a tropical rainforest including waterfalls, enormous plants, and ponds. If you stay still, they even land on your head and in your hands, which thrilled the children who were visiting. As you enter, there is a movie with the curator of the conservatory explaining the life cycle of butterflies and the various species present in the sanctuary. You might also enjoy a walk around the Botanical Gardens surrounding the Butterfly Conservatory and enjoy the fragrant blooms in the spring and summer months.

6. Clifton Hill

For a bit of a throwback and a dose of kitsch, walk along the streets in Clifton Hill, with the wax museums like Legends of Rock, haunted houses including Dracula’s Castle, Ripley’s Believe it or Not Museum, and of course, candy shops with taffy apples and all flavors of fudge! Clifton Hill is classic fun for all ages and stages.

7. Niagara Skywheel

Located in the heart of Clifton Hill in the Great Canadian Midway, you can’t miss the Niagara Skywheel. For yet another awesome sightseeing view of American Falls, Horseshoe Falls, the Niagara River, the casinos and hotels, and other landmarks, we rode the Niagara Skywheel, taking us 150 feet above Niagara Falls. We appreciated the fully enclosed and heated gondola since the weather in March was brisk. The gondolas are also air-conditioned if you visit in the summertime.

8. Voyage To The Falls 

One of the most iconic experiences in Niagara Falls, Ontario, is a Voyage to the Falls boat tour with Niagara City Cruises. Be sure to wear your pink poncho to protect phones, cameras, and anything else you don’t want to get wet on the 20-minute boat tour. The boat sails from Niagara Falls, passing the Niagara Gorge, American Falls, and Bridal Veil Falls before reaching Horseshoe Falls.

9. Skylon Tower

For yet another spectacular view of Niagara Falls, the 764-foot-high Skylon Tower has an indoor/outdoor observation area, along with two restaurants, including the Skylon Tower Revolving Dining Room. After riding the glass-enclosed Yellow Bug elevators up and down, head over to the amusement area at the base of the tower and grab a snack in the food court. 

10. Fallsview Casino Resort

You don’t need to be a gambler to enjoy the Fallsview Casino Resort — the largest gaming resort in Canada. We stopped by Bar Barista for a cocktail and light snack. The creative mixologist fixed us some wonderful quirky cocktails made with fresh local ingredients, and then we did some window-shopping as we walked through the mall. Check the casino calendar for shows and concerts at the OLG Stage ahead of your visit or go to the box office. We plan to return to see a concert soon since there were no shows happening when we visited.

11. The Keg Steakhouse And Bar 

We chose to have a delicious steak dinner at the Keg restaurant in the Embassy Suites Fallsview Hotel while enjoying a breathtaking view of the Niagara Falls Illumination. All three waterfalls that make up Niagara Falls were illuminated with glowing colors moving dramatically against the dark sky from American Falls to Canadian Falls. Niagara Falls is illuminated every night of the year and can also be seen perfectly from Illumination Cruises, at Table Rock, or from other Fallsview hotel rooms.

Whether you are taking a day trip or visiting for a few days, Niagara Falls will not disappoint. There are so many things to do, see, and experience, you will want to come back again and again.

Pro Tips: Visiting Niagara Falls

Be sure to check out the packages available for tickets to all the attractions through Niagara Tourism.

If you’re coming from Toronto, you can drive or take the Megabus from Union Station. On weekends, taking a GO Train from Union Station is a great option. Buy a bus pass with WeGo, to get around to all the Niagara Falls attractions and hotels.

Stay at one of the Fallsview hotels that are close to many of the attractions.

Bring a waterproof bag for your camera and phone and other personal items that can’t get wet.

If time permits, visit the Niagara Wineries and Niagara on the Lake, just a 20-minute drive or a ride on WeGo from Niagara Falls.

Most of the experiences including the helicopter ride, Skylon Tower, boat cruise, Power Station and Tunnel, the Butterfly Conservatory, and Journey Behind the Falls are fully accessible.

Related Reading:

• 23 Must-Try Canadian Foods For American Visitors
• 13 Scenic Road Trips To Experience In Canada In 2023
• 7 Amazing Destinations To Visit In Canada In 2023 

During the American Revolution, Marquis de Lafayette was visiting and remarked that the Troup County countryside of Georgia reminded him of his home, LaGrange. The town, just about an hour from Atlanta, and its surrounding areas are some of West Georgia’s hidden gems. These are 10 things to do when visiting LaGrange.

I was hosted on this trip by Visit LaGrange, but all opinions are my own.

1. Lafayette’s Statue And Fountain

While you are in the square, there is the famous Lafayette statue and fountain there. The statue is a replica of the Lafayette statue in LePuy, France. At night, the fountain is awash with colored lights.

2. Biblical History Center

LaGrange’s history goes back to the Revolutionary War but one location in town will take you further back. The Biblical History Center is a unique attraction, detailing anthropological finds in the Middle East on the Empty Tombs Tour. Our guide, Emily, dressed in biblical costume, walked us through Good Friday to Easter Sunday based on biblical records. She took us into the Biblical Life Artifacts Gallery which gave a glimpse of life in ancient times. It is one of only eight museums in the world of its kind and the only one in the southeastern U.S. that has a collection from the Israel Antiquities Authority. There are 250 artifacts from the collection on display.

3. Hills And Dales

One of the most graceful homes and gardens you can visit in LaGrange is Hills and Dales, the former residence of textile magnate Fuller Earle Callaway and his family. Unlike most mansions, Fuller Callaway, Sr. built the grand Italian villa to complement Ferrell Gardens, a formal boxwood garden dating to 1832. As a boy, he visited then-owner Miss Sarah Ferrell, who built the garden, and he fell under its spell and bought the estate after her death. Today, the formal boxwood garden is among the best-preserved 19th-century gardens in the southeastern U.S. I loved the orchids in the greenhouse. Be sure to look for their cat mascot, Mickleberry.

My guide in the mansion pointed out what was original and the things that had changed in the home over the years.

4. A Walk Through Callaway Mills History

You can take A Walk Through Callaway Mills History with Hills & Dales Foundation Executive Director Carleton Wood and see how Fuller Callaway’s heritage still lives on. He made his fortune mainly with cotton mills. Unity Cotton Mill began in 1900 and was his first mill. As his fortune grew, Callaway Mills Company provided jobs to over half the population of LaGrange. He created housing and offered recreational opportunities, healthcare, and education for his workers.

Carlton led us on a 3-mile walking tour through the mill villages of the Unity, Elm City, and Hillside Mills. We were able to enter the old Unity Mill building and Elm City, which is now repurposed to provide storage space for multiple businesses. Carlton pointed out sites of former hospitals, schools, and communal gardens for the workers.

It’s a fascinating tour, but do wear comfortable shoes and be prepared for uneven terrain.

5. LaGrange Art Museum

Jail and art don’t seem to be synonymous, but in LaGrange, the art museum is housed in an iconic 1892 jail. The exhibits change, so when you visit, it may be different. But my favorite exhibit was Picture This, showing contemporary art featuring happenings in everyday life.

6. Legacy Museum On Main

The museum is home to exhibits featuring the history and development of western Georgia. Artifacts range from a piece of steel from the World Trade Center Twin Towers to the world’s oldest cotton bale that was on display at the 1904 World’s Fair. The building itself is a work of art with a huge two-story showroom that has ceilings so high they hang timeline banners telling Troup County history from the ceiling, and the banners still float high above your head.

7. Bellevue

Built between 1852 and 1855 by Benjamin Harvey Hill, a Confederate veteran and U.S. Senator, Bellevue is a Greek Revival-style treasure that played host to many influential people, including Confederate President Jefferson Davis. As you walk around the home, there are massive carved wood cornices above the doors and windows, black Italian marble mantles, and plaster ceiling medallions. Much of the home is original, but my guide told me about visiting it as a child when the home was in disrepair, and she was frightened to go into it. Today, it is the home of the LaGrange Woman’s Club and is beautifully well-maintained.

8. Wild Animal Safari

Located just south of LaGrange in Pine Mountain, Georgia, Wild Animal Safari features an array of wildlife from all over the world. Get up close and personal with over 550 animals and 70 different species while driving through the 500-acre park. I got to drive one of the safari rental vehicles and it was a blast. The van is painted white with black zebra-like stripes and bars on the windows to keep the residents from climbing aboard with you. There were zebras, buffalo, deer, donkeys, emus, camels, the cutest mamma pig with babies, and so many more animals. Most of them shoved their mouth sideways between the bars to beg for food.

You have other choices to drive through: You can take your own car or the safari bus. Do make sure you get lots of food for the animals when you start. They will not be happy if you don’t feed them as you go through. Don’t miss the Walkabout Adventure Zoo as well. It’s more of a traditional zoo setting and is included with admission. There’s a restaurant and souvenir shop on site.

9. Hillside Historic Neighborhood

Hillside neighborhood was the site of many of the mills years ago. Today, it’s an artsy community with great food and shops. I visited Home and Thread, a cute consignment shop; Tournesol, filled with unique items that make great souvenirs; Beacon Brewing Co., named after the newspaper circulated for the mill workers years ago; Rock Salt Milk Bar, which serves one-of-a-kind ice cream; The Oink Joint for barbeque; and more.

Pure Life Studios is a live music venue housed in a former warehouse that offers an intimate listening experience with local, national, regional, and international artists. It’s a bring-your-own-bottle place.

Pro Tip: If you visit in mid-April, check out the Taste of the Town. It is a blend of music, food, and fun. Maggie MacDonald, co-owner of Pure Life Studios, helps set the music for the event.

10. Great Wolf Lodge

Great Wolf Lodge in LaGrange, Georgia, is a resort for kids and adults. It has kid-friendly activities, dining choices, and an adult-friendly wine-down service. Besides lodging, there are so many things to do here from Magiquest (a gamer’s dream) and Ten Paw Alley (a mini bowling alley) to a rock-climbing wall. Kids will think they are in heaven. Adults will enjoy Northwood Oasis, an adults-only indoor waterpark. Of course, there is a waterpark for every age as well.

Where To Eat In LaGrange

From breakfast at Campfire Kitchen and lunch at Hungry as a Wolf Pizza to nighttime cocktails at the Outpost, there are lots of food and drink choices. I had breakfast at the Campfire Kitchen. It’s a large, well-stocked buffet. While not cheap — $24 for adults and $12 for kids — it has just about any breakfast food you want.

Taste Of Lemon

For a unique dining choice, try Taste of Lemon, housed in a restored 1892 church. They serve traditional southern dishes, meat, and two or three veggie choices. It’s a second-generation family-owned restaurant.

Pro Tip: I loved the roast pork and their special pineapple casserole.

Nutwood Winery

Nutwood Winery sits on a 10-acre farm where you can stroll the vineyard while dining in the Tasting Room & Vineyard Café. They offer light dining, including fruit and cheese boards, salads, and sandwiches. The wines are pretty special with choices including Felicity Raspberry, white zinfandel, Silas Green Apple made with a riesling grape, and Plantation Peach 36. But more than just wine, it’s their Nutwood Peach wine blended with Muscadine Moonshine to create a strong 36-proof wine that stands out. There is also relaxing music while you dine.

Pro Tip: My choice here is the quiche and side salad. The quiche has bacon, spinach, and sun-dried tomatoes. I chose a side salad served with our homemade refrigerator pickles.

Gus’s Grill

If you want to dine with locals, try Gus’s Grill. It’s housed in an unpretentious little building just about a block off the square, but the food is fabulous.

Pro Tip: Try the French toast; it is fresh and tasty.

Charlie Joseph’s

Charlie Joseph’s is just a takeout or counter-order place, but the hot dogs are fabulous. They’ve been in business since 1920, so you know they’ve been doing things right.

Mare Sol

If you are in the mood for upscale dining, try Mare Sol. They are locally owned and have been here for over a decade. They locally source most of the food. There is a chalkboard by the bar that shows the local providers. There are lots of craft beers on tap — including ones from Beacon Brewing Co. — over 100 wines, and a full bar for cocktail choices.

Pro Tip: I couldn’t resist their shrimp and grits and did not regret it.

Where To Stay In LaGrange

I stayed at the Courtyard LaGrange by Marriott. It was comfortable and had all the amenities I needed, plus free parking. It’s right on the square.

Related Reading:

• 8 Fantastic Things To Do In Historic Macon, GA
• How To Spend A Luxurious Weekend On Gorgeous Lake Oconee, Georgia
• 13 Incredible Things To Do In Beautiful Rome, Georgia

Philadelphia is often overlooked as a creditable destination due to its close proximity to both Manhattan and Washington, D.C. As described in the list below of new and old attractions, Philly offers much more than cheesesteaks and the Rocky Stairs at the Philadelphia Museum of Art — which are both on the standard itinerary in the “City of Brotherly Love and Sisterly Affection.”

Here is a list of six Philadelphia locations that don’t necessarily fit normal vacation itineraries for visitors.

1. East Passyunk Avenue

The name Passyunk is pronounced “Pash-unk,” meaning “a place of sleep,” “a level place,” or “a place below the hills” in the Indigenous language of the Lenape. The avenue sits diagonally across the grid designed by Thomas Holme, the original city planner.

Passyunk Avenue serves as the main artery of the East Passyunk Neighborhood of South Philadelphia, where Frank Sinatra got his nickname “Ole Blue Eyes.” It only officially starts at the 9th Street Market (Italian Market). The avenue offers visitors a wide array of restaurants, shops, and bars.

Stop by for lunch at Cantina Los Cablitos. I recommend a margarita, elote (Mexican corn), and a wet burrito. Afterward, explore some of the area, including the remaining wall of the Moyamensing Prison (ACME Supermarket parking lot), where America’s first serial killer was executed and even Edgar Allen Poe spent time. Make a visit to Nice Things Hand Made for a small gift for yourself or family and friends back home. 

Have a late afternoon drink at Stateside. The Bees Knees cocktail consists of Bluecoat dry gin, lemon, and honey. Then, round off your visit at Bing Bing Dim Sum. The caterpillar bread and scarlet dumplings are worth the trip. End the evening at Ray’s Happy Birthday Bar if you want to mingle and listen to some local comedians and music, or if it is your birthday, have yourself serenaded.

2. South 3rd Street

In the prominent Society Hill neighborhood are four homes and two plaques that tell a lot about the history of the area. The Bouvier Mansions form a connection to the fabled Camelot. The Powel House served as the home of the final colonial mayor of Philadelphia who once entertained George Washington. Right next door is the former home of a Spanish arms dealer and financier to the American Revolution. Finally, Thomas Paine Place intersects with South 3rd and was once owned by the publisher who printed the first copies of his greatest work, Common Sense.

Stop at Thomas Paine Place to learn about publisher Robert Bell and how Common Sense helped rally support for American independence. At the next stop, see the plaque in front of the former home of Juan de Miralles who served as ambassador to the Spanish Crown. Take a tour of the Powel House and walk the rooms that hosted the political elite during the early days of the American Revolution. Also, learn about how Elizabeth Powel is credited for convincing George Washington to accept a second term as Commander in Chief. 

Finally, continue your walk up 3rd to see the exteriors of mansions of cabinetmaker Michel Bouvier, the great, great, great grandfather of Jacqueline Bouvier Kennedy. Born in 1792 in Pont-Saint-Esprit in southern France, he migrated to Philadelphia after fighting in the Napoleonic Wars until 1815. 

3. Mütter Museum

Founded by Dr. Thomas Dent Mutter in 1858, the museum started with a collection of specimens, odd medical instruments, morbid anatomy, and human curiosities. But it evolved into a medical history and science institution.

Not for those with a weak stomach or who frighten easily, this rotating collection of about 35,000 objects invites repeat visitors. Permanent exhibits include “The Soap Lady” who passed in the early 19th century and is encased in a fatty substance called adipocere; the Hyrtl Skull Collection, which began as an attempt to refute phrenology; and the Exhibit of Harry and Carol, who had a rare disease that caused them to grow additional bones from their backbones.

4. Wissahickon Valley Park

Formerly known as Wissahickon Gorge, this area is for adventurous travelers who like to get out of the city and partake in physical activities, such as biking and hiking. According to legends, a secret cult used to meet in the area. Wissahickon offers a slice of nature that reinforces why Philadelphia is also known as “The Green Country Towne.”

Start at the Wissahickon Waterfall — yes Philly has waterfalls — then veer onto the Ridge Avenue Trail. Follow the river past Daisy Field to see the Kelpius (Hermit) Cave, the site where Transylvanian Johannes Kelpius’s doomsday cult, the Chapter of Perfection, waited for the world to end in 1694. Then, stop at the old mill town of Rittenhouse or continue west to see old homes and a covered bridge.

5. Philadelphia’s Jazz Legacy Landmarks

During the early 20th century, Philadelphia was a jazz mecca that not only brought in talent but was called home to various luminaries such as Coltrane, Morgan, and Holiday. It was a major northern destination during the “Great Migration” that brought in numerous Black Americans to states such as Pennsylvania, Michigan, and New York. Various jazz halls lined this stretch of South Street. Although they are no longer here, murals and plaques mark their places.

Start at the plaque of the Standard Theater on 1124 South Street. Continue West to 1524 South Street to see the mural that marks the spot of the Royal Theater. Head over to the site of the former Douglass Hotel on Lombard Street, where “Lady Day” Billie Holiday stayed while in Philly. Finish by walking to singer Marian Anderson’s former home on Martin Street.

Pro Tip: Philly has a number of jazz venues. Visit Chris’ Jazz Cafe for its speakeasy vibe or, if you love soul food, head farther north to the SOUTH Restaurant & Jazz Club. Try the cornbread; it is worth it.

6. Brewerytown Food Hall

The newest edition to Philly’s food scene is the Brewerytown Food Hall. Fast-tracked to become the new anchor of the up-and-coming neighborhood, draft beers, mocktails, pub foods, and a Philly attitude have already defined this venue.

Only open from 4 p.m.–11 p.m., this serves as the ideal stop after a long day of touring. Try some wonchos, which are wontons with cheese sauce, shishito peppers, and sriracha ranch drizzle, or sea fries, which are seafood boil seasoned waffle fries. Fans of bacon will love the Brewerytown burger.

Looking for something to wash it all down? Try the B-Town Smash, which is vodka, mint syrup, and lemon juice with strawberries, blackberries, and bubbles. Mocktail #2 is ideal to help cool you down with peach, lemon, verbena syrup, and fresh lime juice topped with ginger beer.

Pro Tip: Visit my previous article to view the self-guided brewery route that starts in the area.

A few months ago, I kicked off 2023 with a road trip to Baton Rouge, Louisiana, to visit friends on a sunny January weekend. Adding 3 days to explore, I found numerous distinctive places, extraordinary food, and a fun town with a delightful ambiance.

These are just some of the ways to occupy yourself and your group while exploring the different areas within Baton Rouge.

Downtown Baton Rouge

Downtown is a thriving, well-preserved historic district because many of the founders’ families have remained in the city they love, raising families, creating or nurturing businesses, and being proud to support the culture they created. The following places are all within walking distance of each other. However, the Capitol Trolley system is available for your convenience.

1. Spanish Town

Thanks to the Visit Baton Rouge office who gave me a tour, I discovered a wonderful designated historic district of Spanish heritage older than Baton Rouge, dating to 1805. The area has become famous for its colorful homes scattered with pink flamingos. Once a year, the neighborhood hosts the largest Mardi Gras parade in Baton Rouge, adorned with everything pink. Guided tours of this private residential neighborhood are recommended.

2. Louisiana Capitol Building

The tallest capitol building in the United States is adorned with beautiful interior granite and murals. My favorite feature was the rooftop deck on the 27th floor with amazing views of downtown and the mighty Mississippi River. There is a nice little gift store with Louisiana souvenirs and free recipe cards. From the day the capitol building was built, the then-Governor declared the surrounding grounds were open to the public, and still today, family picnics in the shadow of the Capitol are a popular tradition. An interesting feature not to miss is the steps leading to the capitol’s front door. Carved into each step is every U.S. state and the date it entered the Union.

3. Veteran’s Memorial Park

Surrounding the capitol are beautiful gardens, fountains, statues of veterans, and an arsenal museum. Four military barracks that originally housed soldiers protecting the Mississippi shipping port have been restored and are today used for Louisiana congressional housing when in session. The setting was lovely, even on this cold and windy January day, with a large fountain in the middle of the barracks courtyard.

Pro Tip: Before leaving downtown, stop at BRASS on North Boulevard, the Baton Rouge Souvenir Shop, for one-of-a-kind handmade items made by local artists.

4. Old State Capitol

Overlooking the Mississippi River, the original 160-year-old statehouse is a few miles from the current and interestingly designed as a medieval castle. Now the Museum of Political History, I was very disappointed it was not open due to renovations because one of the most important historic events in the U.S. happened here: the 105-mile March For Civil Rights. On August 10, 1967, two activists started the march in Bogalusa, Louisiana, but gathered 600 more people when it ended at the old capitol’s steps. President Lyndon Johnson understood the importance of protecting these brave Americans and sent the National Guard to protect march participants and supporters along the route.

5. USS Kidd Veterans Museum

A National Historic Landmark, this 1945 WWII Fletcher class destroyer has been restored to not only a museum with a full-scale gun deck of Old Ironsides, but it’s also a world-class convention center. Located a mile from downtown, the destroyer is docked on the Mississippi River shores.

6. Magnolia Mound Plantation

A short drive from downtown is Magnolia Mound Plantation. Built in 1792 on 15 acres of beautiful grounds, it features original buildings filled with period furniture and active gardens. Various guided or self-guided tours are available at a very nice gift store and educational center. Pay attention to the six live oak trees planted in 1776 called the Bicentennial Oaks, still proudly shading the front porch of the main house.

7. Louie’s Cafe

I ended the day with another legend — a stylish retro diner where the focus is friendly service and good food. Since 1941, Louie’s Cafe has been an anchor in a revived historic district near the Louisiana State University and is famous for serving a hearty breakfast all day. My seafood omelet for lunch lived up to its reputation.

LSU Campus

Advice from friends in Texas says I simply must see the LSU (Louisiana State University) campus. Since my friends in Baton Rouge were packing to move, I stayed at the Cook Hotel and Convention Center located on the campus. Not only did I have a stunning view of University Lake, but nearby was a nice walking/running path used often by students. My friends were right: The campus is beautiful with large trees and old-world-designed buildings. There are also a few nice places to visit on the campus.

Pro Tip: Get a room on the top floors facing east for amazing sunrise views over the lake.

8. LSU Museum Of Art

Located on the fifth floor of the Shaw Center for the Arts, the museum houses one of the finest collections of art in the state, ranging from Rodin to rare pottery pieces found in Louisiana. The hours vary with class sessions, so check before you go.

9. Anderson-Campbell Tiger Walk

Housed in a well-built enclosure with a natural habitat fit for a tiger is where Mike #7 lives — a real roaring tiger and the famous LSU mascot. Across from Tiger Stadium, Mike roams, or takes naps, in an area with two sides protected by double rows of chained fencing. In the back is a hidden shelter where he can find peace from a busy day of greeting fans.

10. Elsie’s Plates And Pie

At the end of a long day walking, I took my friend’s advice on Creole pot pies from Elsie’s Plates and Pie. Named after Elsie Marie Campeau Rupe, grandmother of Proprietor and Chef Paul Chauvin Dupre, the Creole chicken pot pie was absolutely delicious. I had enough leftovers for the next night!

South Baton Rouge

I spent my last “tourist” day before meeting friends and exploring suggested sites south of town. The road across from the Cook Hotel is River Road, hugging the lake and eventually becoming Highway 327. What a lovely drive, passing near the Bluebonnet Swamp Nature Center; which I made a note for next time because everyone I met in Baton Rouge said not to miss it.

11. Calandro’s Gourmet Grocery

A Baton Rouge icon, Calandro’s is a small, non-traditional grocery selling the best of Louisiana soul food. I went to buy items for a picnic lunch but found myself roaming every aisle just for the fun of it. They have an enormous section for wine and beer right next to a deli section filled with gourmet cheeses, crackers, and sandwich meats. The row of hot sauces resembled an international tour. The bakery — stocked with freshly baked bread, pastries, and cookies — had a busy demand for King Cakes.

Pro Tip: Buy a double-batch of the almond coconut chocolate cookies; otherwise only crumbs will remain for the picnic.

12. LSU Rural Life Museum

My target for the morning was the Rural Life Museum, a collection of historic plantation buildings and period furnishings moved to this site and made into a village, complete with a church, school, slavery homes, a blacksmith shop, a cemetery, and outhouses. The perfect place for my picnic was near a country church. The large, newer building housed historic artifacts from outhouse seats to a dozen horse-drawn buggies. A well-designed interpreter told the true story of how a plantation operated, even the sad story of the slaves’ lives.

13. Modesto Mexican

That evening, my friend took me to her favorite restaurant, Modesto on Burbank Drive. It spotlights tacos made with authentic Mexican spices served with interesting hand-crafted cocktails. My fajita tacos were beyond delicious.

Pro Tip: Dining In Baton Rouge

Allow more time in this charismatic city to experience Louisiana through amazing food found in artisan restaurants. On my list for next time are Coffee Call for the best beignets by Food & Wine Magazine; Jolie Pearl Oyster Bar for oysters cooked many ways; Poor Boy Lloyd’s, the oldest restaurant in Baton Rouge; and Mestizo, Mexican with a Louisiana flair. I’ll meet you there!

Related Reading: 

• From Crawfish To King Cake: 6 Delicious Cajun Dishes To Try In Lafayette
• 9 Tips For Experiencing Lafayette, Louisiana’s Historic Azalea Trail
• 8 Fabulous Restaurants To Try In Baton Rouge, Louisiana

The natural, rugged beauty of the Mendocino Coast in northern California is a spectacular setting to relax and recharge from our busy lives. The Stanford Inn by the Sea is the perfect place to rejuvenate. They have an ocean view, an award-winning restaurant, cooking classes, massages, yoga classes, outdoor activities, and comfortable and luxurious accommodations surrounded by redwood forest ridges overlooking Mendocino Bay.

Jeff and Joan Stanford, the owners, extend exceptional care to their guests, the land, and the animals. They created an award-winning eco-resort and Wellness Center, based on sustainability and compassion, designed to provide guests with maximum comfort and relaxation.

Stanford Inn by the Sea hosted my husband and me. However, all opinions are my own.

How To Get To Stanford Inn

The Stanford Inn is an hour and a half from the nearest major highway. Flying and driving are the best options to reach Mendocino, California.

The closest airport, Charles M. Schulz-Sonoma County Airport in Santa Rosa, is 2 hours away. San Francisco International Airport is 3.5 hours away. You can rent a vehicle at either airport.

Driving from San Francisco in the south or Leggett in the north, take picturesque Highway 1 along the coast.

Pro Tip: Allow plenty of time for stops along the way and slow traffic.

Exit at Highway 128 near Cloverdale or Highway 20 in Willits, and head towards the coast. Both roads have many curves and are best traveled during the day. You can also take Highway 101 inland from the coast more quickly.

Fort Bragg is about 11 miles north of Stanford Inn, located at Comptche Ukiah Road, and is the home of Glass Beach, the historic Skunk Train, and many other fun things to do.

When To Visit Mendocino 

The coastal Mediterranean climate is mild; spring and fall are the most popular times to visit Mendocino.

On our fall visit to Stanford Inn, we experienced fog the first evening and a stunning sunset the following evening. That awe-inspiring sunset lasted more than an hour.

Amenities At Stanford Inn

All guest rooms, suites, and cottages include these amenities:

• Chef-prepared breakfast
• Cellular service
• High-speed wireless internet
• Free Wi-Fi
• Satellite HDTV
• Private Deck
• Cozy robes
• Small refrigerators and microwaves
• Coffee maker with organic coffee
• Signature eco-friendly bath products and hair dryers
• Free mountain bike rentals

Our room overlooked the gardens and the Pacific Ocean. All rooms are paneled in redwood and pine, with wood-burning fireplaces ready to light with the touch of a match.

The Ravens Restaurant

The Ravens opened in 1997 as a vegetarian restaurant consistent with Jeff and Joan’s lifestyle. It became a vegan restaurant when they became vegan and is different from most vegan restaurants in the U.S. The Stanfords choose to serve a whole-food, plant-based diet by avoiding soy protein isolates and adding tofu that is flavored to replace meat. More than most restaurants, it’s about nourishing and enhancing our sense of living.

I was eager to try everything when I learned that The Ravens Restaurant serves entirely plant-based meals and vegan food, emphasizing locally-sourced organic ingredients. My husband and I feasted on the vegan cuisine that was as beautiful as it was healthy.

Happy hour made us happy because they had our favorite Hendricks gin and the light bar menu of vegan snacks. The bartender crafted cocktails from the full bar with premium liquors and organic ingredients. Bite-sized vegan sandwiches and cinnamon cake snacks were enough to satisfy our growing appetites but not enough to spoil our dinner.

Chef-Prepared Breakfast 

A breakfast of fresh, organic foods is served in The Ravens Restaurant. Fruit-infused water, freshly squeezed juices, and organic coffee or tea begin the meal.

My choice for breakfast was the signature brunch entrée, Stanford Herbed Polenta. The crispy, flavorful grilled sun-dried tomato polenta with garden greens sautéed in braising sauce was served with cashew “cream” sauce. My husband chose the buckwheat pancakes served with organic maple syrup and fresh organic seasonal fruit compote.

Swimming Pool, Hot Tub, And Sauna

You can enjoy the indoor pool, hot tub, and sauna any time of year in the greenhouse building. The pool has a chair apparatus to assist disabled people with access to the water. Chairs, tables, and showers make this building a retreat in itself.

The Wellness Center

The Stanford Inn’s Wellness Center is the perfect health and wellness getaway destination. 

Spa services include basic, deep tissue, hot stone, and aromatherapy massage treatments. If you are into bliss and ecstasy through herbal oils, the Ayurvedic treatments will rejuvenate your body like no other method.

The team of instructors at Stanford Inn offers yoga classes for every level of fitness — from absolute beginners to seniors, or those with special needs and physical limitations. Classes on a drop-in basis and private classes are available.

Mindfulness, meditation, Kundalini yoga, and Chinese medicine are strategies for wellness offered by experts at The Stanford Inn.

Many wellness resources, books, and healthy snacks are available in the main building. The enormous room filled with new books on many topics quickly became my favorite bookstore. I bought Dining at The Ravens by Jeff and Joan Stanford to try to recreate the delicious dishes we enjoyed in the dining room.

The Nurseries And Grounds

Farming began at The Stanford Inn by the Sea in 1985 as a landscaping feature. With a natural spring-fed pond running throughout the year, organic methods practiced in the gardens deliver much of the produce in The Ravens Restaurant.

The on-site Big River Nurseries is a USDA-Certified Organic Farm. A team of dedicated people tends to 10 acres of organic gardens, with the same co-creative relationship with the land as the Stanfords’.

On my tour of the grounds with Jeff, he told me that the organic gardens are their most important work. They use no pesticides and natural composting feeds the plants. A flock of ravens came to roost during my garden tour and Jeff affectionately drew that to my attention.

A stop at the seed storage shed was fascinating. Jeff explained how the seeds are harvested and the importance of age rotation in the collection. The oldest seeds are planted first to keep a healthy supply.

Recognized as environmental leaders, Jeff and Joan Stanford went to Mendocino to create a stellar resort and a premier destination. They’ve worked hard since 1980 and have done just that. Their lifelong passion and commitment to health for themselves and their guests have earned them awards and loyal employees.

Outdoor Activities

In addition to hiking trails just behind the inn, there are four state parks within 2 miles of the property.

Make reservations at The Stanford Inn’s Catch a Canoe & Bicycles, Too! located at the foot of the property at the neck of Mendocino Bay. Bicycle rentals are complimentary for guests. Kayaks and outrigger canoes are available for a fee.

We rented a very stable outrigger canoe, which was life-changing for me. Kayaking or canoeing on the calm, green waters of the Big River is easy and a must-do experience.

Pro Tip: Wear your cell phone on a lanyard so you don’t drop your device in the water.

Indoor Activities

Creative Playshops require no art experience and all materials are provided. Led by Joan Stanford, who has a private workshop and retreat practice, guides you in the powers of creativity and nature to heal. These playshops tap into your creativity by using art-making techniques. An abundance of materials filled the entire classroom wall and my fingers were itching to create.

Cooking Classes

Sid Garza-Hillman — the wellness programs director, certified nutritionist, and author — hosted the cooking class where I learned how to make plant-based cheese and bacon-flavored mushrooms. In the private cooking class, Sid demonstrated easy cooking skills and recipes that even I can make at home.

Fitness Center 

The fitness center, located downstairs in the main building, was outfitted with strength training and cardio equipment personally selected by Jeff.

Family-Friendly

With scavenger hunts to discover points of interest on the property for the younger kids, families can explore tide pools, borrow pails and shovels to use at the Big River Beach, visit parks, meet rescued animals, and enjoy time in the pool. Headlands State Park is across the bridge from Big River Beach, an easy walk only a quarter-mile away.

Pet-Friendly

Rescued animals, like donkeys, horses, and llamas, receive fond care on the grounds. The black cat, decked out in Halloween garb, greeted us at the concierge desk. The family dog held court at a reserved seat in front of the fireplace in the Great Room.

Jeff told me that he would have pigs if he had more property. I didn’t understand because, being vegan, all I could think of was that they would not use them as food. Jeff gently explained the benefits of raising pigs because it’s good for the environment and fulfills fertilizer needs for the organic gardens.

ADA-Accessible And EV Charging

ADA-accessible executive queen rooms on the main floor may include roll-in showers with shower seats, accessible parking, and ramps for wheelchair users at check-in. Electric vehicle charging stations are conveniently located near the middle of the main building.

My stay at The Stanford Inn by the Sea proves that you can have fun and be eco-friendly while enjoying a luxury vacation in style and comfort.

Squishing your toes into sparkling white, sugar-fine sand while waves caress the shoreline is the ultimate summertime getaway. In New England, we relish the lazy days of our short summer and schedule multiple beach-centric days into our busy schedules. With miles and miles of coastline, there are seemingly endless strings of gorgeous beaches. From the rugged coast of Maine to shapeshifting dunes of Cape Cod’s National Seashore, New England has a beach to suit every sun-worshiping beach bum.

Listed below are my favorite beaches across New England — each one is special in its own best beach way. They are listed in no particular order.

1. Sand Beach

Bar Harbor, Maine

The diminutive Sand Beach is a cove-style beach in Acadia National Park. After a day exploring Cadillac Mountain, enjoy a quiet respite at this pretty little beach. The ocean water in Maine is very cold, rarely reaching 55 degrees Fahrenheit in the summer months. As you can guess, swimming is more like jumping in and out of the waves and not full water immersion.

Pro Tip: Acadia National Park is adjacent to Bar Harbor, where many park visitors anchor their getaway stay.

2. Old Orchard Beach

Old Orchard, Maine

A beautiful, 7-mile stretch of sand, Old Orchard Beach is one of Maine’s most popular beaches. Perfect for shaking off the winter blues and soaking up the glorious summer sun, Old Orchard Beach is a wonderful spot for swimming (yes, it’s cold), beach volleyball, building sand castles, or simply walking along the tideline.

Pro Tip: Old Orchard Beach is a favorite New England beach town of our neighbors to the north. You will often encounter French Canadian conversations on the beach towel next to yours.

3. Ogunquit Beaches

Ogunquit, Maine

Three beaches combine to make up the Ogunquit Beaches. Main Beach, Footbridge Beach, and North Beach come together to make up 3 miles of white sandy goodness. The charming town of Ogunquit enjoys a lively art scene. Filled with galleries, theaters, and great dining spots, you will have lots of choices for your evening entertainment.

Pro Tip: Take a stroll along the Marginal Way, a picturesque walkway where you can sit back and enjoy the stunning views on one of the 39 benches along the 1.25-mile-long pathway.

4. Coast Guard Beach

Eastham, Massachusetts

The most popular beach on the Cape Cod National Seashore is definitely Coast Guard Beach. This beloved beach gets crowded early and stays crowded all day long — for good reason. The beach is gorgeous. It is the beginning of an uninterrupted 20-mile sandy coastline hemmed in by dunes covered in windblown seagrass.

Pro Tip: Your National Park Pass will allow you to park for free at Coast Guard Beach. Non-resident parking is at Little Creek where you can then take a shuttle to the beach.

5. Wingaersheek Beach

Gloucester, Massachusetts

Beautiful Wingaersheek Beach is perched on Massachusetts’s north shore in the charming city of Gloucester. The white sand beach is perfect for a long walk along the shore or a scramble up the interesting rock formations. As you are enjoying your beach day, it is fun to dream of owning one of the stunning summer vacation homes perched high above the shoreline.

Pro Tip: Prepaid reserved parking is required at Wingaersheek Beach. Reservations are required for non-residents and can be made up to 10 days in advance.

6. Good Harbor Beach

Gloucester, Massachusetts

Good Harbor Beach, the other Gloucester beach, is long and wide at low tide with inviting soft sand where you will want to spend the entire day; perhaps the entire summer.

Pro Tip: Good Harbor Beach has a fairly large parking lot and can accommodate several vehicles. Pre-paid parking reservations are required.

7. Singing Beach

Manchester-By-The-Sea, Massachusetts

Singing Beach is so named because it “sings” as you scuffle across the sand. When the conditions are right, the friction of your feet across the sand creates a squeak; a unique phenomenon. This small beach is worth a visit just to see if you can make it sing.

Pro Tip: The parking lot is small. It is best to visit Singing Beach during the shoulder season when you can park and enjoy the uncrowded shoreline. In the off-season, the local four-legged fur babies love chasing the waves. 

8. Mayflower Beach

Dennis, Massachusetts

When you find yourself on the north side of Cape Cod, Mayflower Beach is the spot to see and be seen. Deep soft sand and playful waves come together to make this beach a popular spot for sunbathing and water play along Cape Cod Bay. You will want to spend the entire day here, pack up your wagon with beach toys, lunch, blankets, and your favorite read.

Pro Tip: The large parking lot fills up early on a beautiful beach day.

9. Oak Bluffs Town Beach

Oak Bluffs, Massachusetts

Flying Horses Carousel and charming gingerbread cottages are the hallmarks of Martha’s Vineyard’s Oak Bluffs. Oak Bluffs Town Beach is a pretty 1-mile-long beach perfect for spending the day and enjoying the ocean waves. When you are visiting Martha’s Vineyard, enjoying the beach is just one piece of the getaway.

Pro Tip: If you stay in Oak Bluffs, you can avoid beach parking and walk to the beach.

10. Ballard’s Beach

New Shoreham, Rhode Island

On the shores of Block Island is Ballard’s Beach, a soft white sandy beach filled with happy vacationers enjoying their work break. Rent a cabana, grab a fruity drink from the tiki bar, have lunch at the restaurant, and dance the day away to live music. Ballard’s Beach has a hip, happening vibe.

Pro Tip: The beach is a short walk from Old Harbor. You can take the ferry over and enjoy a Block Island day trip.  

11. Narragansett Town Beach

Narragansett, Rhode Island

Narragansett Town Beach is located in the heart of Narragansett. Walking along the soft sand is the best way to get in your steps. There is plenty of room for blanket space to enjoy the waves and build sandcastles. There is also a designated surf area to try your hand at riding the waves or you can watch the entertaining show of others trying to stay on their board.

Pro Tip: Our Narragansett guide will give you lots of ideas on how to spend your day in this lovely coastal town.

12. Easton’s Beach

Newport, Rhode Island

Located at the start of Newport’s iconic Cliff Walk is Easton’s Beach, also known as First Beach to local residents. The beautiful sandy beach stretches for 0.75 miles along the Atlantic shoreline.

Pro Tip: Mansions, dining, and history — there is so much to do and see in Newport you will want to spend several days exploring.

13. Hampton Beach

Hampton, New Hampshire

Hampton Beach sits along New Hampshire’s tiny strip of coastline. It is a bustling beach filled with happy beachgoers. From concerts to festivals, fireworks to competitions, there is always something happening at Hampton Beach.

Pro Tip: The Hampton Beach Master Sand Sculpting Competition takes place in June each year. It is an amazing display of artistic talent.

14. Hammonasset Beach State Park

Madison, Connecticut

The pink sands of Hammonasset Beach State Park and the 2-mile stretch of shoreline attract sunbathers from across New England. The sand on the west end of the beach has a high concentration of garnet which gives the beach a pink hue — unusual for a northeastern beach.

Pro Tip: Typically in August, the water at Hammonasset Beach is filled with jellyfish making swimming a little challenging.

Beautiful New England Beaches

The beautiful beaches in New England bring out the best of the summer season. From Maine’s rugged and sandy coastline to Connecticut’s sugar sand beaches, you will love exploring these picturesque toes-in-the-sand getaways.

Whether you’re in town for SXSW (South by Southwest film and multimedia festival), the Austin Food + Wine Festival, or one of the many music festivals in Austin, the “Live Music Capital of the World,” why not stay at a first-rate hotel where you’ll find gourmet eats as well?

Austin is a great city for culture and arts, food and dining, life and leisure, movies and film, music and concerts, and sports and recreation. Let’s explore seven unique restaurants in Austin’s downtown area, not listed in any particular order.

1. Garrison

Garrison is the Fairmont Hotel Austin’s fine-dining restaurant with an open kitchen concept featuring Texas post-oak wood flame-grilled entrees. Garrison boasts accolades like being a Wine Spectator Restaurant Award winner and a AAA Four-Diamond-rated restaurant. The restaurant is also Forbes Four-Star-rated.

I found unique cuisine that caught my eye, like truffle tater tots, grilled Texas quail, and a grilled Sakura pork tomahawk. Executive Chef Jakub Czyszczon focuses on his specialized Texas cuisine and impeccable service.

What To Order At Garrison

Start with the warm biscuits with honey butter, a reminder of my sweet grandmother’s homemade biscuits. We shared the creamy leek tart puff pastry and tater tots with gruyere cheese and lots of ums and ahs!

Our beverage choice was a Garrison martini with vodka, tequila, and dry vermouth, and a no-proof cocktail, the Newcumber, made with cucumber, blueberry, and ginger beer.

Try the beef tartare with smoked trout roe and egg yolk if you are game. For the main course, the 7-ounce Akaushi wagyu’s eye of rib from Heartbrand Ranch was juicy and tender.

Pro Tip: For special occasions, indulge in the six-course luxury tasting menu in the private dining room seating 16.

2. Driskill Grill

The iconic Driskill Grill has reopened in the historic Driskill Hotel, the oldest hotel in Austin, built in 1886. President Lyndon B. Johnson escorted his future bride, Lady Bird Johnson, here for their first date.

Executive Chef Mark Dayanandan boasts Texas fare with a bit of French influence, continuing The Grill’s tradition of excellent dinner service.

What To Order At Driskill Grill

I love the lobster bisque, rich and creamy with generous chunks of lobster. Don’t skip the epi bread for two, served with Texas whiskey pate, olive tapenade, and pimento cheese. Another favorite is the oysters Rockefeller with rich Pernod sauce over creamy spinach.

For mains, I like the rich jumbo lump crab cake or the tournedos Rossini, a 6-ounce filet mignon with foie gras, sauteed spinach, potato rosti, and truffle sauce. For hearty appetites, go for the 12-ounce prime ribeye with green peppercorn café au lait sauce. The giant Cattle Baron Burger with smoked cheddar or Swiss cheese is great for burger lovers.

For drinks, I like the traditional Samantha’s Ghost with mezcal, tequila, grand Marnier, and lemon, or the Pink Lady with gin, grand Marnier, lemon, and grenadine.

3. Vixen’s Wedding

Located in the Hotel Arrive Austin, Vixen’s Wedding serves flavorful cuisine featuring influences from Portugal and Goan (western India) with a Texas twist touting blends of heat, spice, and acidity.

Managing chef/partner, Todd Duplechan, says Vixen’s Wedding describes a sun shower frequently followed by a rainbow.

What To Order At Vixen’s Wedding

Enjoy shared plates like red shrimp served whole with a fried shrimp head and curry chili emulsion, red snapper with rainbow chard, or roasted mushrooms with coconut and green chili.

The Chef’s Prix-Fix Menu with wine pairings includes crab pakoras, sourdough naan, duck, grilled snapper, or grilled lamb, along with chocolate cremeux for dessert.

Choose the Last Tango with tequila or the Margao mule for cocktails.

4. Luminaire

Chef Steve McHugh, the six-time James Beard Foundation finalist, opened Luminaire, his first Austin restaurant in the new Hyatt Centric Congress Avenue Austin. Chef McHugh is the San Antonio-based executive chef of Landrance at the Hotel Thompson San Antonio as well.

Enjoy the outdoor terrace with city views and the rooftop bar Las Bis on the eighth floor. Opened on February 1 this year, Luminaire is a full-service, all-day restaurant taking up the entire ground floor of the hotel. The restaurant features indoor and outdoor seating, steps from the state capitol and next door to the historic Paramount Theatre.

Focused on seasonal local Texas cuisine and charcuterie, the menu is heavily Spanish-influenced, sourcing ingredients from Texas farms and ranches.

What To Order At Luminaire

The specially curated meat boards feature the 24-month aged jamon, smoked chorizo de Leon, and lean and tender lomo embuchado, which pair well with a Rioja wine and Manchego cheese. There is an expansive selection of breakfast empanadas and chicken a la plancha.

The waiter recommended the Delgada Chops, including lamb t-bone, pork rib, boar cutlet, or beef rib. For burger lovers, order the Angus Beef Luminaire Burger.

I selected the Shrimp and Whipped Hominy with smoked tasso ham, tomatoes, and chipotle adobo; flavorful and delicious.

The bar offers sangria, craft beers, new-world wines, and classic cocktails.

5. Suerte

Named Food & Wine‘s Best New Chefs 2021, Chef Fermin Nunez heads up Suerte, featuring traditional Mexican cooking with local Texas ingredients, offering a unique dining experience in the heart of east Austin. Patio and open-area dining provide cozy comfort with a Mexican restaurant ambiance.

What To Order At Suerte

Start with tacos fritos made with white fish and homemade masa, or the suadero tacos made with wagyu brisket. The pork carnitas with black bean purée and the Mole Y Pato duck leg confit was outstanding.

Others raved about the Bistec Con Chichilo, an 8-ounce wagyu New York strip with mole chichilo (a traditional Mexican sauce from Oaxaca). Veggie sides include squash, sunchoke, or sweet potatoes.

For craft cocktails, try the Don Dario with tequila, or the Pep Talk mixed with rum, banana, and lime.

I liked the Yaupon Spritz, a mixture of vodka, strawberry, yaupon tea, aloe, and cava.

6. Hestia

A majestic, custom 20-foot hearth links Hestia’s dining room and kitchen, led by award-winning Chef Kevin Fink and pastry chef and business partner Tavel Bristol-Joseph.

Touting accolades like Austin’s most ambitious restaurant and Esquire‘s Best New Restaurants in America 2021, the industrial-style restaurant features wood-fired dishes, tasting menus, and curated wine pairings from over 250 wine selections.

What To Order At Hestia

Start with the snacks, the smoked crab tart or oysters with green sambal, an Indonesian sauce of green tomatoes, green chiles, shallots, and seasonings.

Small plates include butternut squash, apple, pecan, mushroom miso, or beef tartare with horseradish and grilled mushroom.

For my entrée, I selected the halibut with charred Bok choy, while others at the table chose the Red Ranger Chicken with fennel, radish, and turnip. For a hearty appetite, go with the 12-ounce Texas wagyu ribeye with a braised cabbage wedge.

Our choice for dessert was the bunuelo, roasted white chocolate mousse, strawberry, peanuts, and burnt thyme ice cream.

The chef’s tasting menu features 13 courses with seasonal selections and added wine pairings.

Extensive wine selections include my favorite Spanish riojas, new and old-world whites, reds, pinot noirs, French whites, rosés, California wines, Southern Hemisphere malbecs, and Oregon Willamette Valley pinot noirs.

7. Emmer & Rye

Located on the ground floor of the Sky House Austin Building, Emmer & Rye boasts handmade bread and pasta and whole-animal butchery, working directly with ranchers, farmers, and growers for innovative farm-to-table food.

Keith Parker, Chef de Cuisine, manages the daily changing menu. His awards include a James Beard Finalist, Best Chef Texas 2020, Bon Appetit America’s Best New Restaurants, and Austin American-Statesman #1 Restaurant in Austin.

Emmer & Rye is the first restaurant in Austin to offer dim sum service as part of the meal; order directly off circulating carts.

What To Order At Emmer & Rye

Start with the Crudo red snapper or Texas wagyu beef tartare with sunchoke. Add an order of bread and accoutrements with cultured butter, smoked honey, and sour orange.

For mains, savor the Fish Amberjack with fennel and trumpet mushroom or the Pork Mangalitsa Belly with mole chichilo and butternut squash.

For cocktails, choose the Bolo Tie with rum, Texas pecan, orange, and lime, or Praise the Sun with brandy, cold brew, vermouth, and mole bitters.

Or indulge in beer, cider, wine, sparkling wine, champagne, reds, whites, rosés, American and International whiskeys, tequila, mezcal, rum, and brandy.

Related Reading:

• The 8 Best Spas In Austin, Texas
• 17 Amazing Things To Do In Beautiful Austin, Texas
• My 7 Favorite Stops On A Road Trip From Austin To El Paso